oxford

exam
support
 rtLz/JSi
“e®HI

Third Edition
Solutions Elementary
Student’s Book

Tim Falla Paul A Davies

OXFORD
UNIVERSITY PRESS
Unit A Vocabulary B Grammar C Speaking D Grammar

p4 Personal information p5 be and have got p6 Talking about ability and asking for p7 Articles: the. a / an,
Alphabet and numbers (7—50) permission some; this I that / these /
Countries (Argentina. Turkey, etc.) Vocabulary: Action verbs (dance, ride a bike. those
Introduction
Speaking: Introductions etc.) Vocabulary: In the classroom
O Teens introducing themselves Vocabulary: Musical instruments (clarinet, (pencil case, ruler, etc.)
drums, etc.) Speaking: Asking about
Grammar- can for ability; can for permission classroom items

Unit A Vocabulary B Grammar C Listening D Grammar

p8 Family plO Present simple pll Spelling and pronunciation p12 Present simple

1
Family and
Family members (aunt. son. stepbrother, etc.)
Recycle: have got
(affirmative)
Pronunciation: Third person
Strategy: Vowels, same spelling, different
sounds
(negative and interrogative;
Q An argument between
Possessive's singular endings Strategy: Distinguishing similar sounds and siblings
friends
Speaking: Famous families quiz using context to help you
O Describing a family photo Vocabulary: Housework
Q Teens talking about housework

p!8 Daily routine p20 have to p21 Unusual schools p22 Adverbs of frequency;

2
School days
Daily routine (get dressed, wake up. etc.)
School subjects (biology, maths, etc.)
Saying numbers, dates and times
Strategy: Identifying numbers, dates and
question words
Q A dialogue about school
Times times clubs
Recycle: Using do or does to form questions Speaking: Comparing your school with a
OTim's timetable democratic school
Q Studying at the Brooklyn Free school

p28 Exam Skills Trainer 1 • Reading: Multiple choice • Listening: Multiple matching • Use of English: Multiple-choice cloze • Speaking: Problem-solving/Role-play

p30 Clothes p32 Present continuous p33 Catwalk fashion p34 Contrast: present

3
Style
Clothes (boots, cardigan, dress, etc.)
Colours (cream, light blue,yellow, etc.)
Spelling: -ing forms Strategy: Identifying word stress
Adjectives to describe clothes (casual, smart,
simple and present
continuous
Recycle: Adverbs of frequency etc.) Present tense contrast
Speaking: Describing people's clothes Speaking: Inventing a catwalk commentary O A phone conversation
O Discussing clothes O A radio programme about fashion about shopping
Dictionary work

p40 Are you hungry? p42 there is / there are; p43 Whatawastel p44 how much I how

f- Food (apples, bread, carrots, olives, etc.)

Countable and uncountable nouns
Recycle: a I an / some
Orating habits
some and any Strategy: Recognising unstressed words
O An interview with a freegan
many, much I many / a lot
of, a few / a little
O A dialogue about
ingredients

pSO Exam Skills Trainer 2 • Reading: Missing sentences • Listening: Short text multiple choice • Use of English: Open cloze • Speaking: Situational role-play

p52 Places p54 Comparatives

p54 Comparatives p55 Town or country? p56 Superlatives

5
In the city
Places in towns and cities (airport, bank, bus station, etc.)
Prepositions of place (behind, opposite, etc.)
Comparative adjectives
Comparativeadjectives Strategy: Listening for the mam ideas
Vocabulary: Town and country (farm. lake.
Descriptions using
superlative adjectives
Speaking: Travel quiz traffic, etc ) Q Discussing travel options
Recycle: there is / there are Q Five monologues about the town and the
Q Teen talking about where he lives country
Speaking: Advantages and disadvantages of
living in your town or village

p62 Wild animals p64 Past simple p65 Missing sounds p66 Past simple: be and ca>

6
Going wild
Wild animals (bear, shark, etc.)
Parts of an animal (paw, tail, etc.)
(affirmative): regular
Pronunciation: -edendings
Strategy: Joined words in connected speech
O Talking about wild experiences
O A safari trip

Recycle: Comparative and superlative forms Past tense expressions (last

Qa guided tour of a wildlife park week, ten years ago. etc.)

p72 Exam Skills Trainer 3 • Reading: Short text multiple choice • Listening: True or false • Useof English: Multiple-choice cloze • Speaking: Photo description

p74 Computing p76 Past simple p77 Listening to instructions p78 Past simple (negative
Computing nouns (charger, tablet, etc.) (affirmative): irregular Strategy: Identifying sequencing words and interrogative)
Computing verbs (delete, print, etc.) Vocabulary: Computer instructions (connect, Q Talking about a music
Digital world
Technology collocations (visit a web page, click on a button. install, etc.) festival
etc.) O A computer help desk
Recycle: Present continuous
Q Dialogues about technology

p84 Sports and hobbies p86 going to p87 Prediction p88 will

8
Be active!
Sports (aerobics, skiing, etc.)
Verbs (play, do and go)
Future time expressions (this
evening, next week, etc.)
Strategy: ‘Listening ahead' to predict how
sentences will finish
Speaking: Olympics quiz O Discussing weekend Q A news story about Tommy Caldwell and
Recycle: Past simple (affirmative and negative) plans Kevin Jorgeson
^Monologues about sport

p94 Exam Skills Trainer 4 • Reading: True or false • Listening: Short answers (sentence completion) • Useof English: Word formation • Speaking: Negotiation

p96 My home p98 Present perfect p99 University accommodation p100 Present perfect

9
Home sweet
Furniture (bed. light, wardrobe, etc.)
Parts of a home (bathroom, kitchen, etc.)
(affirmative)
just for recent events
Strategy: Sound changes in connected
speech
(negative and interrogativ"
already and yet
Recycle: Present simple and continuous contrast Speaking: Discussing university Q Discussing houseWOfk
homel accommodation
O Family discussions
Q Finding a place to live

Reading: Multiple matching (headings to paragraphs) • Listening: Multiple choice » Use of English: Open cloze • Speaking: Photo con^?
p!06 Exam Skills Trainer 5 •
 Vocabulary Builder p!17
Culture Bank pl08
Grammar Builder and Reference p!22
1 The Royal Family 2 The University of Oxford 3 Teens and their money 4 British food Extra Speaking Tasks p!42
5 New York 6 Yellowstone National Park 7 British scientists 8 Football 9 The White House Irregular verbs p!43
0 Listening (1.01 ■» disk 1, track 1 / 2.01 - disk 2, track 1, etc.)

E Word Skills F Reading G Speaking H Writing

pl3 Singular and plural nouns p14 Sibling rivalry p!6 Describing people p!7 A personal profile
Plural and singular forms Brotherly love? Strategy: Presentation and listening skills Strategy: Using contractions appropriately
Dictionary work Strategy: Gapped sentence tasks Vocabulary: Useful words for describing people Strategy: Writing in paragraphs
Vocabulary: Adjectives and dependent Q Describing friends Vocabulary: Personality adjectives
prepositions Key phrases: Giving personal information

p23 Prepositions of time p24 Dangerous journeys p26 Giving advice p27 An announcement
Prepositions of time 1 (in, The school run Vocabulary: Adjectives to describe feelings Strategy: Writing notes to prepare for a task
on, at) Strategy: Matching sentences with texts Grammar, should/shouldn't Vocabulary: School events (play, school club,
Prepositions of time 2 (before, Vocabulary: Landscape (mountain, river, etc.) O Teens discussing problems and giving advice sports day. etc.)
after, during, until.from.. to) Grammar Imperatives
Speaking: Talking about your
school day and year

• Writing: An announcement

p35 Adjectives: opposites p36 Teenage pressures p38 Making arrangements p39 An email
Negative prefix un­ Impossible images? Grammar: Present continuous for future arrangements Strategy: Writing an informal email
Vocabulary: Common Strategy: Matching headings with texts Key phrases: Making suggestions Grammar: Using linking words to connect
adjectives Vocabulary: Adjective opposites Key phrases: Agreeing to and declining suggestions ideas in a sentence
Q Talking about buying Key phrases: Expressing opinions O Making plans for free-time activities Vocabulary: Accessories (bracelet, wallet, etc.)
clothes Key phrases: Beginning and ending an email
(Dear. Lots of love, etc.)

p45 Adjective + preposition p46 Unusual restaurants p48 In a restaurant p49 An invitation
Dictionary work Out of the ordinary Grammar: would like Strategy: Checking for mistakes
Strategy: Deciding which part of a text contains Vocabulary: Nouns that can be countable and Key phrases: Invitations (would you like tojoin
the information you need uncountable us. hopeyou can make it. etc.)
Vocabulary: Restaurants (customers, service, etc.) Key phrases: Asking questions in a restaurant (Andfor
you?. Can we have. ?, etc)
O Ordering food at a restaurant

• Writing: An invitation

p57 Words that go together p58 Unusual cities p60 Asking for and giving directions p61 An article
Travel collocations Unusual cities- the good, the bad and the ugly Strategy: Asking the speaker to slow down, repeat or Strategy: Writing in paragraphs
Strategy: Reading for overall meaning clarify Vocabulary: Adjectives to describe towns
Vocabulary: Compass points and continents Key phrases: Giving directions (Go straight on, etc) and cities
Key phrases: Location (It's between the . etc.)
Q Asking for and giving directions

•p67 Prepositions of p68 Stranger than fiction? p70 Photo description p71 A postcard
movement and place Real animals that were once a myth Strategy: Describing photos in general and in detail Strategy: Choosing the right tense
Prepositions of place on, in Strategy: Multiple-choice tasks Vocabulary: Natural world (beach, stars, etc.) Vocabulary: Adventure holiday activities
and by Vocabulary: Occupations (pilot, sailor, etc) Vocabulary: Actions (climbing, sitting, etc.) (cycle, explore, etc.)
Prepositions of movement Key phrases: Describing a photo (in the centre, etc) Key phrases: Postcards (wishyou were here,
Across, down, under, etc.) O Photo descriptions thinking ofyou. etc.)
Speaking: Survival in the
rainforest story

» Writing: A postcard

>79 Introduction to phrasal p80 Dancing Man p82 In a shop p83 A narrative
kerbs People power Vocabulary: Prices Strategy: Including direct speech in a
Phrasal verbs, computers Strategy: Gapped sentence tasks, thinking about Vocabulary: Gadgets (touch-screen, Wi-Fi, etc.) narrative
'plug in. shut down, etc.) the sequence of events Key phrases: in a shop (How can I help you?, etc.) Key phrases: Time expressions for setting the
Actionary work Vocabulary: Internet phrases (internetforum, Q Buying gadgets scene and ordering events (last weekend, the
social media, etc.) next day. etc)

189 Noun suffixes p90 Against the odds p92 Negotiating p93 An informal letter
’flaking nouns from verbs and Unstoppable Strategy: Reacting in appropriate ways Strategy: Planning and making notes
Adjectives Strategy: Multiple-choice tasks Vocabulary: Athletics events (high jump, relay, etc.) Vocabulary: Sports equipment (bike, goggles.
Vocabulary: Nationalities (Australian. Spanish. Key phrases: Rejecting a suggestion (I don't reallyfancy etc.)
etc.) ..., etc ); Suggesting an alternative (I'dprefer to .. etc.); Key phrases: Apologising, giving news and
Reacting making suggestions
Q Making plans to meet

1 Writing: An informal letter

fol do, make, have, take, p!02 In the middle of nowhere p104 Photo comparison p!05 A description
^ring Island home Strategy: Describing and comparing photos Strategy: Using modifiers to make a
■allocations with do. make, Strategy; Checking references to fill gaps Vocabulary: Adjectives to describe rooms description sound natural
Jpve and take Vocabulary: Collocations (daily life, sandy Key phrases: Comparing and contrasting (Both photos Vocabulary: although, because and so
We vs bring beaches, etc.) show. . etc.); Speculating (It looks as if. . etc.) Vocabulary: Modifiers (a bit. extremely, etc.)
Q Photo comparison
 Vocabulary

Personal information
/ can exchange basic personal information.

Introduction
6 Qi-04 VOCABULARY Listen and repeat the numbers
(1-50). Then say the numbers backwards (50-1) around the
class.

50 49 48 47

»-> Vocabulary Builder Numbers and ordinals: page 117

Qi.os Listen to two dialogues. Complete the table with

the names and ages of the four speakers.

Name I Age
1 Antoine
2
3
4

Qi-05] VOCABULARY Which country are the students

in exercise 7 from? Listen again and match them with
1 Complete the questions in the dialogue with the phrases
countries from the list below.
below.
Countries Argentina Australia Brazil Canada China
are you from do you spell old are you your name
Croatia the Czech Republic Egypt France Germany
Woman Hello. Welcome to Europa Language School! Greece Hungary India Italy Japan Mexico Poland
Kadir Thank you! Russia Slovakia Spain Turkey the UK Ukraine the USA
Woman What's1 .?
Antoine is from France.
Kadir Kadir Demir.
Woman How2 that? 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Test your partner’s spelling of the
Kadir K-A-D-l-R, Kadir. D-E-M-l-R, Demir. countries in exercise 8.
Woman Thank you. Where 3?
Kadir I'm from Turkey. How do you spell 'Spain’? S-P-A-l-N. How do you spell... ?
Woman And how 4 Kadir?
Kadir I’m eighteen.
Woman Great! Thank you. You’re in room 53. 10 Answer the questions about the countries in exercise 8.
Kadir Thanks. See you later!
1 Which are in Europe?
2 Qi-02 Listen and check your answers. Then listen and 2 Which are in Asia?
repeat the dialogue. 3 Which are in North and South America?
4 Which are English-speaking countries?
3 Listen and repeat the alphabet. What sound do 5 Which are near your own country?
the blue letters share?
11 Work in pairs. Invent a new identity for yourself. Choose a
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz new name, a new nationality and a different age.

4 Now put the red letters into the correct category below, 12 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Find out your partner’s
depending on the sound they share. information. Ask and answer questions from the dialogue in
exercise 1.
1 b, c, ...
2 f.l,... What's your name? It's...
5 SPEAKING Work in groups or as a class. Think of a famous
person and start spelling his or her name. Who can guess
How do you spell that?
the person first?

T-A-Y-... Taylor Swift!

SB I Grammar

be and have got

I can use be and have got.

1 Q 1.06 Read and listen to the 5 Complete the Learn this! box. Use short forms. Use the
dialogue. How old is Joanna’s sister? dialogue in exercise 1 to help you. What are the long forms?

Max Have you got a brother? { LEARN THIS! have got

Joanna No, I haven't. But I've got a
We use have got to talk about possessions and family
sister. Here’s a photo of us.
xr members.
I’m on the right.
Max Are you twins? Affirmative
Joanna Yes, we are, but we aren't identical. Emma’s got I / you I we/they1. got
black hair, like me, but she hasn't got brown eyes. he / she / it2 got
Max Is that your dog in the photo? Negative
Joanna Yes, it is. She’s called Rosie. Rosie is Emma's dog, really. I / you / we / they haven't got
Max How old is she? he / she / it3 got
Joanna She’s sixteen, of course.
Interrogative
Max That's very old for a dog!
4 11 you / we / they got?
Joanna No, Emma’s sixteen. Rosie is six.
Has he/she/it got?
2 Find all the examples of be in the dialogue in exercise 1.
Short answers
Complete the Learn this! box. Use short forms.
Yes, I have. / No, 15.
[ LEARN THIS! be Yes, he / she / it has. No, he / she I it hasn't.
Affirmative Negative Yes, you / we / they have. No, you / we / they haven’t.
I’m not
he I she I it2 he I she / it isn't 6 Complete the sentences with the correct form of have got,
you / we / they are you / we / they3 affirmative or negative. Make them true for you.
Interrogative Short answers 1 I two brothers.
am I? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not. 2 We a maths lesson next.
he/she/it? Yes, he / she / it6. 3 Our teacher short hair.
No, he/she/it isn’t.
4 I blue eyes.
5 Our teachers a big teachers' room.
we /you
you /Yes, / we / they7
they?
No, you / we / they aren’t. 7 Qi-07 Listen. Tick the things that Joe and Amy have got.

| Joe Amy I You | Your partner

3 Write two sentences with the verb be, one affirmative and a pet
one negative. Which is true for you? Which is false? Write T
a skateboard
or F.
a bike
1 We at school.
a smartphone
We are at school. T We aren't at school. F
2 My teacher very tall. a laptop
3 I 16 years old. a watch
4 My friends all girls.
5 It very cold today. 8 Write sentences about Joe using the information in the
6 My friends and I in an English lesson. table in exercise 7. Use the correct form of have got.

4 SPEAKING Complete the questions with the correct form Joes got.... He hasn’t got....
of the verb be. Then ask and answerthe questions in pairs. 9 SPEAKING Complete the column for you in exercise 7. Then
1 you hungry? ask and answer in pairs and complete the column for your
2 our teacher male? partner.
3 we at school?
4 your friends all at this school? Have you got... ?
5 you eighteen years old?
6 I from the UK?
10 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.
Are you hungry? Yes, I am. I No, I’m not.
Marianne hasn’t got a pet.

»♦ Grammar Builder IB page 122

>♦ Grammar Builder IB page 122

Introduction
 4 SPEAKING V Work in pairs. Ask permission to do the things
below. Use Can I... ?
borrow your pencil use your dictionary askaque^ti
share your book copy your answer

Can I borrow... ? Yes, you can. / No,you can't.

»-* Grammar Builder IC page 122

5 VOCABULARY Complete the list of musical instruments.

The missing words are in the dialogue in exercise 1. Then
check the meaning of all the words.
Instruments clarinet drums flute g
keyboard p saxophone trumpet violin

6 SUD Listen and identify the instruments.

1 clarinet 5
2 6 ___________
3 7
Q108 Read and listen to the dialogue. What is Alfie’s 4
opinion of the girl in the photo? What is Rose’s opinion?
Alfie Let’s stop and listen. This is a great song. Vocabulary Builder Musical instruments: page 117
Rose Hmm. She isn’t very good. She can’t sing.
Alfie She can play the guitar really well. And her voice 7 VOCABULARY Check the meaning of the verbs below.
isn’t bad. Match four of them with pictures 1-4.
Rose I can't hear the words.
Action verbs dance play basketball/football / tennis
Alfie But she’s really young. She’s only fourteen or fifteen.
play the drums/clarinet ride a bike/a horse skate
Can you play the guitar like that?
Rose skateboard sing ski speak Chinese / French / Spanish
No, I can’t. But I can play the piano. Come on, let’s go.
swim
Alfie No, wait.
Rose What’s the problem?
Alfie I can't find my money. Can I borrow £1, please?
Rose For her? Really? Oh, OK.

2 Read the Learn this! box. Find an affirmative, negative and

interrogative form of can in the dialogue in exercise 1.

(lEARN THIS! can

Qq. a We use con to talk about ability.

b The form of can is the same for all persons (I,you, he,
she, we, etc.).
Affirmative: I can playfootball.
8 Write a questionnaire about ability for your partner. Write
Negative: They can’t hear you. six questions with can. Choose verbs from exercise 7 and
Interrogative: Can you dance? Yes, I can./No, I can’t. include one musical instrument from exercise 5.
c We also use can to ask for permission. 1 Can you play the violin?
Can I useyour phone? Yes, you can. / No, you can’t. 2 Can you ... ?

9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Do your questionnaires, Make a

3 Complete the sentences about the dialogue in eXercise 1. note of your partner’s answers.
Use the affirmative or negative form of cdn.
Can you play the violin? No, I can’t.
1 The girl play the guitar well.
hear the words of the song.
2 Rose_ " 10 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.
__ play the guitar.
3 Rose
play the piano, Mina can't play the violin. She can ...
4 Rose
find his money.
5 Alfie

latmdiirticn
EE) 1 Grammar I— x A

Articles: the, a I an, some; this / that / these I those

W wffPnaiWI

i I can use articles and this, that, these and those correctly.

1 VOCABULARY Match the pictures with eight of the words 4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about
below. Check the meaning of all the words. the things in exercise 1. Use a or an.
In the classroom bin blackboard calculator chair
Have you got a pen
computer cupboard desk eraser exercise book Yes, I have. I No, I haven’t.
in your schoolbag?
interactive whiteboard pen pencil pencil case
pencil sharpener ruler schoolbag shelf
Have we got an interactive Yes, we have. /
whiteboard in our classroom? No, we haven't.

>♦ Grammar Builder ID page 122

5 Put a, an or some in front of the nouns.

% 1 address 5 eye 9 cat

2 pens 6 blue pencils 10 photos
3 old car 7 rollerblades 11 watch
4 dogs 8 teachers 12 skateboard

6 Complete the sentences with a, an, some or the.

2 Ono Read and listen to the
dialogue. Where is Olivia’s 1 I’ve got red pen and green pen.red pen
pencil case? is on my desk.green pen is in my pencil case.
2 We’ve got exams next week.first exam is
Charlie Have you got a
maths, second is history and third is science.
pencil and an eraser?
3 My mum’s got orange Fiat and my dad’s got
Olivia I’ve got a pencil, but
blue Renault.Fiat is new, but Renault is very old.
I haven’t got an eraser.
4 I've got. CDs and DVDs, but I can’t play
The pencil is on my desk.
DVDs because my DVD player is broken.
Charlie Thanks. Have you got a
5 We’ve got cat, dog and mice. cat’s
coloured pen?
name is Sooty and dog’s name is Freddy.
Olivia No, but I've got some coloured pencils.
Charlie What colours?
TLEARN THIS! this / that / these / those
Olivia Red, blue, green, brown - lots of colours. They’re in
my pencil case. We use this (singular) and these (plural) for things that are
Charlie Is that your pencil case? xr close to us, and that (singular) and those (plural) for things
Olivia No. That’s Jemma’s. My pencil case is in my that are further away.
schoolbag. Hang on.... Oh, no! It’s at home. Sorry. this chair these books that cat those dogs
3 Read the Learn this! box. Underline all the examples of
a/an, some and the in the dialogue in exercise 2. 7 Read the Learn this! box. Find an example of th/s, that,
these or those in the dialogue in exercise 2.
f LEARN THIS! Articles
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask and answer
a The definite article is the. We can use it with singular
questions about the pictures.
xC and plural nouns.
the chair the books
b The indefinite article is a, or an if the noun begins with a
vowel sound. We only use it with singular nouns.
a pen an exam
c We can use some with plural nouns when we don’t
know, or we don't want to say, exactly how many.
I've got a pen and some pencils.
d We use a/an and some when we mention things for
the first time.
I've got a skateboard and some rollerblades.
e We use the when we mention them again. Are these your coloured pencils? Yes, they are. Is
I've got a skateboard and some rollerblades. The this your... ?
skateboard is red and the rollerblades are blue.
>♦ Grammar Builder ID page 122

Introduction 7
 Family
I can talk aboutfamily members.

Family and
friends

Unit map
• Vocabulary
Family members
Adjectives and prepositions
Housework
Describing people
Personality adjectives
• Word Skills Sophie
Singular and plural nouns
• Grammar
Present simple (affirmative)
Present simple (negative and
interrogative)
• Listening Spelling and
pronunciation

jessica

• Reading Sibling rivalry 1 FFW

01.11 VOCABULARY Work in pairs. Put the family members below into three
groups: a) female b) male c) male orfemale. Then listen and check.
Family members aunt brother child / children cousin daughter
father (dad) grandchild / grandchildren granddaughter grandfather (grandad)
grandmother (grandma) grandparent grandson husband mother (mum)
nephew niece parent sister son uncle wife
• Speaking Describing people

LEARN THIS! Possessive’s

a We add's to a name or noun to show possession or a family relationship.
jV
my cousin’s husband
b We just add an apostrophe (') to plural nouns ending in -s.
• Writing A personal profile
my parents' friends (but his children’s school)
• Culture 1 The Royal Family

2 Read the Learn this! box. Then complete the sentences, adding possessive's and the
correct family member.
1 Harry is Tom’s son.
/a\al
2 Martin is Tom•
• Vocabulary Builder page 117 3 Nathan and Rosie are Sophie-------------------- .
• Grammar Builder page 124 4 Harry is Liz ,
• Grammar Reference page 125 5 Lisa is Mia..
6 Clare and Liz are Jessica■
7 Poppy, Harry and Mia are Rosie-------------------- .

» Grammar Builder 1A page 124

Unitl Family and friends

 1A
3 Q 1-12 Listen and check your answers to exercise 2. 8 Complete the quiz with words from exercise 1. Then do the
quiz in pairs.
4 Work in pairs. Write four more sentences like the ones in
exercise 2.

LOOKOUT!
a We add -in-law for relationships from a marriage.
father-in-law =your husband's father/your wife'sfather
Famous families
brother-in-law =your sister’s husband /your wife's brother
Who is this man?
b We add step for relationships from a remarriage. Is he Beyonce’s ...
stepmother = yourfather’s wife a c
c ?
stepsister =your stepfather’s daughter/ ?
b h
your stepmother's daughter
c b ?
c We add great to refer to the generation before.
great-grandfather =your mother's grandfather/
yourfather's grandfather These girls have got a
great-uncle =your mother’s uncle /yourfather’s uncle famous f . Who is he?
a Will Smith
5 Q113 Read the Look out! box. Then listen to a dialogue b Jay Z
about Ella’s family photo. Complete the sentence with the
c Barack Obama
correct family member: a, b or c.
This family photo includes Ella’s ...
a stepmother b great-grandmother c brother-in-law What is the relationship
between these two
Hollywood stars - Jon Voight
and Angelina Jolie?
a uncle and
•1?
b father and
and wife

What relationship is this

man to Queen Elizabeth II?
Is he ...
a her s ?
b her n ?
J RECYCLE! have got c her g ?
.••• We use have got to talk about possessions and family
<1 members.
I’ve got three stepsisters. Have you got a brother? 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Find out if your partner has got ...
The third person singular form is has got/hasn't got. 1 a stepbrother 4 a great-uncle
She’s got two cousins. He hasn’t got a sister. 2 cousins 5 a great-grandmother
Has he got a stepsister? Yes, he has. / No, he hasn’t. 3 a brother-in-law 6 a step-grandfather

d 10 SPEAKING If the answer is‘yes’, find out more information

6 Read the Recycle! box. Then complete the questions about (for example, name and age).
Ella’s family. Use the correct form of have got.
Have you got a stepbrother? Yes, I have.
1 Ella’s grandfather a sister?
2 Ella’s great-aunt children?
3 Ella's sister a husband? What's his name?
4 Bruno and Maria children?
5 Ella four nieces?
6 Ella’s parents a son? How old is he?

Ql.13] Listen again. Answer the questions in exercise 6.

7 CT1K11

Unitl Family and friends 9

i
 4

IB I Grammar L ---------- --------- -------- —«—-———

Present simple (affirmative)

/ can use the present simple affirmative correctly.
[
1 Look at the photo below. Do you know this TV show? Can 5 Complete the sentences about The Big Bang Theory. Use
you name any of the characters? the present simple affirmative form of the verbs below,
like live visit watch work
2 Read the text. Then answer the questions.
1 Millions of people the show regularly.
1 Which characters in the show work together? 2 Sheldon in a flat with Leonard.
2 Which characters live together? 3 Raj and Howard with Sheldon and Leonard.
3 Can you name any other TV shows about friends? 4 Raj and Howard Sheldon and Leonard regularly.
5 In general, people shows about groups of friends.
0
BIG BANG THEORY
is a TV comedy about a group of friends in Pasadena,
California. Leonard and Sheldon are scientists. They
work together and they share a flat too. Two other
(f LOOK OUT!
a Some verbs change spelling when you add -s for the
third person singular form.
Igo
you watch
she goes
he watches
friends from work, Howard and Raj, often visit them.
Penny lives opposite. She works in a restaurant. She they study she studies
likes Leonard and Sheldon, but they are very different b The verb have is irregular.
from her. A lot of the humour comes from this contrast.
It’s a simple idea for a show, but millions of people we have it has
watch and enjoy it every week. Clearly, people love
shows about friends! 6 Read the Look out! box. Then complete the text with the
present simple affirmative form of the verbs in brackets.

« My stepsister Rose is a scientist and she1 (|ove) he

job. She2-------------------- (work) at a university jn Ca|jfornia _ she
------------------ (study) stars and black holes. Rose isn't Americar
but she really4-------------------- (like) her hfe jn California. Every
a* weekend, she ’ (go) t0 the beach she
------------------ (meet) friends there and they7
(go) surfing together. Rose • (share) an apartment
with one of her friends, Madison. Madison 9 (work
m a restaurant and she's often at work in the evening. On those
e^e^'n9s' Rose-------------------- (watch) DVDs in the apartment 01
she-------------------- (have) dinner with friends in town.

»♦ Grammar Builder IB page 124

01.14 PRONUNCIATION Listen and repeat these third

person singular verb forms. Pay attention to the sound of
[ LEARN THIS! Present simple (affirmative)
the endings.
HQ We use the present simple to talk about: A:/z/or/s/ knows loves visits works
a something that happens regularly, always or never- B:/iz/ finishes washes uses
b a fact that is always true.
8 Qi-15 PRONUNCIATION Listen and repeat these third
person singular verb forms. Do they have ending A or B?
3 Read the Learn this! box. Then complete t^e table be,ow-
comes dances goes likes lives shares
The missing words are in the text in exerq5e 2.
teaches watches
Present simple
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Think of a TV show about a group
affirmative of friends or a family. Tell your partner three facts about
I work. We work. the show. Use verbs from this lesson. Can your partner
You work. identify it?
You work.
He / She / It1 They2 The main characters are X and Y... They live in ...

4 Find all the other examples of the present • jfithe

text in exercise 2. Which ones end in -s? V\?'TP 6 X loves school and she studies a lot. But Y...
hyr
Unitl Family and friends
L
1C I Listening
Spelling and pronunciation
I can distinguish between words with very similar sounds in them.
I
5 Q 1-16 Read Listening Strategy 1. Which red vowel sound
in each group of words is different? Listen and check,
1 a school b too c look d cool
2 a grandson b class c father d grandma
3 a wife b China c Italy d like
4 a go b son c photo d hello
5 a eat b meat c seat d great
6 a university b uncle c mum d Hungary

Listening Strategy 2
Some words sound similar but have very different
meanings. Being able to detect the small difference in
pronunciation will help you to understand them when
1 SPEAKING Look at the photo of the Radford family. What you hear them. Use the context to help you too.
is the relationship between the people, do you think?

2 Read the text and answer the questions. Gw Read Listening Strategy 2. Then listen and repeat
6 CSK3
the words. Which word in each pair do you hear first? Pay
1 What is Noel's job? attention to the different vowel sounds.
2 How many people live in the Radford family home?
1 men man 3 far for 5 live leave
2 cap cup 4 wet wait 6 match March
A DAY IN THE LIFE ©F 7 Qi-18 Listen. Which word from exercise 6 does each
THE RADFORD FAMILY! sentence include? Which other words help you decide?
Sue and Noel Radford live in a very big house in Morecambe
8 G>i-19 Listen to Ryan and Joanna talking about
! in the north of England. The house is big because they’ve got
nineteen children! Their oldest child is 28, and the youngest housework. Are the sentences true or false? Write T or F.
is just a baby. Then correct the false ones.
The day starts at 4 a.m. when Noel, a baker, goes to 1 Ryan thinks that his bedroom is tidy.
work. Two hours later, he comes home and he wakes up the 2 Joanna tidies her bedroom..
children. Sue prepares breakfast and makes twelve packed
3 Ryan hasn't got time to tidy his bedroom every day.
■ lunches! After breakfast, Noel takes the children to school
- in a minibus! Noel goes back to the bakery with his eldest 4 Joanna’s family shares the housework.
r daughter, Sophie. She works there too. Then Sue starts on the 5 Joanna and Ryan like housework more than homework.
housework. She loads the dishwasher, cleans the house and 6 Joanna has got exams at the moment.
does the washing (nine times a day!). After lunch she goes to
the supermarket and she does the ironing. When Noel gets
9 Q 1-20 Read these sentences from the conversation in
home at 5 p.m., he cooks dinner and the children set the exercise 8. How are the red sounds pronounced? Listen and
table. After dinner, Sue helps the children with their homework. check.
The day ends at 10 p.m. when all the children go to bed. 1 I tidy my bedroom.
2 My mum does the washing.
3 He’s got exams at the moment.
3 SPEAKING Would you like to have a very large family?
4 He goes to the supermarket too.
Why? I W\xy not?
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner about housework
4 VOCABULARY Find seven of the housework activities in your home. Use phrases from exercise 4. Note down what
below in the text in exercise 2. your partner says.
Housework clean the house cook dinner
do the ironing do the washing go to the supermarket I tidy my bedroom and set the table.
load I unload the dishwasher set the table
tidy my bedroom wash the dishes My dad cleans the house.

Listening Strategy 1 11 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.

In English, you cannot always predict how a word sounds
by looking at the spelling. Learning how words are Zak tidies his bedroom and sets the table.
pronounced will allow you to understand them when
you hearthem.

Unitl Family and friends 11

 *
ID Present simple (negative and interrogative)
I can ask questions aboutfacts and everyday events.

4 Make these sentences negative.

1 My aunt works in London.
My aunt doesn’t work in London.
2 I like rap music.
3 My cousins Emma and Zoe speak Spanish.
4 My stepbrother Nick plays in a volleyball team.
5 Joe and I walk to school.
6 You study Chinese.

5 Write the words in the correct order to make questions. You

need to add Do or Does.
1 live/you/the school / near ?
2 football/your best friend / like ?
3 both work/your parents ?
4 on Friday evenings / you I go out / and your friends ?
5 wear/jeans/you/to school ?

6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

exercise 5.

Do you live near the school? Yes, I do. I No, I don't.

1 SPEAKING Look at the photo. Who are the people, do you

think? What are they fighting over? 7 Write true sentences about yourself. Use the present
I
simple affirmative or negative and the phrases below.
2 Qi-21 Read and listen to the dialogue. Check your ideas
1 get up early on Saturdays
from exercise 1.
I don’t get up early on Saturdays.
Sarah What’s this on TV? 2 play ice hockey
Jake I don't know. It’s a sitcom, I think. It's really funny. I play ...
Tom But Sarah and I want to watch the football! It’s 3 walk to school every day
Barcelona against Chelsea. 4 use computers at school
Jake I don't like football. 5 watch TV every evening
Sarah But I hate sitcoms! And Tom doesn't like sitcoms 6 argue a lot with my friends
either. 7 speak French
Jake Do you want to record the football, then? 8 like dancing
Sarah No, I don't! We want to watch it live! Give me the 9 do a lot of homework at weekends
remote!
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions using
Jake No! Get off!
the phrases in exercise 7. Make a note of the answers.
3 Read the dialogue again. Study the highlighted forms.
Complete the examples in the Learn this! box. Do you get up early on Saturdays?

I LEARN THIS! Present simple (negative and No, I don't. Do you get up early on Saturdays?
$ interrogative)
a We form the present simple negative with don't or
Yes, I do.
doesn't and the infinitive of the verb without to.
11 play football.
She2 play football.
9 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner. Use the notes
b We form the present simple interrogative with do or
you made in exercise 8.
does and the infinitive of the verb without to. We form
short answers with do/does/don't/doesn't.
Claudia doesn't get up early on Saturdays.
3 you play football?
Yes, I do./No, 14.
Does he play football? Yes, he does. / No. he doesn't.

»-♦ Grammar Builder ID page 124

’2 Unitl Family and friends

 I Word Skills
IE Singular and plural nouns
I can form the plural of a range of regular and irregular nouns.
I
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Who are the people in the
photo on the right? What do you know about them?

Posh and Jtaks

THE BECKHAMS are a famous family from Britain. Becks is
the nickname of David Beckham, ex-footballer of Manchester
United, Real Madrid and England. Posh is the nickname of
his wife, Victoria, a member of the girl-band the Spice Girls.
Victoria is called 'Posh' because she loves posh, expensive 4 DICTIONARY WORK Look at the dictionary entry.
clothes. She says she really likes sunglasses too, because How does it show the plural form of the noun?
it's easy to look cool in them! Now she is a fashion designer.
Her company makes very expensive dresses, accessories and
baby /‘bcibi/ noun (plural babies) a very young child:
jewellery, but also ordinary clothes like jeans and jackets She's going to have a baby. O a baby boy O a baby girl
David doesn't play football now, but he owns a football
team in Miami, Florida David has got 32 tattoos1 He says
they are all about the people in his life, his wife and children 5 What is the plural form of these nouns? Use a dictionary to
David Beckham is a hero to many English football fans. helpyou.
The Beckhams do a lot of work for charities and they 1 uncle 6 life
appear a lot on television. They have got four children Their 2 address 7 lady
sons are Brooklyn, Romeo and Cruz, and their daughter is 3 day 8 tooth
called Harper. The boys are footballers too, and hope to play 4 video 9 mother
for England one day. 5 match 10 knife

LOOK OUT!
a Some nouns are always plural (e.g. scissors, trousers).
2 Read the text. Which family member is missing from the b Some nouns have no plural form. We call these
photo? uncountable nouns (e.g homework, information,
luggage, help, advice).
3 Read the Learn this! box. Match the nouns highlighted in
orange in the text with one of the rules (a-g). Give the
6 Read the Look out! box. Match the nouns highlighted in
singular and plural forms of each noun.
blue in the text with point a or point b.

I LEARN THIS! Singular and plural forms 7 There are mistakes in some of these sentences. Find them
a To ma*<e the plural of most nouns we add -s. and correct them.
brother -> brothers
1 My jeans is very old.
b If the noun ends in -s, -sh, -ch, -z, or -x, we add -es. 2 Put the knifes and forks on the table.
bus -> buses class -> classes dish dishes 3 I love babies.
church -> churches watch -* watches box -> boxes 4 I’d like some informations about trains.
c If the noun ends in -o, we add -s or sometimes -es. 5 Can I see some photoes of your family?
photo -> photos potato -> potatoes 6 I’ve got two watches.
d If the noun ends in a consonant + -y, we change -y 7 She’s got very big feets.
8 I’ve got lots of homeworks this evening.
to -ies.
party -> parties 8 Work in pairs. Write three questions about the Beckhams.
e If the noun ends in a vowel + -y, we add -s. Do not show your partner.
holiday -> holidays Is David Deckham American?
f If the noun ends in -/or -fe, we change -for feto -ves. 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Cover the text. Then ask and
shelf-* shelves
answer the questions.
g Some nouns have irregular plural forms.
foot -* feet man —> men woman -> women Is David Beckham American? No, he isn’t. He's British.

Unitl Family and friends

 Hi Reading HHH
J Sibling rivalry
r I can understand a text about brothers and sisters.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the quotations at the start

of the text. Which are true for you or your partner?

The first one is true for me.

I argue a lot with my brother!

The second / third / fourth one is / isn’t true for me. I...

Reading Strategy
When you want to know if a sentence fits a gap, read
the sentences before and after the gap as well as the
sentence itself, and ask yourself these questions;
• Does it make sense?
• Does it fit grammatically? (Think about tense,
pronouns, singular and plural, this/that, etc.)
• Does it match the topic of the paragraph?

2 Read the Reading Strategy. Then match gaps (1-4) in

the text with sentences (A-E). Use the questions in the
Strategy to check that the sentences fit. There is one extra
sentence which does not fit any of the gaps.
A According to the website, the answer is: around the age
of 25.
B But other brothers and sisters get on well from an early
age.
C Wegeton well-and we don’t argue.
D Give your brother or sister some time alone when they
need it.
E Most teenagers have a difficult relationship with their
brothers and sisters.

3 Read and listen to the complete text. Check your answers

to exercise 2.
5 VOCABULARY Read the Learn this! box. Then look at the
4 Work in pairs. Choose the best summary of the text: a, b highlighted adjectives in the text. What prepositions follow
or c. What is wrong with the other summaries? them? Complete the table.
a A lot of teenagers do not get on well with their brothers Adjectives and prepositions
and sisters However, the relationship is usually good when
1 angry. 4 keen
they are adults.
b Some teenagers get on well with their brothers and sisters. 2 different 5 proud
These people usually get on well when they are adults too. 3 interested 6 worried
c A lot of teenagers do not get on well with their brothers
and sisters. The relationship is usually bad when they are 6 SPEAKING Interview a classmate who has a brother
adults too, because people don't change. or sister. Complete these questions with the correct
prepositions. Then ask and answer the questions. Give
LEARN THIS! Adjectives and prepositions examples.
Some adjectives are followed by certain prepositions. 1 Are you similar to your brother or sister?
Sometimes, more than one preposition is possible. 2 Are you interested the same things?
excited about famousfor frightened of 3 Are you good the same school subjects?
good at pleased about/ with similar to 4 Are you keen the same TV programmes?
5 Are your brother or sister's hobbies different yours?

Are you similar to your Yes, I am. / No, I'm not.

brother or sister?

Unit 1 Family snd fiends

Qi-22

'I don't get on well with my brother. He's

very RnW&ifl from me and we argue a lot.'

J ‘I can't have secrets when my brother

is around. He reads my text messages!'
'My sister uses my things - and she
doesn't ask me first! I hate that!'

According to the website GettingPersonal.co.uk, these problems are not unusual. They argue
a lot. In general, teenagers are not worried about their brothers and sisters when things go badly for
them. And they are not proud of them when things go well!
But most adults are very keen on their brothers and sisters and have a good relationship. So when
does the situation change9 2 For example, Madison is 28 years old. Her brother,Tyler, is 26.
'I remember big fights, horrible fights with Tyler,' says Madison.'But now, our relationship is completely
different.3 We go out together two or three times a month and we have a great time. We're
interested in the same things.'
But for teenage brothers and sisters with difficult relationships, what can they do? How can they get
on well? Here are a few ideas.
► When your brother or sister uses your things, don't get angry about it - learn to share.
► Imagine your brother or sister is a friend - and be nice!
► Don't tell people your brother or sister's secrets.

Of course, the other answer is: just wait ten yeors!

Unitl Family and friends

 I Speaking

Describing people
I can describe myfriends.

3 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Choose someone in your class.

Describe him or her, but do not say the name. Can your
partner guess who it is?

She's tall. She’s got long,

Is it Joanna?
straight brown hair.
1 VOCABULARY Look at the photos. What do the people
look like? Complete the descriptions below.
Qi-24 Listen to three more dialogues at the party. Circle
Describing people blue glasses long moustache
the correct answers.
short straight wavy
Dialogue 1
1 She's good-looking with long dark _______ hair.
1 Marcus wants to find Dan/Sally.
2 He’s got medium-length fair hair and
2 Sally is / isn't with Dan.
eyes.
Dialogue 2
3 He's got dark hair, a beard
3 Ryan knows one person / lots of people at the party
and a
4 George is/isn't Lisa’s brother.
»-» Vocabulary Builder Describing people: page 117 Dialogue 3
5 Lucy thinks it’s a good / bad party.
6 Lucy likes / doesn’t like Kate.
0124 Listen again. Correct the mistakes in the
descriptions.
1 Dan is quite short, with long red hair. His T-shirt is blue and
he wears glasses.
2 George has got a black jacket and blue trousers. He’s got
curly fair hair and green eyes.
3 Kate is tall, with curly fair hair. Her dress is blue.

Imagine you are at a barbecue with your friends. Prepare a

dialogue like the one in exercise 2. Then complete the table
below.

first person I second person

Description

Clothes
2 Qi-23 Read and listen to the dialogue. Identify Tom and
Brendan in the photo above.
Speaking Strategy
Amy Do you know Tom?
• Speak in a loud, clear voice.
Toby No, I don't. Is he here?
Amy Yes, he's over there. • Look at the other person when he or she is speaking to
Toby Where? What does he look like? you and when you are speaking to him or her.
Amy He’s tall and he's got short dark hair. • Listen very carefully to everything the other person
Toby Is he next to Milly? says so that you can reply appropriately.
Amy No, that's Brendan. Tom's got a white T-shirt.
Toby Oh, yes. I see him. Is he your friend? 7 SPEAKING Read the Speaking Strategy. Then act out your
Amy Yes, he's really nice. Let's go and talk to him. dialogue, using the notes you made in exercise 6.
Toby OK.
KT3 Unitl Family and friends
 .1 Writing HHBBHHHHI
A personal profile
I can write a personal profile.
I
1 Read the personal profiles from a student website. What 3 VOCABULARY Which of the personality adjectives below
information does each person include? Tick the correct do Lauren and James use to describe themselves? Choose
boxes in the table. two from the list to describe yourself.
Lauren | James Personality adjectives creative friendly hard-working
honest patient polite sensible
Family
Home *-* Vocabulary Builder Personality adjectives: page 117

School subjects
4 KEY PHRASES Complete these phrases from the profiles
Hobbies
using the prepositions below. You need to use some
Ambition prepositions more than once.
at in to with
Giving personal information
i I’m1 Year twelve. I walk4 school.

Introducing your new I watch DVDS2 my friends. She's5 university.

. I listen3 music. 6 the weekend.
Head Girl and Head Boy
Writing Strategy 1
Hi! I'm Lauren, your friendly new
You can use contractions (e.g. I'm and she’s) in letters to
Head Girl. I'm seventeen years old,
and I'm in Year twelve. friends and family, emails and other informal texts.

to 1
I live in an apartment. It's very near
the school, so I walk to school in
five minutes every morning!
I really enjoy school: my favourite subjects are science
5 Read Writing Strategy 1. What contractions can you find in
the personal profiles in exercise 1? Say them in full.

and art. I'm keen on languages too. I am Lauren ... and I am in Year twelve.
I love films and I watch DVDs with my friends every
weekend. My other hobbies are dancing and reading. I
like shopping too. Is that a hobby?!
Writing Strategy 2
I've got a dog and two cats. I love animals! My
ambition is to be a vet I want to travel too, perhaps Always write in paragraphs. A paragraph usually contains
before university. two or more sentences about the same topic. When you
prepare a piece of writing, make a paragraph plan.

Hello1 My name's James. I'm

sixteen years old and I'm in Year 6 Read Writing Strategy 2. How many paragraphs does each
twelve. profile in exercise 1 contain? Is each paragraph about one
I've got a brother in Year nine. topic or more than one topic?
I've got a stepsister too. She's at
university. 7 Plan a personal profile about yourself. Look at the table
Music is important to me. I play the guitar and I write in exercise 1 and choose three or four topics you want to
songs. I also listen to a lot of music, of course My include. Make a paragraph plan. Begin like this:
favourite singers are Ed Sheeran and Ellie Goulding.
Paragraph 1 Topic:...
I'm also interested in sport. I play football and tennis at
the weekend I'm keen on surfing too, but I'm not very Information:...
good at it! 8 Write your personal profile following your plan from
I'm creative and hard-working. My ambition is to exercise 7. Remember to use contractions.
become a songwriter and write songs for my favourite
pop stars. T CHECK YOUR WORK

(<S> Have you ...

• followed your paragraph plan?
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions. • used contractions?
Student A: Ask about Lauren. Student B: Ask about James. • checked your spelling and grammar?

1 What year is Lauren/James in?

2 What are Lauren’s / James’s hobbies?
3 What is Lauren’s / James’s ambition?

Unitl Family and friends Q||

 2A ■ Vocabulary

Daily routine
/ can describe my daily routine at school and at home.

School days

I Unit map
I •Vocabulary
I Daily routine
E Days of the week
I School subjects
I Feelings
| • Word Skills
I: Prepositions of time
I •Grammar
Have to
Adverbs of frequency; question
| words
Z •Listening Schools without
rules

• • Reading Dangerous journeys

! • Speaking Giving advice

V ...."SI
1 VOCABULARY Work in pairs. Match the daily routine phrases with photos (A-H).
Daily routine arrive at school get dressed go to bed have breakfast
: • Writing An announcement have dinner have lunch leave school wakeup
• •Culture 2 The University of 2 Write the phrases in the order you do them on a normal school day.
! Oxford
1 wake up, 2...

(lEARN THIS! Times

10.00 = ten o’clock 12.00 = midday 2.55 = five to three

XT' 8.15 = quarter past eight 6.30 = half past six 00.00 = midnight
] 11.20 = twenty past eleven 4.45 = quarter to five
• • Vocabulary Builder page 118
J •Grammar Builder page 126
: • Grammar Reference page 127 3 Read the Learn this! box. Then say these times.
• • Extra speaking task page 142 b 5.15 c 11.00 d 4.25 e 10.55 f 00.15
a 8.45

quarter to nine

Unit 2 School days

 2A
4 01.25 Listen to Sofia talking about her daily routine. At 8 SPEAKING In pairs, compare the subjects in exercise? with
what time does she do these things? your own school subjects. Answer the questions.

1 get up 7.20 5 leave school 1 Which subjects from exercise 7 do you do?
2 have breakfast 6 have dinner 2 Doyou do any other subjects?
3 arrive at school 7 go to bed
4 have lunch We do English. We
At our school, we also do...
don’t do economics.
f RECYCLE! do or does

Remember, we use do or does to form questions in the 9 SPEAKING In pairs, compare your opinions of the school
xl present simple. We put it before the subject (she, he,you, subjects in exercise 7.
etc.). We use the infinitive without to.
Doyou have lunch at school? What doyou think I really like it. / It’s OK. /1 don’t
of maths? like it. What about you?
When does she wake up?

5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Read the Recycle! box. Then

10 0127 Listen and complete Tim’s timetable for
check your answers to exercise 4 by asking about Sofia’s
Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. Write the correct school
routine.
subjects.
What time does she get up? She gets up at... Wednesday | Thursday | Friday
8.20 English 3 Chemistry
6 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer questions about your 9.05 Maths 5

own daily routines. Choose three days of the week from

9.50-10.30 BREAK
the list (including at least one weekend day).
10.30 Maths Maths
Days of the week Monday Tuesday Wednesday
2
11.15 English History
Thursday Friday Saturday Sunday
12.05-1.00 LUNCH
What time do you get .eli.
I get up at... Art P.E. English
up on Saturday?
R.E. P.E. 6

0126 VOCABULARY Match ten of the school subjects 11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student A: Look at the timetable
with the icons below. Then listen and repeat all the words. below. Student B: Look at the timetable on page 142.
School subjects art and design biology chemistry Imagine this is your timetable for Monday and Tuesday.
economics English French geography German Ask and answer questions about the missing lessons.
history LC.T. (information and communication technology) Monday | Tuesday
maths music P.E. (physical education) physics
8.20 History
R.E. (religious education)
9.05 Music
9.50-10.30 BREAK
10.30 Chemistry
11.15 P.E.
12.05-1.00 LUNCH
1.00 Maths
1.50 Economics

What do we have at five French.

past nine on Monday?

Unit2 Schooldays 19
 I Grammar

2B have to
I can talk about things that are necessary or compulsory.

BRIT SCHOOL Q&A

The BRIT School near London is for students with one ambition: to
get a job connected with performing arts (music, theatre, film, etc.).

Q: How old do you have to be to go to the BRIT School?

A: You have to be between fourteen and nineteen years old

to study at the BRIT School. You also have to live in or
near London.

Q: Do you have to pay to study there?

A: No, you don't. The BRIT School is a state school so the

students don't have to pay.
4 Complete these sentences about your school. Use the
affirmative or negative form of have to.
Q: Do the students have to study all the normal subjects?
1 We do P. E. every week.
A: Yes. As a state school, the BRIT School has to follow the 2 The head teacher be at school on
National Curriculum. Classes in performing arts are extra. Saturdays.
3 We wear school uniform.
4 The school stay open at the
1 Read the questions and answers about the BRIT school. weekend.
Would you like to be a student there? Why? / Why not? 5 We do all our homework on
computer.
I LEARN THIS! have to
>♦ Grammar Builder 2B page 126
■q . a We use have to I has to to talk about things which are
necessary or compulsory:
5 Look at the pictures of Millie’s school day. Then write
We have to do RE. at school.
sentences using the affirmative or negative of have to and
b We use don't /doesn't ha veto to talk about things the prompts below.
which are not necessary or compulsory. We don't use it
to say something is against the rules.
'S'l
You can go home now. You don’t have to stay until 4.15.
11
NOT fou cron t nave to use your mopiic pnond in ciass. X

2 Read the Learn this! box and then look at the table. How
many examples of have to can you find in exercise 1? Are

I
they affirmative, negative or interrogative?

have to __________
Affirmative ______
I / You / We / They have to study music. 1 get up before 7 o'clock 4 do P.E. at school
He / She / It has to arrive at 9 o’clock.
_____________ 2 make her own breakfast 5 take exams
Negative 3 walk to school 6 stay at school after 3:15
I / You / We / They don't have to take exams. 1 She has to get up before 7 o’clock.
He / She / It doesn't have to be on time. 6 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer questions about What
Interrogative your partner has to do at weekends. Use Do you have to ?
Do I /you / we / they have to do homework? and the phrases below.

Yes, we do. / No, they don’t. cook lunch / dinner do the ironing do the washing
Does he / she / it have to help? do your homework get dressed before lunch get up early
No, he doesn't. / Yes, she does. sei the table take exams tidy your room

3 MFI Listen to the text in exercise! How are have to Do you have to cook lunch? Yes, I do. I No, I don’t.
0128
and has to pronounced? Practise saying them.

I ■ r I I dim
2C I Listening
Unusual schools
I can understand numbers, dates and times.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe the photo of the

classroom. Use the phrases and words below to help you.
What is unusual about it?
I can see... I can’t see ...
book desk student teacher
whiteboard young/old

2 Complete the fact file with the verbs below. Would you like
to go to a ‘democratic school’? Why? / Why not?
choose don't go have mark meet take

DEMOCRATIC SCHOOLS k
_______________________
In democratic schools ...

• students1 the subjects they want to

study,
students don’t have to 2 to lessons. 5 Qi-31 Listen to a radio interview with a student at the
students don’t usually have to 3 Brooklyn Free School. Which sentence is not true?
exams.
1 Classes at the school are very small.
• teachers don’t usually4 students’ 2 They study the usual school subjects.
work. 3 Nathan doesn’t enjoy school.
classes are mixed-ability and often 5
students of different ages. Listening Strategy
all the students and teachers 6 to
Make sure you know how dates, times and numbers are
discuss the timetable, school rules, school trips,
spoken so that you can identify them when you hear
etc.
them.
the teachers7 make many rules
or give many punishments.
6 Qi-31 Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen again.
Choose the correct answers (a, b or c).
J LEARN THIS! Saying numbers, dates and times
1 Nathan is years old.
vy We °^en saY numbers, dates and times differently from
a 15 b 16 c 17
how they are written.
2 In Nathan’s part of the school the students are aged .
110 = a hundred and ten or one hundred and ten a 4-11 b 4-18 c 12-18
1,110 = one thousand, one hundred and ten 3 Nathan’s part of the school has about students.
07.15 = quarter past seven or seven fifteen a 16 b 60 c 66
20 May = the twentieth ofMay 4 Nathan sits next to students of his own age.
a sometimes b never c always
April 15 = April thefifteenth
5 The boy who helps Nathan with maths is .
1997 = nineteen ninety-seven
a 11 bb 13
13 c 18
2005 = two thousand andfive 6 Lessons are from .
2012 = twenty twelve or two thousand and twelve a 8 a.m. to 3 p.m. b 9 a.m. to 3 p.m. c 9 a.m. to 4 p.m.
07.07.2025 = the seventh ofJuly, twenty twenty-five 7 It costs a year to study at the school.
a $2,000 b $12,000 c $20,000

3 Qi-29 Read the Learn this! box. Then say these numbers, 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Compare your school with the
dates and times. Sometimes there is more than one way to Brooklyn Free School. Write five sentences and tell the
say them. Then listen, check and repeat. class.

1 10.55 6 1 June 1998

Our school has... students, but there are only
2 August 15 2016 7 6.45
about 120 students in the Brooklyn Free School.
3 4.30 8 557
4 1,390 9 20.07.1990
5 150 10 3,260 At our school we have to..., but at
the Brooklyn Free School they...
4 Qi-30 Listen to the sentences A-G. Write the number,
date or time that you hear in each sentence.

Unit 2 School days 21

 2D 1 Grammar L____ __ —__ -_______________ _________
Adverbs of frequency; question words
i
I can use adverbs offrequency and question words.

Qi-32 Read and listen to the dialogue. Which clubs does

1 OE3 5 Write the words in the correct order to make sentences.
Maisie go to? Which club does Ben plan to join? 1 never / Sally / the dishwasher / loads
2 to my friends /1 / text messages / often / send
3 is / Jake / at school / hungry / hardly ever
4 Harry and Alex / after midnight / go / sometimes / to bed
5 tidies / Frank / usually / at the weekend / his bedroom
6 late / the school bus I often I in the morning / is
7 computer games / Lisa / after school / plays / always

6 Rewrite the sentences in exercise 4 so that they are true

for you.
I
I never watch TV in my bedroom.

7 Find five question words in the dialogue in exercise 1 and

Maisie Are you a member of a school club? add them to the Learn this! box.
Ben No, I'm not. But I'd like to join one. Which clubs do [ LEARN THIS! Question words
you go to?
Maisie I often go to photography club. It's always good fun. PQ'. We use question words to ask for information. We put
And I sometimes go to music club. XT them at the beginning of questions.
Ben Who takes photography club? How How many What What time Where Whose
Maisie Mr Carleton, the art teacher.
Ben I like him. How often does the club meet?
Maisie Once a week. We usually meet on Fridays, after What time do you get up?
school. But it’s sometimes on Thursday, in the lunch Where do you live?
break. Why don’t you come along?
Whose book is this?
Ben Good idea. Hey, when does the next lesson start?
Maisie In two minutes. Come on. Mr Baker is always cross
when students arrive late! 8 Read the answers and circle the correct question words to
complete the sentences.
i 2 Find four adverbs of frequency in the dialogue in exercise 1.
1 ‘How/When do you get to school?' 'By bus.'
Add them to the table below.
2 ‘Who/Where are you?’ ‘In the kitchen.’
3 'How often / When do you do your homework?'
100%
'After dinner.'
2 3 4
never hardly 1 4 ‘Which / How many subjects do you do at school?' 'Ten.'
ever 5 'When I Where do you usually meet your friends?’
‘On Friday evenings.’
3 Complete the Learn this! box. Use before and after. 6 'Who’s / Whose pencil case is this?’ 'My brother's.’

LEARN THIS! Adverbs of frequency 9 Think of possible anslwfefs to questions 1-5 in exercise 8
a We use adverbs of frequency to say how often using the other question words.
something happens. We usually put adverbs of frequency 1 ‘When do you get to school?’ ‘At 5.30a.m.’
1 the verb.
10 Complete the questions with the correct question words.
I never have breakfast.
1 brothers and sisters have you got?
b We put adverbs of frequency2 the verb be.
2 do you sit next to in maths lessons?
You’re always late! 3 do you travel to and from school?
4 do you live?
>♦ Grammar Builder 2D page 126 5 do you usually go to bed?
6 do you usually eat for breakfast?
4 Put the adverbs of frequency in brackets in the correct 7 do you prefer, pizza or pasta?
place in the sentences.
»♦ Grammar Builder 2D page 126
1 Kate watches TV in her bedroom, (sometimes)
2 Joe is late for school, (often) 11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
3 Harry goes dancing, (never) exercise 10.
4 Hannah does sport at the weekend, (hardly ever)
How many brothers and I’ve got one brother
5 William listens to music in bed. (usually)
sisters have you got? and one sister.
6 Ryan is thirsty after football training, (always)

I a Unit2 Schooldays
 I Word Skills L—I ___________
2E Prepositions of time
I can use a variety of prepositions of time.
I
1 SPEAKING What do you know about British secondary
LEARN THIS! Prepositions of time 2
schools? Think about these things.
a before
age of students mixed / single-sex name of exams x* I have a shower before breakfast.
school day terms and holidays Ring me before the weekend.
[ LEARN THIS! Prepositions of time 1 b after
I watch TV after dinner.
(Sa in
XT in June in 2020 in the morning/the afternoon
We have maths after the break.
c during
in (the) spring
My dad works at night, not during the day.
b on
d until
on Friday on 1 May on New Year’s Day
My mum is in London until tomorrow.
c at
We stay at school until 3.30.
at 6 p.m. at night at New Year at the weekend
e from... to
My dad works from nine to five every day.
2 Read the Learn this! box. Find the preposition we use with:
1 months 5 festivals
4 Read the Learn this! box and translate the examples.
2 times 6 seasons
Then complete the text in exercise 3 with the correct
3 days of the week 7 parts of the day (two answers)
prepositions. Use each preposition once.
4 years 8 a specific day of the year

3 Read what Rachel says about her school and find examples 5 SPEAKING How is your school year and school day
of 1-8 from exercise 2. different from Rachel’s?

Rachel’s school year starts in September.

e Our school year starts in September too.

In Rachel’s school, lessons start at...,

B Wednesday 14th 10.40a.m. but in our school, they start at...

‘Students start secondary school

when they are eleven, and leave
when they are eighteen. Most 6 Circle the correct preposition to complete the sentences.
secondary schools in the UK 1 I usually arrive at school before / on / until 830.
are mixed.
2 I always have a party at / on / in my birthday.
The school year starts in 3 Do you have dinner at / to / until seven o'clock
September and finishes in July.
in / on / during the evening?
In my school, lessons start at
nine o’clock in the morning, 4 I go to computer club during / before / after school
although some students go in on / after / in Friday afternoon.
1•ninp and ha\/o
nine and have 'breakfast in the canteen. 5 We have exams in / during / on the summer term.
Lessons continue 2 3.30 in the afternoon. 6 Joe always goes to bed at / from / on midnight.
3 school we sometimes go to school
clubs. 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Design your ideal school year and
We go to school4 Monday5 school day. Make notes about these things.
Friday, but not at the weekend. In some private schools, 1 What time does school start and finish?
students have school on Saturday morning, but no one
2 When and how long are the breaks and lunch hour?
goes to school on Sunday.
3 Which days do you go to school?
The school year has three terms. Each term lasts about
4 When are the holidays and how long are they?
thirteen or fourteen weeks. We have a two-week holiday
at Christmas and the same at Easter. We sometimes 8 SPEAKING Tell the class about your ideal school year and
have to do homework6 the holidays - I school day. Use the notes you made in exercise 7.
hate that.
The end-of-year exams are in the summer, usually in
Our ideal school day starts at 1030 and finishes...
June. I’m in my final year, so next year, in 2019, I have
very important exams called ‘A levels'. The A level exam
results come out on 25 August. That's a very important
day. of course, and all the students meet in school to get
their results.'

Unit2 Schooldays
 2F Reading

Dangerous journeys
/ can understand a text about dangerous journeys to school.

The School

ru
1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Why do these children 01.33
have to go on dangerous journeys, do you think?

2 Read the introduction to the text. Check your ideas

for exercise 1.

3 Read the text. Match texts (1-4) with photos (A-D).

Reading Strategy
When you match sentences to texts, make sure the
whole sentence matches the information in the text.
Do not just look for one or two words that are in the
text and the sentence.

4 Read the Reading Strategy. Then match sentences

(A-G) with texts (1-4).
Which group of children ...
A sometimes put a family member inside a bag?
How dangerous is your journey to school?
B cannot use the bridge across the river?
Perhaps you have to walk across a busy road
travel very fast?
or ride your bike in traffic. But in general, your
) have to swim across a river?
journey is probably safe. For some children,
c haveto walk along a dangerous path?
it’s very different ...
F have a long walk as part of their journey to school?
G travel to school with their head teacher? Banpo Elementary School in China is on a mountain
J The path to school is very narrow and dangerous.
The children have to walk in a line. When they meet
somebody, they have to stand against the mountain
while the person passes. For the parents, it is very
worrying. Fortunately, the head teacher of the school
walks with the children every morning.
A group of children in Sumatra, Indonesia, have to
cross a wide river every morning on their way to
school. The bridge across the river is broken, so
about 20 children have to walk across a rope. The
rope is ten metres above the water. After that, they
have to walk ten kilometres through the jungle! And of
course, at the end of the school day, they have to do
the same journey again on their way home.
Students in Minh Hoa in Vietnam have to cross a river
on their way to and from school every day. There are
no bridges or boats, so the children swim. They put
their books and clothes in large plastic bags so they
do not get wet. The bags also help the children to sta^s
safe in the water (the water is 20 metres deep). When,
they reach the other side, they take their dry clothes
out of the bag and put them on.
Near Bogota, the capital of Colombia, some children
have to cross a large valley to get to school. At the
bottom of the valley is the Rio Negro, a huge river.
There is only one way to cross the valley: on a zip
wire. That’s a metal rope, 800 metres long and 400
metres above the river. The journey is very fast. In
fact, it only takes about one minute! Small children
cannot travel across the valley alone, so their brother
or sister puts them in a bag!

1n i
 5 VOCABULARY Put the highlighted adjectives in the text
into four pairs of opposites.

6 VOCABULARY Find these words in the text. Then match

them with the pictures below.
In the wilderness boat bridge jungle mountain
path river rope valley

7 Complete the questions about the text using the question

words below.
how how many what where which who why
1 In country is Banpo Elementary School?
2 walks with the children on the
mountain path?
3 high is the rope across the river in Sumatra?
4 children have to walk across the rope?
5 is Minh Hoa?
6 do the children in Minh Hoa have to swim
across the river?
7 is the name of the river near Bogota?

8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

exercise 7.

In which country is Banpo It's in...

Elementary School?

9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you have to do one

of the journeys to school in the text. Which one do you
I choose? Why? Explain your choice to the class.

I choose journey I choose journey one because

four because it’s... you have to / don’t have to...

Unit 2 School days 25

 J

4 Read the problems. Complete the two pieces of advice with

should and shouldn't.
1 You can’t do your homework late at night because your
brother plays loud music.
a You talk to your brother.
b You do your homework very late at night.
2 You feel ill, but want to go to your friend’s party.
a You go to a party with a bad headache.
b You rest before the party.
3 You hate your birthday present from your aunt.
a You say thank you for it.
b You tell her the truth about your feelings.

Qi-35 Check the meaning of the adjectives below. Then

listen to four dialogues and complete the sentences with
the correct adjective.
Feelings (adjectives) angry embarrassed excited
happy sad tired worried
In dialogue 1, the boy feels .
In dialogue 2, the girl feels .
1 tTlMI
Qi-34 Read and listen to the dialogue between a girl and In dialogue 3, the boy feels.
her friend. Do you agree with the friend’s advice? Can you In dialogue 4, the girl feels.
think of any other advice?
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Feelings: page 118
Jade Hi, Lewis. Can I ask your advice about something?
Lewis Yes, sure. What's the problem?
Jade Well, you know that big science project we have to 6 Qi-35 Listen again. What advice does the friend give in
do... each dialogue? Match the advice (a-f) with the dialogues.
Lewis Yes... There are two extra pieces of advice.
Jade Well, Sophie is really worried about it. She wants to Dialogue 1:
copy my work. I feel really bad - and a bit angry. It’s Dialogue 2:
my work! Dialogue 3:
Lewis Oh, I see ... Dialogue 4:
Jade What do you think I should do? Should I tell Mrs a 'You should tell your parents how you feel.’
Jones? b 'You should send a text message to your friend.'
Lewis No, you shouldn't do that. But you should talk to c 'You shouldn’t copy work from the internet.’
Sophie. You should explain that copying work is a bad d 'You shouldn’t stay late at the party.'
idea and tell her how you feel. e 'You should invite your friend.’
Jade Yes, you're right. Thanks, Lewis. f 'You shouldn't bring your phone to school.'
2 SPEAKING Practise reading the dialogue in pairs.
i Speaking Strategy
3 Read the Learn this! box. Find five more examples of should Go to the Functions Bank in the Workbook for useful set
in the dialogue in exercise 1. Are they affirmative, negative phrases that you can use in conversations.
or interrogative?

f LEARN THIS! should 7 Work in pairs. Prepare a dialogue using the prompts beloW-
Use problems from exercise 4 or your own ideas.
We use should/shouldn't + infinitive without to to give advice.
Affirmative A Greet B. Say that you
She should take her exam again. need advice. B Ask A what the
Negative problem is.
You shouldn’t go outside in this weather. A Explain the problem.
Interrogative B Give one or two
Should we invite your cousin to the party? pieces of advice.
A Thank B for the advice.

>♦ Grammar Builder 2G page 126 8 SPEAKING Act out your dialogue to the class.

rl Unit 2 Sfihwldays
 j Writing

An announcement
I can write an announcementfor a school event.

3 Read the Learn this! box. Find nine examples of imperatives

in the announcements in exercise 2.

f LEARN THIS! Imperatives

PQ-. We use imperatives to give orders and instructions, and to

xr make requests.
We form affirmative imperatives with the infinitive form
of the verb without to.
Be quiet! Write the answer in your notebook.
Please sit down.
We form negative imperatives with don’t and the
infinitive form of the verb without to.
Don’t be silly! Please don’t interrupt.
1 VOCABULARY Match the photo with one of the events
below. Is it a good way to raise money, do you think?
Why? I Why not? 4 Complete the sentences with the verbs below. Use
affirmative or negative imperatives.
School events concert musical play school camp
school club school trip sports day bring call forget miss put visit
1 to tell your friends and family!
>-* Vocabulary Builder School events: page 118 2 it in your diary so that you don’t forget!
3 Dean Richards on 509331 for
2 Read the announcements. Match each with an event from more information.
exercise 1. Then check the meaning of all the events.
4 our website!
5 this event!

Catd 6 a friend!

>♦ Grammar Builder 2H page 126

Writing Strategy
Come to our musical!
Make sure that you include all the information required
Saturday 12 July from 7 p.m. to 11 p.m. in the task. As you make notes in preparation, tick off the
in the school hall key points in the task as you deal with them.
Please help us to raise £1,000 for new musical
instruments for the school.
5 Read the Writing Strategy. Then read the task and make
We need your help! notes using the questions below to help you.
Come and see us dance! Come and hear us sing!
You are organising an event at your school. Write an
Fun for all the family! Please bring a friend!
announcement to publicise the event and encourage people
to attend. Remember to include information about the time
Tickets: £5. Buy your ticket before 30 June and get a 50p discount!
and place of the event and how people can attend.

JUDOCLUB; 1
2
what is the event?
where?
3 date, day and time?
DO YOU ENJOY /
4 what is the purpose of the event?
A CHALLENGE? * 5 what happens?
Then come to judo club. 6 other information (tickets? phone number? website?)
We meet every Wednesday after 6 Write an announcement for the event. Use your notes from
school in the school gymnasium, exercise 5.
from 3.30 to 5 p.m.
It’s a great way to make new friends and to keep fit! f CHECK YOUR WORK
Are you new to martial arts? Don’t worry! Have you...
We’ve got a great judo teacher. Everyone is welcome,
• used some imperatives?
especially beginners!
• included all the information in exercise 5?
Call Sarah on 0990 237789 for more details. • checked your spelling and grammar?

Unit 2 School days

 F - 41
1 Exam Skills Trainer
I
Reading 1 Oliver
A gets up early every day.
Strategy B studies at home every day.
In multiple-choice questions, the correct option will contain C doesn't do sport during the week
different words from the text, but the words will have the D always finishes school at 4:45 p.m.
same meaning. It's a good idea to learn different ways of 2 Oliver's dad
saying the same thing. A has a job in London.
B doesn’t go to museums with Oliver.
C is good at swimming.
1 Read the Strategy. Match A-E with 1-5.
D doesn't teach Oliver maths.
I
1 I study. A I can. 3 According to the text, what is true about Brazil?
2 I work. B I have a job. A Homeschooling is popular.
3 It's popular. C People like it. B Homeschooling is possible, but it isn't popular.
4 It’s unpopular. D I have lessons. C Teachers can homeschool their children.
5 It’s possible. E People don’t like it. D Homeschooling isn't possible.
i
4 Oliverthinks
2 Read the text. Choose the correct answer, (A-D). A homeschooling is only for parents who don’t have a job.
Homeschooling - how does that work? B homeschooling teaches children the same things in
different ways.
C he is different from other teenagers.
D every parent should homeschool their child.

Listening

Strategy
Before you listen, read the task. Think of key vocabulary that
is related to the topic and quickly note it down. Some of
I these words and expressions may appear in the listening.
1
Oliver Kent is a thirteen-year-old student, but he doesn't go to 3 Read the Strategy. For each phrase below, underline three
school. He's homeschooled. His dad is his teacher and teaches
words on the same topic.
Oliver at home.
'People always ask me the same questions,' says Oliver, who lives in 1 tidy the classroom
London. Things like "What time do you have to get up? When do you cupboard grandma ice ruler shelf supermarket
start? When do you finish? Do you like it?" They don't understand 2 play a musical instrument
homeschooling, but for me it's normal. I love it! I can get up when I dictionary drums flute geography saxophone ski
want to, and I have lessons at different times every day.
3 have a big family
'Dad doesn't work. I study at home with him, and we sometimes
cousin daughter desk eraser niece skateboard
go to museums and talk about what we see. I go swimming three
times a week. I have a teacher because Dad can't swim. I'm in a 4 describe someone
football club too. I have internet lessons on English, maths and beard dishwasher economics ironing short straight
politics. Dad teaches me the other subjects' 5 get up early
Homeschooling is popular in Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the copy an answer get dressed have breakfast have dinner
United Kingdom, the United States and many other countries. play the drums wakeup
I
Can parents homeschool their children in every country in the
world? No. Brazil, Greece, Cuba, Turkey and 24 other countries 4 Ql.36 Listen to six people talking about their everyday
I say 'no' to homeschooling. life. Match speakers 1-6 to A-G. There’s one extra letter.
What about friends? 'People often ask me that question,' says
This speaker...
Oliver. 'I have lots of friends. Most of them go to school and
that's the right thing for them. My friend Ella is homeschooled by A doesn't have books at school.
her mum. We can discuss things about homeschooling that other B can’t walk to school.
people don't understand.' C speaks two languages everyday.,
Does Oliver think he is different to other thirteen-year-olds? D has to help his / her parents every day.
'Of course not. I watch the same things on TV as other kids my E can play a musical instrument.
age. I play the same games, I worry about the same things and I F goes to work from 9:00 a.m. until 4:30 p.m.
eat the same food! I learn the same things. It's just that I learn G has extra lessons every day.
them in a different way.'
J
il^m irim ‘ilfilh Trflinsr 1
 1
Exam Skills Trainer

Use of English 7 Read the Strategy. Complete the expressions with the
words below.
Strategy
advice angry problem should (*2) shouldn’t Thanks
Before doing a multiple-choice task, read the text first for
gist. Then read the options and choose the correct answers. Function | Expressions

Asking if someone What's the1 .?

5 Read the Strategy. Read the text below and answer the is OK____________
questions. Do not fill the gaps yet! Saying how you feel I’m 2.

1 When is Emily's birthday? Asking for help Can I ask your3 about
2 When are her sisters' birthdays? something? What4 Ido?
3 Do Emily and her sisters look similar or different? Giving advice XYou 5 shout at him.
4 Are Emily and her sisters interested in the same things? / You 6 . speak to a doctor.
5 Does Emily like her life? Thanking someone 7

6 Complete the text with the correct answer, (A-C). 8 Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about one of the
Emily and her sisters problems below.
Emily Mathias is a normal teenage girl. She lives with her parents Your brother isn’t at home and he isn’t at school.
and three sisters. She likes animals and she can 1 You can’t sleep at night.
the cello very well. A cello is like a really big violin. But her You don’t want to go to your friend’s party.
family is different from most families.2? Because
Your English classes are very difficult.
Emily and her sisters Anna, Mary Claire and Grace are identical
quads. They were all born 3 16 February 2000.
The four girls 4 got the same long fair wavy hair A Greet B. Ask if he or
and blue eyes, but their personalities are very different. Emily she is OK. B Say how you feel. Say
loves horse-riding. Grace 5 friendly, Mary Claire that you need advice.
likes writing and Anna's interested 66 science.
A Ask B what the
'Our house is very busy,' says Emily. 'We 7 to problem is.
help with jobs at home. Every Monday I do the washing B Explain the problem.
8 school. But I'm happy with my life. People
often ask me, "9 are you? Are you Anna?" A Give one or two
Sometimes the teacher10 10 know. It's funny!' pieces of advice.
B Thank A for the advice.
1 A play B plays C to play
2 A Where B What C Why Writing
3 A in B at C on
4 A have C are Strategy
B has
5 A is B does C has When you write an announcement, try to make people
6 A in B about C at interested. Start with a clear heading (e.g. Film Club) ask
questions withyou (e.g. Do you... ?) and use imperatives and
7 A can B have C got
exclamation marks (e.g. Come... I or Bring... /).
8 A until B during C after
9 A Where B How C Who
10 A don't B isn't C doesn't 9 Read the Strategy. Match A-F to 1-6.
1 Do you A a ticket today!
Speaking 2 Are you B good at football?
3 Do you want C and join us!
Strategy 4 Come D us to raise money for the school!
When you're doing a guided dialogue or conversation task, 5 Buy E play a musical instrument?
you'll find it useful to know set phrases for a variety of 6 Please help F to make new friends?
situations, such as for making requests, asking for help and
giving advice. Try to learn these set phrases and be prepared 10 Write an announcement for a new school club. Include the
to adapt them for different situations. information below.
• What is the club (sports? music? film? something else?)
• Where is it?
• What day and time is it?
• What happens at the club?
• Other information (tickets? phone number? website?)

Exam Skills Trainer! 29

 BA I Vocabulary ■

Clothes

Style I I can describe people's clothes.

1 SPEAKING Look at photos A and B. Do you like their clothes? Which are your
favourites? Do you wear similar clothes?

I like the boy’s shirt in photo A. I’ve got a black jacket like the one in photo B.

lii A [Daniel ] I Emma I

[Sarah]
Unit map
H
• Vocabulary
Clothes
Adjectives to describe clothes
Common adjectives
• Word Skills
Adjectives: opposites
• Grammar
Present continuous
Contrast: present simple and
present continuous ••I’
• Listening Catwalk fashion

r< j

• Reading Teenage pressures

• Speaking Making
arrangements

• Writing An email
• Cultures Teens and their
money

I
I
IMi
• Vocabulary Builder page 118
• Grammar Builder page 128
__

2 VOCABULARY Match items of clothing 1-13 in the photos with words from the list
• Grammar Reference page 129 below. Check the meaning of the other words.
Clothes boots cap cardigan coat dress hat jacket jeans jumper legging
pyjamas scarf shirt shoes shorts skirt socks sweatshirt T-shirt tie

I tracksuit

3 [02.02 Listen and

trainers trousers

repeat all the words in exercise 2.

J 30 Unit 3 Style
 f |
{ LOOKOUT!

We often use the word'top to mean any kind of shirt,

tQ204 Read the Recycle! box. Then listen again. Complete
6 tTtWI
sentences 1-5 with the correct adverb of frequency from
J
T-shirt, sweater, etc. We sometimes use the word the list below and the correct present simple form of the
'bottoms' to refer to the bottom half of a tracksuit, verb in brackets.
pyjamas, etc. always never often sometimes usually
1 Archie’s clothes(be) dirty.
2 Violet(wear) a jacket for school.
4 [0203 Read the Look out! box. Then listen and find each
3 Violet(get dressed) early on Sunday.
person in the photos in exercise 1. Say the name.
4 Arthur(wear) jeans at the weekend.
5 Lola(change) clothes when she gets
This person has got black boots and a black top.
home.

Emma. 7 Rewrite the sentences in exercise 6 using different adverbs

of frequency. Make them true for you.
I always wearjeans at the weekend.
5 renai Listen to four people talking about their clothes. 8 In pairs, look at the photo at the bottom of the page. Use
Which clothes from exercise 2 does each person mention?
the colours below to describe items of clothing in the photo,
Speaker | Clothes
(light/dark) beige black blue brown cream green
Archie tracksuit, trainers grey orange pink purple red violet white yellow
Violet
brown boots a light green shirt
Arthur
Lola 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to be A and B.
A Imagine you are a person in the photo below. Answer B’s
I RECYCLE! Adverbs of frequency questions.
••• We use adverbs of frequency to say how often something B Ask about As clothes using ‘Haveyou got... ?’. Decide
<1 happens. They usually go before the verb, but they go which person in the photo he or she is.
after the verb be.
He usually wears a tracksuit for PE. Have you got jeans? Yes, I have.

Her socks are often wet.

Have you got a red top? No, I haven't.

...? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.

J
fr
' f < ■ ' ' ’ < ■’ >. i \ -v.

‘ ■ <•/’•* ■ < 'Iv Unit 3 Style 31

it • Pi'■■ 1‘rn ii
 F Grammar 1L

3B Present continuous
I can talk about things that are happening now.

LEARN THIS! Spelling: -ing forms

n
q. a We form most -mg forms by adding -ing to the infinitive
<1 without to-.
eat -> eating go -» going
b When the infinitive ends in -e, we usually replace -e
with - ing-.
dance -> dancing phone -> phoning
c When the infinitive ends in a single vowel plus consonant,
1 SPEAKING Look at the photo. Can you name any music
we often double the consonant before adding -ing:
festivals in your own town or region? When do they take
chat chatting stop -> stopping
place?
I

2 Read the tweets. Find the name, date and location of the 5 Read the Learn this! box. Then complete the tweets below
music festival they are describing. with the affirmative form of the present continuous.

••ooo <? ••ooo ■o

Tweets Tweets
@musicnews We’re having a fantastic time at ©musicnews We ’ (sit) in the sun.
tfSummerSounds music festival. Finally, it isn’t *2-------------------- (take) photos for my Instagram page.
raining!
5:28 p.m. Thursday 4 Aug ©musicnews 13 (watch) DJSmithy on the big
screen, but my friend 4.(sleep)!
©musicnews The sun is shining! We’re dancing
©musicnews We5 (have) lunch in our tent.
to ©DJSmithy on the main stage. Are you at Do you want to join us?
#SummerSounds in Cardiff? What are you doing?
Tweet us! ©musicnews 16 (look) for my friend. She
5:47 p.m. Thursday 4 Aug ----------------- (dance) to DJSmithy, but I can’t see her. Help!
©musicnews 18.-------------------(chat) to some friends online.
3 Read the Learn this! box. What examples of the present
i continuous can you find in the tweets in exercise 2? »♦ Grammar Builder 3B page 128
i

J LEARN THIS! Present continuous 6 Q2.O5 Complete the phone dialogue. Use the present
f - a We use the present continuous to talk about events continuous: affirmative, negative or interrogative. Then
that are happening now. listen and check.
b We form the present continuous with the present Daniel Hi, Elsa. Where are you? What
simple of be and the -ing form of the verb:
(you / do)?
I'm singing. They aren’t listening. Elsa I’m in the tent. 12 (look) for my bag
Daniel I’ve got your bag. Remember? 13
4 Complete the examples in the table with the correct form (hold) it now!
of the verb be. Elsa Oh yes. I remember. Where are you?
Daniel 14(sit) on the grass near the main
Present continuous stage.
Affirmative Elsa I can’t hear any music.
I1__ doing my homework Daniel We5(wait) for the next band. The
6(play) at the moment.
She2 walking to school.
I Elsa OK. 17(leave) the tent now.
We3 wearing the same shoes.
I Daniel 8(you / come) to the main stage?
Negative Elsa Yes, I am. See you soon.
i4__ watching TV.
taking an exam at the moment. 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Mime an activity using the list
She5.
below or your own idea. Your partner guesses.
You6 _ helping with the housework.
dance play basketball / football I tennis
Interrogative
play the drums / clarinet ride a bike I a horse
./ going home now?
you Yes, we8
skate skateboard ski sing swim
No, we9
10 she wearing boots? Yes, sheAre you dancing?
Yes, I am./No, I’m not.
No, she12_

Unit 3 Style
3C I Listening
Catwalk fashion
I can identify stress patterns in two- and three-syllable words.
i
1 VOCABULARY Put the adjectives into pairs of opposites.
Adjectives to describe clothes baggy casual dark
light long long-sleeved patterned plain short
short-sleeved smart tight
long - short, baggy -

2 SPEAKING Describe the photos. What are the models

wearing? Use clothes and colours from lesson 3A and
adjectives from exercise 1. Do you like their clothes?

Listening Strategy
In English, words with more than one syllable have
the stress on one of the syllables. This means that the
syllable is louder than the others. Being familiar with
word stress makes it easier to recognise words when you
hearthem.

3 0206 Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen and

circle the word with a different stress pattern,
1 design begin believe visit
2 Japan Scotland Poland Russia
3 mistake police moment explain
4 model hotel hostel channel
5 always never today often
6 correct copy decide describe

4 DICTIONARY WORK Look at the dictionary extracts below.

How are the stressed syllables indicated?

outfit /'aotfit/ October /Dk'tauba(r)/

9
July /dsu'lai/ magazine Z,maega'zi:n/

audience /'o:dians/

5 Q2.O7 Underline the stressed syllables in these words. 7 [02.09 Underline the stressed syllables in the highlighted
Use a dictionary to help you. Then listen and check. words. Then listen again and check.
1 collection 5 dangerous 9 wonderful 1 Good afternoon everyone, and welcome to the show!
2 pyjamas 6 magazine 10 twenty-one 2 We are proud to present an exciting new designer. Zizi
3 understand 7 audience 11 computer Malek!
4 disaster 8 amazing 12 seventeen 3 Our first models, Tonya and Stella, are coming down the
6 [02.08 Listen to a radio programme about fashion. Are catwalk now.
the sentences true or false? Write T or F. 4 His trousers are difficult to describe. They look a bit like
pyjama bottoms!
1 The clothes in the show are for winter and spring. 5 The reporters are taking lots of photographs of him.
2 Stella and Tonya are wearing summer clothes.
3 Tonya is wearing a short jacket, a baggy top and 8 Work in pairs. Prepare a short ‘catwalk commentary’. Make
white shorts. notes for one male model and one female model. Choose
4 Stella has got a baggy dress, an orange scarf and boots. the clothes, colours and styles.
5 The third model is a man.
9 SPEAKING Present your commentary to the class.
6 Martin is wearing yellow and black trainers.
7 Martin starts to dance.
Our first model, Amy, is coming down the She looks
8 A photographer falls over Martin and the girls.
catwalk now. She’s wearing a ... with... great in...

Unit 3 Style 33
 ___
Grammar —
3D Contrast: present simple and present continuous
/ can talk about what usually happens and what is happening now.
I
4 Complete the sentences with the present simple or the
present continuous form of the verbs in brackets. Then
match each sentence with rules a-e in the Learn this! box.
1 'Let’s go out.’ 'No, it.’ (rain)
2 This term we about the Second
World War in our history lessons, (learn)
» 3 you what time
it is? (know)
4 Fish in the sea. (live)
tennis every Saturday
%i 5 My parents
morning, (play)
this word, (not understand)
6 l._
1 SPEAKING Ask and answer. How often do you buy clothes? 7 How often _________ Fred
Do you like shopping for clothes? with the housework? (help)

2 .02-10 Read and listen to the phone conversation and >-* Grammar Builder 3D page 128
answer the questions.
1 What does Claire want to buy? 5 Complete the text messages with the present simple or
2 Where is Joel? Why is he there? present continuous form of the verbs below.
3 What does Billy invite Claire to do?
buy do know look look love get prefer read
Billy Hey, Claire, where are you?
Claire I’m in a clothes shop in town. I’m looking for a new
......... >
top. But I’m not having much luck. They’re all really SB
expensive.
Billy You should go to the department store. They don’t __ JH
cost very much there. Hi, Chris. What1 .ill A
Claire OK. Thanks for the advice. you ?
Billy No problem. Is Joel with you?
12_ . for a
Claire No, he’s at home He hates shopping. He never comes birthday present for Emma.
with me.
Billy Well, do you and Joel want to go to the cinema on Why don’t you buy her a CD?
She 3 music.
Saturday?
Claire Maybe. Our parents are in the middle of decorating the I 4 But she5 to
house and we're helping them. What time's the film? download music. She never6 CDs.
Billy 7.30 in the evening. Well, what about a book? She7 a lot.
Claire That should be OK. Can I phone you later about it?
Billy Sure. Good luck with the shopping! Try the Good idea. • __ you
ready for her party now?
department store. Bye!
Yes! 19 forward to it!
3 Study the examples of the present simple and present
continuous in the conversation. Then complete the Learn Me too. See you later, then.
this! box with the correct tenses.
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to say sentences aboj
[ LEARN THIS! Present tense contrast
other students in the class. Use the present simple or the
\ ij)- We uset^e: present continuous. Use the verbs below to help you. Ca n
a for something that happens your partner guess who it is?
I
regularly, always or never. go hate like live play read sit
I
b for something happening at this smile speak study watch wear write
moment.
for something happening around He's wearing jeans and a red top.
c
this time.
for a fact that is always true. It's Marcus. She always sits next to Maria.
d
e with certain verbs that we don’t
usually use in continuous tenses: believe, know, hate, It's Clara.
like, need, prefer, understand, want, etc.

I
34 Unit 3 Style
 I Word Skills
Adjectives: opposites
I can use a variety of adjectives.

4 Work in pairs. Take turns to close your book. Say an

adjective from the text or from the list in exercise 3. Your
partner says the adjective with the opposite meaning.

high low

I LEARN THIS! Negative prefix un-

We can ma^e many adjectives negative by adding the
prefix un-.
friendly - unfriendly kind - unkind happy — unhappy
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe the photo. What can tidy - untidy usual - unusual necessary — unnecessary
you see? Where are the people? What are they doing? Use
the words below to help you. 5 Read the Learn this! box. In Ryan’s paragraph find:
verbs make sew sit work a an adjective with the prefix un-.
nouns clothes desk factory sewing machine b an adjective that can be made negative with the
trousers woman worker prefix un-.
2 Q2.11 Read and listen to teenagers talking about buying 6 Rewrite the sentences so that they have the opposite
clothes. Which person... meaning. Use the opposite of the underlined adjectivl

a hasn't got enough money to buy designer labels? 1 These jeans were very expensive.
b is wearing something that doesn’t cost very much? 2 That yellow shirt looks terrible!
c always wants to know where clothes come from before 3 My bedroom is always very tidy.
she buys them? 4 It is dangerous to swim in that river.
d makes clothes? 5 Jason is feeling happy today.
6 My mum works in a small clothes shop.
‘It's good that we can buy cheap clothes. I never spend 7 Complete the sentences with adjectives from exercises 2
more than £ 10 on a shirt or trousers, but my clothes and 3 and the Learn this! box.
are comfortable and I love them. This T-shirt is made in
Bangladesh.The workers in the factories there don't 1 That girl is called Saffron. You don’t hear that name very
get much money. People say that's unfair, but I don't ■
agree.The fashion companies are giving them jobs!'
Rqan often. It's quite
2 The temperature is very -only one degree
Celsius.
‘The large fashion companies don’t care about the workers 3 This question is very. I can't answer it!
in their factories.The pay is very low and the jobs are 4 You need to get some nice,clothes. All of
often dangerous. It's terrible! We should pay more your T-shirts and jeans have holes in them.
for clothes. I always look at the label, and I never
buy cheap clothes that are made in poor countries.'
Mollq
(jjnnjjl
5 That answer is. Try again!
6 Leah and Emma’s clothes are . They’re both
‘I haven't got much money and I don't buy designer labels.
But I want similar styles. So, I look for cheap copies.
I wearing white tops and brown trousers.

8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Say if you agree or disagree with

It’s true that the workers who make the clothes these statements.
don't get much money, but the cost of living is
low in poor countries, so I think rt’s probably OK’
Megan 1 Clothes should be more expensive.
-
’I think clothes are too cheap. People just wear them a few money.
times and then throw them away! That’s wrong. I’m studying 3 Peoplethrowaway too many clothes.
Textile Design at school and I hardly ever buy clothes. 4 We should make our own clothes.
I usually make them. It isn’t very difficult and my 5 Fashion companies don’t care about the workers in
\ clothes always fit and look great! I never throw
my old clothes away. I give them to charily.'
Jed their factories.

Do you agree that clothes No, I don’t. What

should be more expensive? about you?
3 VOCABULARY Match the highlighted adjectives in the text
with adjectives below that have the opposite meaning.
Common adjectives awful bad different easy 9 Do a class survey. How many people agree with each
expensive false fantastic high new right statement in exercise 8?
safe small
 3F Reading
Teenage pressures
I can understand a text about the pressures on teenagers to look good.
l
1 2

l-j

1 SPEAKING Look at photos 1-4. What are the people doing?

Use the phrases below. How often do you do these things?
go weight training put on make-up straighten your hair
take a selfie

2 Read the text quickly. How many of the writers believe that
there is a problem with teenagers and image?

Reading Strategy
When you do a matching task, check your answers by

S2I.
trying to match the extra headings with each paragraph.
I They should not match any of them.

3 Read the Reading Strategy. Then match paragraphs (1-5)

with headings (A-G) below. There are two extra headings.
A Copying a lie?
B Body-building boys 9 Match the statements and opinions (a-i) with
C Enjoying their own style the people in the texts (1—5).
D Smiling celebrities, worried girls
a Bad photos on social networking sites often get
E From catwalk to clothes shop
unkind comments. _
F No escape from the camera
b Most images in magazines and on the internet are not
G Copying hairstyles from the past
real because the companies change the photos-
4 Explain why the extra headings in exercise 3 do not match c Some girls worry a lot about their appearance and this
any of the paragraphs. makes them unhappy- —
d Some boys take drugs to make their bodies look more
5 Listen and read. Check your answers to exercise 3. muscular.
e Girls wear make-up to express their personalities. It
6 VOCABULARY Find the eight highlighted adjectives in the
isn't a problem
text. Write them as four pairs of opposites. f Girls think it’s important to look good all the time.
Some boys puttheir health in danger to try to 1°°^
7 vocabulary Find four adjectives in paragraphs 1-3 of the g
good.
text which begin with the negative prefix un-.
h A lot of teenage girls are not iappy t0 |Oo^ natgral or
I
8 KEY PHRASES Complete these phrases for expressing a bit untidy. . .
Ii
opinions using the words below. The phrases are all in the i Teenagers know that the P lr» rr>aga2jne$ are not real

reading text. so it isn't a problem. —

honest my really think view 10 SPEAKING Workinpair*

with the opinions and sta ^rcise9?
Expressing opinions
11 believe that...
I agree with Anna. I think girls ^orrV
In my2,...
a lot about their appearan 1 don't thi^that-
To be ’ ,...
Personally, 14 ...
In s opinion,...

Unit 3 Style
I -rlVH»g>SSiBLe
'To be honest, this isn't just a problem for girls.
3
Boys have pressures too. They are surrounded by

■ IMAGES? images of male celebrities with muscular bodies. Suddenly,

an ordinary male body is not good enough, they think, so they
take dangerous drugs to make their bodies muscular. Others
go on unnecessary diets - for example, they buy special
'Female celebrities post selfies on social media, drinks because they want to be muscular. They talk about it a
1
millions of teenage girls see them and try to copy lot at the gym.'
them They want to have the same artificial hairstyles and Bob French, Gym owner
make-up. I really believe that this is becoming a big problem.
Why? Because girls are worrying about their appearance all
the time and they're becoming unhappy. And the problem is 'A lot of teenagers try to copy images in magazines
4
growing. For example, teenage girls today spend 90% more on and on websites. But it's very easy to change
photos on a computer. So today's teenagers are trying to
make-up than ten years ago.'
Maria Baker, Professor of Sociology copy an image that is not real. However, these tricks are not
a secret these days. In fact, some companies are refusing to
change their photos. They use hashtags to advertise their
'In my view, social networking websites like Facebook "real photos" on Twitter. Some people say social media is
2
and Instagram are part of the problem. Teenagers part of the problem. Personally, I think it can be part of the
take photos of their close friends all the time and then they solution.'
put these photos on the internet. A bad photo gets unkind Luke Woods, Photographer
comments. So girls now think it's important to look good all
the time. Today's teenage girls are embarrassed about looking
natural or having untidy hair. They can't relax. I see this problem 'In my opinion, people are worrying about this too
5
much. A lot of girls come into my shop and buy
every day at school.'
Sophie Ellis, Head Teacher make-up. But they aren't copying celebrities. They have their
own ideas and their own look. It's a way of expressing your
personality. And it can be fun too! Of course some of the
images in magazines are fake Teenagers know that - they
aren’t stupid!'
Anna Granger, Shop owner

Unit 3 Style
 3G I Speaking

Making arrangements
i / can make arrangements to meet somebody.

1 Complete the free-time activities with the verbs play, go, 5 Q 2-14 Listen to three conversations. Circle the correct
have and meet. Check the meaning of all the activities. answers.
Free-time activities Conversation 1
1 football / tennis/computer games/cards 1 Max is going fishing on Saturday afternoon / Sunday
2 bowling I ice skating / dancing / afternoon.
rollerblading / swimming 2 They agree to meet at Sophie’s house / the ice rink
3 to the cinema / to the beach Conversation 2
for a walk 3 Amy and Adam arrange to go shopping / have lunch.
lunch I dinner in a cafe 4 They're meeting at 11.30/12.30.
friends Conversation 3
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Free-time activities: page 118 5 Tommy wants to go to a musical / the cinema with Caitlin
6 They’re meeting at 7.45 / 8.15,

O 2.13 Read and listen to the phone call. Find three free­ 6 02.15 KEY PHRASES Complete the key phrases with the
time activities in the dialogue. verbs below. Use the correct form (infinitive without to or
-ing form). Listen and check,
come go have meet see
Making suggestions
Do you fancy \ ice skating?
Shall 12 _to your house?
Why don’t you 3 lunch with us?
How about4 a film?
Let’s’.________ at the cinema.

7 KEY PHRASES Divide the key phrases below into two

categories: agreeing to a suggestion and declining a
suggestion.
Harry Hi, Imogen. How are things?
Imogen Hi, Harry. Fine, thanks. What are you doing? Agreeing to and declining suggestions
Harry I'm just doing my homework. Cool. That sounds fun.
Imogen Do you fancy going swimming on Saturday Great idea. Sorry, but I’m busy.
afternoon? I’m afraid I can’t. Yes, I'd love to.
Harry I'm afraid I can’t. I’m going shopping with my sister No, thanks.
What about Sunday morning?
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Prepare a dialogue following
Imogen No, sorry. I'm playing football. How about Sunday
the prompts below. Use activities from exercise 1 and key
afternoon?
phrases from exercises 6 and 7.
Harry Yeah, I'm free then.
Imogen OK. What time shall we meet?
A Greet B. Ask if B wants
Harry Let's meet at the pool at 2.30.
to do something on a B Decline A's suggestion
Imogen Cool. See you there.
particular day. Give a reason. Suggest
3 Read the Learn this! box. How many examples of the another day / part of
present continuous for future arrangements are there in A Decline B’s suggestion. A a day.
the dialogue in exercise 2? Give a reason. Suggest
another day / part of a day. B Agree to the
I LEARN THIS! Present continuous for future
! suggestion. Ask
ZS- arrangements
I A Suggest a time and place about the time.
x* We can use the present continuous to talk about future
I arrangements.
to meet.
B Agree.
What are you doing on Saturday evening?
I’m going to the cinema.
Speaking Strategy
In a guided conversation, make sure you look at the other
>♦ Grammar Builder 3G page 128 person and listen carefully to what they are saying.

4 SPEAKING Practise reading the dialogue in exercise 2.

9 SPEAKING Read the Speaking Strategy. Then act out your
Change the highlighted words. Use activities from
dialogue to the class.
exercise 1 and your own ideas.

| Unit 3 Style
 I Writing
Bln] An email
/ can write an informal email.
I

f
w4-
1 SPEAKING In pairs, match photos 1-4 with the words
Writing Strategy
below. Then decide which item is the best present for your
partner. There are certain expressions that are used to begin and
end an informal email, like Dear... and Best wishes,... but
bracelet headphones sunglasses wallet emails usually include a few other 'social phrases’ near
the beginning and end. These make the email sound
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Accessories: page 118
more natural and friendly.

2 Read the task and the email. Answer the questions.

4 KEY PHRASES Read the Writing Strategy. Then find four
expressions in the email in exercise 2 which you can add to
Write an email to your friend in which you:
the list below.
° describe what you are doing at the moment.
o thank him or her for a present Beginning an email
• mention a future arrangement. Dear...
• suggest an activity to do together. Hello... /'
Near the beginning
1 In what order does the email cover the four points? 2
2 Which paragraph covers two points? Thanks for your email.
How are you? / How are things?
To: [email protected] Near the end
I hope to see you soon.
Hi Megan, That’s all for now. /3
Please write soon.
I hope you're well. Thank you for the bracelet. I'm wearing it now.
Give my love to... / Say hi to...
It's beautiful! My sister loves it too, but she can't borrow it!
Ending an email
I'm in my bedroom at the moment. I'm listening to music and trying Lots of love I Love / 4
to finish my geography project. It isn't going very well! My brothers Best wishes
are playing football in the garden, so I want to go outside too! Take care
Do you fancy going to the cinema on Sunday or meeting for a
5 Plan an email for the task in exercise 2. Look at the
coffee? I can't go on Saturday because my grandparents are coming
questions below and make notes.
to dinner. My dad is cooking his favourite dish - chicken pie
1 What you are doing at the moment? (Imagine you
That's all from me. Please write soon!
are at home.)
Love for now, Poppy 2 What present are you saying thank you for? (Choose an
accessory or an item of clothing.)
3 What arrangement(s) have you got? (Use your
LEARN THIS! Linking words: and, but, or, so and imagination.)
because 4 What activity do you want to suggest? (Choose an activity
We can use linking words to join words and clauses. from Lesson G or your own idea.)

I'm seventeen years old and I live in London. I like PE. and 6 Write an email following your plan from exercise 5.
art. Remember to include suitable phrases from exercise 4.
I like maths, but I don't like history. f CHECK YOUR WORK
Do you want to go to the cinema or do you want to stay (^> Have you ...
at home? Do you want apple juice or milk?
• covered all four points in the task?
I don't like sport, so I never play football with my brother.
• used a few ‘social phrases’?
I always wearjeans because I don't like skirts or dresses. • used linking words to join your ideas?
-
• checked your spelling and grammar?
3 Read the Learn this! box. Find examples of all five linking
words in the email in exercise 2.

Unit 3 Style 39
L
 4 I
Are you hungry?
I can talk about breakfast, lunch and dinner.

Food
1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Choose one meal that looks:
a tasty b healthy c quick to make d filling

The meal in photo 1 looks...

Unit map
• Vocabulary
Food
Parties and celebrations
• Word Skills
Adjective plus preposition
G® Grammar
there is I are; some and any
how much I how many, much I
many I a lot of, afew / a little
• Listening What a wastel

• Reading Unusual restaurants

• Speaking In a restaurant

11 ix
• Writing An invitation
• Culture 4 British food

.s-jr
• Vocabulary Builder page 119
• Grammar Builder page 130
• Grammar Reference page 131
• Extra speaking task page 142
2 Q216 vocabulary Listen and repeat the words in the list. Then match them with
the photos in exercise 1. Which food items are not in any of the photos?
Food apples beef bread carrots cheese chicken crisps cucumber
fish green I red peppers lamb lemon lettuce melon mushrooms olives
onion pasta peas pineapple potato prawns rice sandwiches sausages
strawberries tomatoes
Photo 1: onions. peas, sausages • • •
 the photos above. Use the phrases below to help you.
L
3 Work in pairs. Identify six types of food from exercise 1 in 8 Listen to four people talking about meals. Which
question (a^e) is each speaker answering? There is one
It looks like ... I think it’s... That’s definitely... extra question.
I agree. /1 disagree. / I’m not sure about that. a What do you have for breakfast and when do you have it?
b What do you usually have for lunch during the week?
I LEARN THIS! Countable and uncountable nouns c What do you have for lunch at weekends?
a Countable nouns can be singular or plural: d What are your favourite dinners and who cooks them?
strawberry strawberries e What do you usually order when you have dinner in a cafe?
b Uncountable nouns only have a singular form: 1
Speaker 2 3 4
pasta cheese bread
Question

4 Read the Learn this! box. Then add the words in exercise 2 CRECYCLE! Articles
to the table below.
/••• Indefinite article: We use a or an with singular (countable)
Countable nouns | Uncountable nouns x“ nouns. We use some with plural nouns.

apples, beef, Definite article: We use the with singular and plural nouns.
We often use the indefinite article when we mention
something for the first time and the definite article when
we mention it again.
I >♦ Grammar Builder 4A page 130 |
We’ve got some olives and a melon. The melon is on the
5 Look at the breakfast menu below. Which five nouns in the table, the olives are in the fridge.
menu are countable? How do you know?
9 Read the Recycle! box. Complete the sentences with a, an,
the or some.
breakfast Speaker 1 He usually cooks meat, fish or pasta -1 think my
• cereal • tea favourite is1 fish. My other favourite dinner
• eggs • coffee (D is my mum’s home-made pizza. It's mainly cheese
•
•
pancakes
yoghurt
•
•
hot chocolate
milk E and tomato, but she puts2
Speaker 2 There’s 3 cafe and 4
olives on it too.
restaurant in our
• toast (butterjam, honey) • apple juice '0) village, but5 restaurant is quite expensive,
.
•
cakes
bananas
•
•
orange juice
water o so we usually go to the cafe. The burgers at

• oranges
o Speaker 3
6 cafe are great: they’re really big and they
come with lots ofchips.
| have7 sandwich and 8 crisps.
Sometimes I’m still hungry after9 sandwich
O 2.17 Check your answers to exercise 5. Then, listen and
6 FTFWtJ and 10 crisps, so I buy ” orange or
repeat the words in the menu. 12 banana.
Speaker 4 | u$ually have breakfast, but it's just13 small
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about Cake; I eat it on the bus to school.
the food in exercises 2 and 5. Find three things you both
really like.
10 Q2J8 Listen again and check your answers to exercise 9.

11 SPEAKING w^rk in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

I really like olives. What about you? Me tool exercise 8.

It's/They’re OK. What cIq have for breakfast and when do you have it?

I don’t like it/them. I usually have...

Unit 4 Food 41
 Grammar iH
I
there is / there are; some and any
I can use there is/are and some/any correctly.

[ LEARN THIS! some and any

a We use some and any with plural countable nouns and

uncountable (singular) nouns.
b We use some in affirmative sentences.
com nok« We’ve got some olives and some bread.
c We use any in negative and interrogative sentences.
There isn’t any cheese. There aren’t any eggs.
Is there any beef? Are there any mushrooms?

5 Read the Learn this! box. Then find all the examples of
some and any in the text in exercise 2. Are the nouns
countable or uncountable?

6 Complete the sentences with some or any.

1 Look at the food in the photo. Do you think this person has
1 I can’t see butter on the table.
a healthy diet? Why? / Why not?
2 There aren’t prawns in the salad.
2 Work in pairs. Read the text and answer the two questions
3 I always have crisps with my lunch,
at the end. 4 Have we got rice in the cupboard?
5 I’m making pasta. Are you hungry?
Madison is a student in London. In this photo, you can 6 Are there mushrooms on the pizza?
see the food she buys every week. She tries to choose
>+ Grammar Builder 4B page 130
healthy food. There's some meat and some fish. There are
some vegetables too. For snacks, there are some crisps,
7 Complete the text with the words below.
but there aren't any biscuits or sweets and there isn't any
chocolate. There aren’t any ready meals because there isn’t a any(xB) are aren’t is isn't (x2) some(x2)
microwave in her flat! Now compare this with the food you There1 a food market every Thursday morning
I eat at home every week. Is there a big difference? Are there in my village. I always get there early because after 10 o’clock
I any things your family and Madison both buy? in the morning, there2 3 bread!
I always buy 4 vegetables, and I usually get
3 Complete the table with the correct verb forms. Use the 5 chicken too. There6
text to help you. 7 fish, but that's OK because I don't like fish. The
| Plural: there are other food depends on the seasons. For example, in winter,
Singular: there is
there8 9 tomatoes. But there
Affirmative Affirmative
10 always lots of potatoes! I love the market.
There’s a melon. Tl some
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student A: Look at the picture
tomatoes.
below. Student B: Look at the picture on page 142. Find
Negative Negative
three differences between the pictures. Ask and answer
1 4 any prawns.
a cucumber. questions using Is there... ?/ Are there... ?
Interrogative Interrogative
2 a melon? 5 any peas? Is there any cereal? No, there isn't.
Yes, there is. I No, there isn't. Yes, there are. I No, there
aren’t. Are there... ?
I
i 4 Look at the photo in exercise 1 again. Complete the
sentences below with there's, there are, there isn’t or
there aren’t.

1 some apples.
2 a lettuce.
3 ____ a pizza.
4 ___ _ three peppers.
5 ___ any lemons.
a big bottle of water.
6 ____ _
any bananas.
7 ____

42 Unit 4 Food
4C Listening
What a waste!
r I can identify and understand unstressed words.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe the photo. Use the

words below to help you.
verbs not need throw away
nouns egg fruit rubbish bin vegetables
adjectives fresh old

2 Complete the text about freeganism with the words below.

Do you find any of the information surprising?
angry clothes food fruit hungry
meal rubbish bin shape

FIIEMAMSM Listening Strategy

Unstressed words can be difficult to catch in natural
In the UK. we throw away seven million tonnes of
speech. Being able to recognise the unstressed form of
1 and drink every year. Supermarkets
words will help you to understand them when you hear
throw away food that is past its sell-by date, and them.
they also throw away 2 and vegetables
that are the wrong 3 or size! We also
waste a lot of food at home because we buy too 4 [Q2.2O Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen. How are
much, or cook loo much for a 4 . And the italicised unstressed words pronounced?
35% of school lunches go straight into the 1 Pizza'sfrom Italy. 5 I’m going to the cafe.
5 too! 2 Here are two apples. 6 salt and pepper
3 Where's your cup? 7 Here’s some cheese.
Freegans are very 6 about this. They try 4 I cun help you. 8 This apple is/oryou.
not to waste anything. They collect good food that
5 Q2-21 Listen to an interview with a freegan. Only one of
supermarkets throw away, and they eat it or give it to
these sentences is correct. Which one?
people who are7 . Freegans recycle and
reuse other things too - for example,8 1 Adam eats food from rubbish bins outside shops.
and furniture. They want to change the way we live. 2 Adam gives food to homeless people.
3 Adam doesn't like spending money on food.

6 02.22 Listen and complete the sentences. How many

(4 LEARN THIS! Unstressed words unstressed words are there in each gap?

a We usually stress the important 'content words’ in 1 Adam freegan Luton UK.
sentences (e.g. nouns, names, main verbs, adjectives, 2 collects food supermarkets
question words). restaurants.
Tom is in the kitchen. 3 collects food three four times
Where is the knife? week.
b Less important 'functional words' are often unstressed 4 collect food dark.
(e.g. prepositions, modal verbs, articles, conjunctions, 5 Adam’s friends freegans.
the verb be, pronouns, possessive adjectives). 6 never come house meal.

c The vowel sound in unstressed words sometimes 7 02.21 Listen to the interview again. Are the sentences in
changes to a schwa sound /a/. exercise 6 true or false?
/from/ > /from/
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Say if you agree or disagree with
the statements below. Give reasons for your opinions.
3 02.19 Read the Learn this! box. Listen and underline the
1 Freeganism is disgusting.
‘content words’ in these sentences.
2 Freeganism isn’t safe.
1 Where’s the bread? 3 Freeganism is a good idea.
2 Can you pass me the salt? 4 Freegans should buy food, not take it.
3 Dan is in the cafe. 5 Shops and restaurants should throw away less food.
4 His sister, Sophie, can cook.
5 What’s the name of this song?
I agree / don’t agree that...
6 Sushi is from Japan.
 4D
, _I &r-':

how much I how many, much / many / a lot of, a few / a little
I can talk and ask about quantity.
i
4 SPEAKING In pairs, take turns to ask and answer the
questions in exercise 3.

' -A I.
How much time do you spend on homework every day?

About an hour.

Ij 5 Circle the correct answers. Sometimes

two answers are possible.
L 1 We've got much/many/a lot of bread.
2 There aren't much / many / a lot of books in my bag.
3 I've got much / many/ a lot of friends.
4 There isn’t much / many I a lot of milk in the fridge.
1 0223 Read and listen to the dialogue. What does Jim
5 I haven’t got much I many / a lot of homework this week.
want to make? What ingredients does he need?
6 I need much / many / a lot of help with this exercise.
Sophie What are you doing, Jim?
6 Read the Learn this! box. Find an example of a little and an
Jim I'm looking for ingredients. How much flour have we
example of a few in the dialogue in exercise 1.
got? How many carrots are there?
Sophie There's a little flour in the cupboard, and there are a T LEARN THIS! a little and a few
few carrots in the fridge.
Jim Good ... Oh, dear. There isn't much sugar in the a We use a w*^ uncountable nouns.
bowl. And we haven’t got many eggs. V-, We’ve got a little butter.
Sophie What do you need them for? b We use afew with countable nouns.
Jim I want to make a carrot cake. There are a few onions.
Sophie But you can’t cook!
Jim Yes, I can. That isn’t very nice!
7 Complete the sentences with a little or a few.
Sophie Sorry. Look, there’s a lot of sugar in the cupboard.
And three eggs are enough. 1 There’s time before the end of the lesson.
Jim Great... Oh, hang on. There’s only one carrot in the 2 I’ve got posters in my bedroom.
fridge. Can I use a pepper instead? 3 There are students in the gym.
Sophie I really don't think so! 4 'Would you like some pizza?’ 'Just, please.’
5 We need prawns for this recipe.
2 Read the Learn this! box. Underline the examples of how
much, how many, much, many and a lot of in the dialogue. 8 Write six sentences about the picture, three true and three
false. Use a lot of, a few, a little, not much and not many.
I LEARN THIS! how much / how many, There aren't many ... There’s a little ...
fa- much / many / a lot of
There are a lot of ... There are a few ...
V2 a We use how much... ? with uncountable nouns.
How much rice is there?
b We use how many... ? with countable nouns.
How many onions have we got?
c We usually use a lot of in affirmative sentences.
There’s a lot of butter. There are a lot of bananas.
d We use a lot of, much and many in negative sentences.
There’s isn’t much butter. / There’s isn’t a lot of butter.
There aren’t many bananas. I There aren’t a lot of
bananas.

9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to read your sentence;

3 Complete the questions with How much and How many. to your partner. Correct your partner’s sentences.
1 students are there in class today?
" time do you spend on homework every day? There isn't much... That’s true.
3 ' money do you spend every week?
DVDs have you got? There are a few... That's false. There are a lot of...
-------------------- housework do you do every week?

Grammar Builder 4D Page 130

b Unit A fQoci
4E I Word Skills
Adjective + preposition
I can use adjective + preposition collocations.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. How many foods can

you identify in the photo?

JUNKFOOD
What can we do about junk food adverts for children?
The World Health Organisation (WHO) believes that
junk food adverts are responsible for a lot of obesity in 5 DICTIONARY WORK Look at the example sentences in
children. It is very worried about this problem. these dictionary entries. Identify the prepositions that are
American children are used to food and drink adverts used with the adjectives.
on TV. The average teenager watches sixteen every
day! But now the food companies are also making
computer games with junk food adverts. These games afraid /o'frcid/ adjective If you are afraid of something,
are very popular with children. The adverts are usually it makes you feel fear: Some people are afraid of snakes.
OI was afraid to open the door.
for food that is full of fat and sugar, for example burgers,
I'm afraid ... a polite way of saying that you are sorry: I'm
biscuits, sweets and fizzy drinks. Most children are very afraid I've broken your calculator. O I'm afraid that I can't
keen on these foods, but of course they are bad for you. come to your party.
And after they watch the adverts, the children eat on
kind2 /kaind/ adjective (kinder, kindest) friendly and
average 45% more junk food.
good to other people. 'Can I carry your bag?"Thanks. That's
The food industry says that this is not a problem. The very kind ofyou.'O Be kind to animals.
WHO is disappointed with this attitude, because obesity O opposite unkind
in children is increasing every year. The WHO wants to
ban junk food advertising for children in all countries. In
Quebec, Sweden and Norway, they are already banned. 6 Complete the sentences. Use the prepositions and
What do you think? adjectives below,
at in of to with
1 Are you interested photography?
2 Jason loves football, but he isn’t very good it.
2 Read the text. One of these sentences is not true. Which
3 Kate is disappointed her exam results.
one?
4 Tom is afraid dogs.
1 After children watch adverts for junk food, they eat more 5 You should be kind your little sister,
of it.
bad kind popular used worried
2 Junk food companies say that there is a problem.
6 Are you about your exams?
3 In some countries they don't have any TV adverts for junk
7 RnB music is with a lot of teenagers.
food.
8 Fizzy drinks and sweets are for your teeth.
3 Do you agree with the WHO that we should ban junk food 9 I’ve got a new phone, but I’m not to it yet.
adverts? Why? / Why not? 10 It was of you to help with my homework.

f LEARN THIS! Adjective + preposition 7 Complete the questions with the correct preposition.

We use prepositions with some adjectives: 1 Which subjects at school are you good ?
x* I’m good at maths but I’m bad at art. 2 Which subjects at school are you bad ?
I’m interested in history. 3 Outside school, what are you interested ?
France is famous for cheese. 4 What foods do you like that are bad you?
5 What foods do you like that are good you?
6 What food is your country famous ?
4 Read the Learn this! box. Then find the adjectives below in
the text and write the prepositions that follow them. 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
5 full exercise 7.
1 responsible
2 worried 6 keen
Which subjects at school
3 used _ 7 bad I'm good at...
are you good at?
4 popular __ 8 disappointed
 4F Reading
Unusual restaurants
I can understand a text about unusual restaurants.

1 Look at the photos of the restaurants (1-4). In which 4 Read the Reading Strategy. Then read the sentences below,
restaurant... ignoring the gaps. In which paragraph of the text (A-D) can
a can you see water above the tables? you find the information for each sentence?
b can you see fish and water around the tables? 1 It is difficult for restaurants in big cities to attract
c do the customers sit in hammocks, not chairs? . (1 word)
d is it very dangerous to leave the table? 2 A 'gimmick' is something to make your restaurant
. (1 word)
2 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Would you like to eat in these
3 At Ithaa, you can have dinner at a table below the
restaurants? Why? / Why not? Choose a favourite.
. (2 words)
3 Read the text. Match the names of the restaurants to the 4 You can experience Dinner in the Sky in 45 different
photos. What other restaurants are in the text but not in . (1 word)
the photos? 5 In Accra, you can have a meal inside an.
(1 word)
Reading Strategy 6 At B.E.D. in Miami, there aren’t any tables or.
When you have to complete sentences with information (1 word) for the customers.
from a text, start by deciding which part of the text 7 At Zauo, the customers don’t order their fish, they
contains the information you need. Remember that the . (2 words)
sentences follow the same order as the text.

■
A Competing for customers yj£[ Location, location, location I
There are hundreds of restaurants in every big Sometimes the gimmick is the restaurant’s location. El Diablo,
city. Often they serve similar food at similar on the Spanish island of Lanzarote, is on a volcano. The chef
prices - so how do they attract customers? uses heat from the volcano to cook the food. Or how about an
Most restaurants try to offer good food and underwater restaurant? At Ithaa, a restaurant in the Maldives,
great service - and they hope customers come you can have dinner five metres below the Indian Ocean and
back again and again. But some restaurants watch sharks and turtles while you eat. Or you can go to the
offer a gimmick - something unusual to make other extreme and choose Dinner in the Sky. Here, customers
their restaurant different from all the others. enjoy their meal at a special table 50 metres in the air. The
company has restaurants in 45 different countries. It’s an
02.24 amazing experience - but don’t drop your knife or fork!

OF THE ORDINARY
 4F
5 Complete the sentences in exercise 4 with information 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the
from the text. Write one or two words in each gap. questions.
1 On what occasions do people generally eat out in your
6 VOCABULARY Complete the definitions using the
country?
highlighted words in the text.
2 What kinds of restaurant are there in your town?
1 Service is the help and attention you get in a 3 Is the service good there, do you think?
restaurant. 4 How often do you eat out?
2 are people who pay to eat in a 5 What kind of food do you like to eat when you eat out?
restaurant.
3 You use a____ to cut food on your plate, 8 PROJECT Work in pairs. Invent a restaurant. Then
to hold the food while you describe your restaurant to the class. The class votes for
4 You use a____
the best one. Think about:
cut it.
5 You can use a to carry a lot of drinks at • howto attract customers.
the same time. • the location.
6 A cooks the food in a restaurant or cafe. • what kind of food you can
7 The____________ is a list of the food and drink you order there.
can order. • a gimmick
8 A serves customers in a restaurant.

r c Are you sitting comfortably?

People often complain about
Work for your food

People go to restaurants to
the seats in aeroplanes: they’re eat, chat with their friends and
uncomfortable and there isn’t relax. But some restaurants
enough space. So surely a ask their customers to work for
restaurant inside an aeroplane is a their food. Zauo is a popular
bad idea. Well maybe not. In Accra, restaurant in Tokyo, Japan. It
the capital of Ghana, you can have ; is a fish restaurant, but the
lunch or dinner inside an old DC-10 customers do not order their
aeroplane. The waiter brings your fish from the mend - they
food and drink on a trolley! Other have to catch it. Inside the
restaurants offer extra comfort. At restaurant, all of the tables are
the Hammock Cafe in Sri Lanka, on an artificial boat, with water
there are hammocks instead of i all around. There are different
i chairs. And at B.E.D. in Miami, fish in different parts of the
I-;'-'- Florida, there are only beds. On each water. They choose their fish
/
bed there is a candle and a tray.

_______ . J

•• - ’ :•»
 I

I Speaking L——
4G In a restaurant
/ can orderfood and drink in a restaurant.

[Q2.26 Listen to dialogues 1-4 between the two

customers and the waitress from exercise 2. In which
dialogue or dialogues do the customers ...
a ask for the menu? and
b order/askfor food or drink? and
c ask for the bilP
2.26 KEY PHRASES Listen again and complete the
phrases. Who says them? Write W for the waiter or C for a
customer.
Ordering food and drink
1 SPEAKING Describe the photo. What are the people doing? Can we have a table ’, please?
What are they saying, do you think? Use the words below Can 2 the menu, please?
to help you. Is everything ’you?
look at menu order (verb) restaurant 4 some water, please.
sit table waiter write And5, madam?
6 you a coffee or a tea?
7 have the bill, please?
8 include service?
leave a tip.
Starters
Red pepper soup Thai prawn salad Mushroom pate
J LOOKOUT!
Main courses J Drinks are usually uncountable, but they can be countable
Roast beef or lamb Fish and chips Vegetable pie ® when we mean'a cup/glass of...’.
Desserts (uncountable) I don't drink coffee.
Ice cream Fruit salad Chocolate cake (countable) Would you like a coffee? (= a cup of coffee)
We can’t do this with food words. We use partitives like 'a
bowl of, ‘a packet of, etc.
O 2.25 Read and listen to the dialogue. Complete the
2 PFW4-1
dialogue with the food that they order from the menu. I’d like a bowl of soup.

Waitress Hi. Are you ready to order?

Woman Yes, we are I’d like the1 to *-* Vocabulary Builder Partitives: page 119
start, please.
Waitress And for your main course? 7 Read the Look out! box. Find a countable noun in the
Woman 2. dialogue that can also be uncountable. Is it food or drink?
Waitress Fish and chips. Thank you. And for you, sir?
Man I’d like the3 to start, please. 8 SPEAKING Work in groups of three: two customers and a
Followed by the 4. waiter. Look at the menu below. Then prepare a dialogue in
Waitress Thank you. Would you like anything to drink? which you do three of the following:
Man Can I have an 5 , please? • Ask for bread. • Order a dessert.
Waitress Of course. • Order drinks. • Ask for the bill.
Woman The same for me, please. • Ask for the dessert menu.
Waitress So that’s two orange juices. Thank you.

3 Read the Learn this! box. How many examples of would like
L
(affirmative or interrogative) can you find in the dialogue in
STARTERS
exercise 2? Pea soup ■ Bread and butter ■ Cheese and tomato salad
MAIN COURSES
LEARN THIS! would like Roast chicken ■ Sausages and mashed potato ■ Vegetable pasta
a We use I’d like... to ask for something in a polite way.
DESSERTS
I'd like some milk, please. Pancakes ■ Fruit salad ■ Chocolate cake
b We use the question form Would you like... ? for offers:
DRINKS
Would you like a sandwich? Apple juice ■ Hot chocolate ■ Tea or Coffee

9 SPEAKING Act out your dialogue to the class. Use key

SPEAKING
4 exercise 2, but older different food .nd d.rts. phrases from exercise 6 and try not to read from your $cripi

iijMKFl Unit 4 Food

 Hi Denise,
I'm planning a sleepover at my house on Saturday 1&
s
January Can you come?rm Siting Laura too, so it
^'d^greatfun.Canyoup^asebrlngsomeD^s?

i'e^op°me good horror and sci-fi movies.

My D YDs are all really old!
Come about 6 andyou can eat with us too, ifyou like.
Hope you can come. Let me know!
Take care,
Lisa:)

Dear Martha, ’4
Our exams finish at the end of June and I'm having a party
to celebrate. It's at the village hall here in Greenwood.
I'm inviting everyone in our school year. I'm organising
Dew Zak, the music, but everyone has to bring something to eat and
drink. Can you bring some fruit — maybe some grapes or
strawberries?
Hope you can make it.
Love,
Kaylee
wu bread rattsfartk* BBQ?
putitfaycw divy! 4 Read the Writing Strategy. Then check the invitation below
and find four mistakes for each category mentioned.
Lave,
Tom and Alice Bowman
Hi Anna,
-1 would like to invite you to
a party to celebrate the New Year I haviny a party at my hose on 16 Febuary to celebrate my
on Saturday 31st January from 8 p.m. birthday. I'm invitiny all my fiends so it should beyrate Jim. YOU

don't have to take any food or drink, bid can Iplease lendyour
at 27 Stanton Rd RSVP
speakers'? I’veyot a lot ofmusic on my MP3 player, but I hasn't
yot some speakers.
1 Read the invitations (1-4) and match one of them with A party starts at 6p.m. but canyou please take the speakers a fete
the photo. Which invitation is formal? hours before that - in the afternoon? Let me note ifyou canyo.

2 Find the following information for each invitation: Take care,

• the event Sally

• the date and time
• the place
5 Write an informal invitation for one of the occasions below.
3 KEY PHRASES Complete the phrases with the words Include the following information:
below. They are all in the invitations in exercise 1.
• Say why you are holding the party / event.
bring can celebrate diary hope • Say when and where the party / event is (day, date and
join know make planning time).
Invitations • Say what the person you are inviting should do or bring
I'm having a party to1 my birthday. with them.
I’m 2 a sleepover. • Remind them to confirm if they are coming or not.
Would you like to3. us? Christmas Halloween New Year’s Eve
Can you 4 some food? the end of the exams the end of the school year
Put it in your5 ___ I your birthday
I6_______ you can come Let me7
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Parties and celebrations: page 119
Hope you 9 it.
RSVP f CHECK YOUR WORK

Have you...
Writing Strategy
• used some key phrases from exercise 3?
When you have finished writing, check your work
• checked the grammar?
carefully for mistakes. Read once for grammar, once for
• checked your choice of vocabulary?
choice of vocabulary and once for spelling.
• checked the spelling?

Unit 4 Food 49
 2 Exam Skills Trainer
I

Reading Listening
Strategy Strategy
Read the whole text, ignoring the gaps. Then look at the Sometimes the wrong answers include words from the
sentences. What is each one about: a person, a place, etc.? recording or have a similar meaning to what is said. To
Try to find information about these things in the text. help you choose the right answer, think carefully about the
meaning of the options, including the grammar, e.g. is the
sentence affirmative or negative?
1 Read the Strategy. Complete the table with the words
below.
airport chef cuffy dish guest peas restaurant 3 Read the Strategy. Do these pairs of sentences mean the
restaurant owner sausage scientist sight smell sound same (S) or different (D) things? Write S or D.
sweetshop taste touch TV-prcscntef university
1 She doesn’t have many hats.
people ! places | food | the senses She doesn’t have a lot of hats.
2 There are a few DVDs.
TV presenter airport curry sight
There aren't many DVDs.
3 I’m not watching TV.
I never watch TV.
4 He's keen on fizzy drinks.
2 Match gaps (1-7) in the text with sentences (A-H). There is He doesn’t like fizzy drinks.
one extra sentence which does not fit any of the gaps. 5 That isn’t kind.
That's unkind.
A For one TV series, he made lots of very large items of food.
6 I need that pen.
B Then there’s a fifth one at Heathrow Airport.
I need a pen.
C Blumenthal is a British chef and restaurant owner.
D His food always feels interesting when you eat it.
4 02.27 Listen to four short recordings. Choose the correct
E Or a big sausage with fish, chips and peas inside it?
answer (A-D).
F I know that the right sound can help food taste better.
G I feel like a child in a sweetshop. 1 What are Tina and Emmy both wearing?
H Yes, he sometimes uses sounds with his dishes. A jeans
B a long-sleeved top
Blumenthal's Big Ideas about Food C trainers
Would you like some chicken curry D a dress
ice cream for dinner? 1 How 2 What does the presenter say about the Bath Farmer’s
about a house more than one metre
Market?
tall made of sweets, biscuits and
chocolate for dessert? These are A There are lots of places to buy clothes.
some of the amazing dishes that B It's a food festival.
Heston Blumenthal makes. C A festival is happening there at the moment.
I 2 He's famous for making very interesting meals. He believes D There aren’t many cakes at the market.
food is fun. 'When I think of a new idea for a meal,' he says, 'I 3 What does the girl need?
get really excited. 3 I want guests in my restaurants to feel A some old T-shirts
the same way.' B a new T-shirt
Blumenthal has lots of restaurants. There's one in London and C a patterned T-shirt
three more in a town called Bray in the south of England. 4 D a plain T-shirt
His restaurants aren't cheap, but his dishes are very special. 4 What does James decide to have for lunch?
He takes ideas from many different places and has particular
A a cheese sandwich
interests in the history of food and the science of food.
I Blumenthal's meals don't only taste fantastic, they look, smell,
B cold pasta, cheese and red pepper
C tomato and red pepper soup
feel and sound amazing too. They sound amazing? Really? 5
D pasta and prawns
The Sound of the Sea, for example, is a seafood soup of fish and
prawns served with an i-Pod. Guests can listen to the sound of
the sea, seabirds and children's voices as they enjoy their soup.
Blumenthal says, 'I did some tests with scientists at Oxford
University. 6 '
As well as running five restaurants, Blumenthal is a food writer,
chef and TV presenter.7 He made the world's biggest boiled
egg and a teacup he could stand in. What will he think of next?

50 Exam Skills Trainer 2

li
 2
;____
r
Use of English 8 Work in pairs or in groups of three.

Strategy Students A and B: You are customers. Look at the menu and
After completing the gaps in a gap fill task, check that you follow the points below.
have put the right kind of word (e.g. noun, verb, adjective) in Student C: You work at the restaurant. Serve the customers.
each gap. • Ask for a table
• Ask for the menu
• Order a main course, and a starter or a dessert
5 Read the Strategy. In sentences 1-7 below, write a word
• Ask for the bill
which can complete each gap. Then match the word to the
correct part of speech below.
adjective adverb article noun preposition verb I The International Kitchen
1 I never magazines.
2 There's an apple in the.
3 He’s worried Millie.
4 My sister__ t Thai
helps me. Italian
• Crab
5 It’s a fashion company. Salad
5 Soup
6 I need_____ dictionary.
MAIN COURSES
6 Read the text and add ONE missing word in each gap.

Upcycling A Indian
Japanese
Like most people, I know that recycling is good 1 Lx^^-vzy Meat pizza
the environment. When I throw plastic, paper, metal or glass Curry
2, I always put it in the recycling box. I
3 put it in the rubbish bin. These days I'm DESSERTS
interested 4 upcycling too. That's when you take
things that people don't want and make them useful again.
&
5,'s a shop in my town called The Green House'. It
sells lots 6 fantastic upcycled furniture.
woman who owns the shop upcycles old chairs.
She paints them in different colours and they look amazing. Turkish Sweets French Fruit Ice Russian Honey Cake
I try 8 upcycle clothes when I can. I make
T-shirts from old long-sleeved tops, for example, and I'm good
9 using old jumpers to make scarves. At the Writing
moment, my friend and 110 making a pair of
trousers from an old Indian skirt. Strategy
When you finish writing, check your work to make sure no
Speaking little words like a, to orfor are missing.

Strategy 9 Read the Strategy. Add one missing word below to each
To help you role-play different situations, learn pairs of line.
sentences which go together.
'm it to(x2) with
1 We’re planning a party celebrate New Year.
7 Read the Strategy. Match answers A-E with questions 1-5. 2 Bring some DVDs you.
1 Can we have a table for two, please? 3 I organising a film evening.
2 I’d like the crab to start, please. 4 Would you like join us?
3 Is everything OK for you? 5 Hope you can make!
4 And for you, madam?
10 You are studying fashion. It’s the end of term next week.
5 Would you like coffee?
Write an invitation for your end-of-term fashion party.
A Yes, thank you. It’s very good.
Include the information below.
B No, thanks.
C Certainly. And for your main course? • why you are having the party
D I'd like the chocolate cake, please. • when and where it is
E Yes, of course. Come with me. • what you want the person you’re inviting to wear
• what you want them to bring with them

Exam Skills Trainer 2

 In the city

R Unit map
•Vocabulary
K Places in towns and cities
K Prepositions of place
R Town and country
I Transport
• •Word Skills
Words that go together
• Grammar
Comparatives
Superlatives
• •Listening Town or country?

• Reading Unusual cities

• Speaking Asking for and

giving directions
fa -;7-;.... -
AlgSE
• Writing An article
• Cultures New York

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Match the photos (1-5) with five of the places in the list
below.
Places in towns and cities
• Vocabulary Builder page 119
airport bank bus station carpark church cinema fire station gym
• Grammar Builder page 132
hospital hotel library mosque museum park police station post office
• Grammar Reference page 133 shopping centre square swimming pool town hall train station zoo

2 Q2.28 Listen and repeat all the places in exercise 1.

3 [Q2.29 Listen. Where are the people? Choose from all the places in exercise 1.
1 3 5 7
2 4 6 8
I
m'K) Unit5 In the city
 5A
4 Answer the questions using places from exercise 1. 6 Work in pairs. Do the quiz in exercise 5.
Where do people go to... [ RECYCLE! there is / there are
1 report a crime?
2 do some exercise? We use there’s (there is) with singular nouns (including
3 catch a train? xi uncountable nouns).
4 buy some new clothes? We use there are with plural nouns.
5 see some animals? The negative forms are there isn't and there aren’t.
6 play football or have a picnic? There’s a bus station, but there isn’t an airport.
7 leave their car? There are three banks. There aren’t any hotels.
8 see a doctor?
9 change pounds into dollars?
7 [Q2.3O Read the Recycle! box. Then listen to a teenager
10 borrow a book?
describing his town. Complete the sentences with there’s,
5 Work in pairs. Complete the gaps in the quiz using words there are, there isn’t or there aren’t.
from exercise 1. 1 a gym.
2 a swimming pool.
3 a park.
4 a train station.
5 lots of shops in town.
6 a few banks.
I 7 a supermarket.
8 a cinema in the town.

8 VOCABULARY Check the meaning of the prepositions of

. Where is it? i place below. Find two pairs of opposites and one pair which
This is a photo of the Blue--------------
IB a Cairo b Baghdad c Istanbul mean the same.
When you fly to Heathrow---------------------/ which Prepositions (place)
country are you visiting? behind between close to in/inside in front of
a the USA b England c Australia near next to opposite outside
'Grand Central' in New York is a 9 [Q2-3O Listen again. Answer the questions.
a train-------------------- 1 What is the town hall opposite?
b shopping-------------------- 2 What is the park next to?
c town 3 Is the shopping centre in town or outside town?
4 What is inside the shopping centre?
5 Where does the speaker live? (Use between in your answer.)
6 What is the bus stop close to?

10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about

your town ora city you know well. Use Is there a... ?or
Are there any... ? and the places below. Then ask another
question using the adjectives.
The Marina Bay Sands is an expensive 1 hotels? (cheap I expensive?)
in which city? 2 a swimming pool? (public / private?)
I
a Singapore b Hong Kong c Dubai 3 a shopping centre? (small/large?)
4 an airport? (inside / outside town?)
5 parks? (busy/quiet?)

A Are there any hotels?

Are they cheap or expensive?

Yes, there are.

I..;; Inside Regents in London there is a

There’s an expensive hotel and ...
famous:
a hotel b cinema c zoo

Units In the city 53

*

I■
5B Comparatives
/ can make comparisons.
I
1 SPEAKING Describe the photos. Which is New York
and which is Los Angeles? How do you know?

2 Read the internet forum. Which city should Cassie

choose, in your opinion?

@ Cassie I’m planning a short holiday in the USA. Should

I visit New York or LA? Can I have some advice, please?
©Grace What do you want to do? LA is a more relaxing
city. It has wider streets and lower buildings than New
York. New York is bigger and noisier. People call it ‘the
r
city that never sleeps’.
©Jack When are you going? The climate in Los Angeles
is better, I reckon - winters are sunnier and summers are
more comfortable.
@Ben Do you like flying? For Europeans, Los Angeles is
further than New York: the flight is four hours longer. 5 Write questions about the cities below using the
comparative form of the adjectives.

3 Read the Learn this! box. Then complete the table below 1 large/Moscow or Paris?
with comparative forms from the text in exercise 2. Which is larger, Moscow or Paris?
2 polluted / Warsaw or Mexico City?
[ LEARN THIS! Comparative adjectives 3 expensive I Prague or Tokyo?
a We can compare two things using a comparative 4 sunny/Cairo or Istanbul?
VI adjective and than: 5 safe I Ca pe Town or New York?
Today is warmer than yesterday. 6 crowded / Athens or Lisbon?
7 dry / London or Milan?
b We can also use a comparative form before a noun:
Were looking fora bigger house. 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
exercise 5. Make a note of your answers.

Short adjective Comparative Rule Which is larger, Moscow or Paris? Moscow.

long + -er
2 double consonant
big 7 0231 PRONUNCIATION Listen, repeat and check your
+ -er answers to exercise 6. Pay attention to the pronunciation
3 -y -ier
sunny of: a) the -er ending of comparative forms, and b) than.
4
wide
8 Find one mistake in each sentence and correct it.
Long adjective | Comparative Rule
1 The afternoons are often sunnyer than the mornings.
: comfortable Is | more + adjective
2 The shops in the town centre are more expensive the
Irregular adjective | Comparative
shops in the shopping centre.
6 3 I enjoy maths, but I'm gooder at English.
good
7
far 4 The houses are more expensive and more larger in the
west of the city.
I bad worse
5 Big cities are always more exciting that small cities.
I
4 Write sentences comparing New York and Los Angeles. 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Compare places that you know.
Use information from the text in exercise 2 and the Use the comparative form of the adjectives below.
com parative form of these adjectives. attractive busy exciting expensive noisy
1 be/small 3 have/narrow/streets rainy safe small sunny warm
Loa Angeles is smaller 4 have/tall /buildings
than New York. 5 have/bad/climate I think Budapest is more attractive than ...
2 be/quiet 6 be/near
I agree. /1 disagree. I think...
Grammar Builder 5B page 132

Unit5 In the city

5C ■ Listening
| Town or country?
r I can identify the main idea of a listening text.

1 VOCABULARY Divide the words below into‘town’and

Listening Strategy
‘country’. Do some words belong to both groups?
Sometimes it isn’t necessary to understand all of the
Town and country crowd farm field hill lake details when you listen, as long as you understand the
office block shopping centre street traffic valley main ideas. In these cases, focus on what you need to
village wood know and do not worry if you do not understand every
word.
2 SPEAKING Describe the photos below. Which of the things
in exercise 1 can you see?
,Q 2-32 Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen and
4 FWfcfl
choose the correct answers. Do not worry if you don’t
understand everything.
1 What is the speaker talking about?
a The best place to visit in London.
b The arrangements for the morning.
c What they need to take with them.
2 Where are the man and woman going to eat?
a On the train.
b At the station.
c At their house.
3 Why does the tourist decide not to visit the castle?
a The path isn't safe.
b It’s a long walk.
c It’s already getting late.
4 The speaker’s main aim is to
a compare two different villages.
b recommend a house that is for sale.
c recommend a village to live in.

5 Q 2.33 Listen and match speakers (1-4) with sentences

(A-E). There is one extra sentence. Remember not to worry
3 Complete the texts with the comparative adjectives below, if you don’t understand every word the speakers say.

cleaner easier friendlier quieter safer The speaker

A explains why he / she doesn’t like life in the town. I
B is encouraging people to come and live in the country.
THE ADVANTAGES OF LIVING IN THE COUNTRY C complains that there isn’t much to do where he /
O It’s 1 because there is less crime. she lives.
D is advertising a radio programme.
• There isn’t much traffic, so it’s 2
and the air is 3. E would like to have a house in the city and one in the
country too.
O People are 4.
• It’s 5 to be active - to walk, and 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions.
get out into the fresh air. Use the phrases below to help you.
1 What are the advantages of living in your town or village?
better bigger easier more exciting 2 What are the disadvantages?
3 Would you like to live somewhere else? Why? I Why not?
An advantage of living in is that there are ...
THE ADVANTAGES OF LIVING IN THE CITY
A disadvantage is that ..
O It’s 6 to travel round because there
It’s good that you can ...
are lots of buses and trams. You don’t always need
It isn’t good that you can’t...
a car.
I’d like to move to because ...
• There’s more to do: cinemas, concerts, museums,
I’d like to stay where I live now because ...
theatre, etc. It’s7.
• There are lots of restaurants. The food is
8 and more interesting.
• There are lots of shops, and they are
9 so there is more choice.

Units In the city

JL 5D I Grammar I 3F '
I
<4 - 1
Superlatives
/ can use superlative adjectives.

1 VOCABULARY Match the photos with four of the forms of 5 Complete the quiz. Use the superlative form of the
transport below. Check the meaning of the other words. adjective in brackets.
Transport bus car coach motorbike plane ship
taxi train tram underground Q What is
(sunny) city in the USA?
2 ,02.34 Read and listen to the What is (hot) city in Europe?
dialogue. How do they decide to
What is (far) capital city from the equate
travel from Scotland to London?
What is (large) city in Asia?
Martha We're going to London
this weekend. How shall we What is (wet) city in Europe?
get there? Train, coach, or plane?
What is (expensive) city in the world?
Dan Well, the plane is certainly the quickest
and easiest, but it’s also the most expensive.
Martha Yes, the train and coach are cheaper. I think the tram 02.35 Work in pairs. Ask and answer the
6 SPEAKING tTJtfHI
is the most convenient and the most comfortable. questions in the quiz in exercise 5. Use the cities below.
Dan Overall, I think the coach is the best. It’s certainly Then listen and check your answers.
the cheapest.
Martha But I hate long coach journeys. I always feel sick. Athens Bergen Las Vegas Reykjavik
I think the coach is the worst option! Shanghai Singapore
Dan OK, let's go by train. Can you ring and book the
>♦ Grammar Builder 5D page 132
tickets?
Martha No, let’s book online. You get the best deals there.
7 Compare the different ways of travelling in cities. Give
3 Complete the table with superlative adjectives from the your opinions. Make sentences using comparative and
dialogue in exercise 2. superlative adjectives.

Short adjective | Superlative | Rule 1 quick-buses/walking/bicycles

Dicycles are quicker than walking, but buses are the
quick + -est
quickest.
large the largest +-st 2 convenient - trams / buses/taxis
easy 2
-y -iest 3 slow - the underground / buses / motorbikes
hot the hottest double consonant + -est I 4 expensive-taxis/buses/trams
5 dirty-motorbikes / bicycles/cars
Long adjective | Superlative | Rule
6 cheap-bicycles/walking/buses
I convenient I’ I the most + adjective
8 Write the questions with superlative adjectives.
Irregular Superlative
I adjective 1 who/talented/singer in the world?
Who’s the most talented singer in the world?
good
2 who/funny/comedian on TV?
far the furthest 3 what/scary/form of transport?
I bad 5
4 who I good-looking actor in the world?
5 what/good/way to travel to the UK?
I 4 Study the sentences below and complete the rule in the 6 what / good / way to get round in your town or city?
Look out! box with the correct preposition.
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
1 Who's the most intelligent girl in the school? exercise 8.
2 What's the highest mountain in the world?
In your opinion, who's the most
f LOOKOUT! Adele. Do you agree?
talented singer in the world?
(\ After a superlative adjective and a noun we often use
I followed by the name of a place or a group.
Yes, I do. / No, I think Taylor Swift is more talented.

56 Unit5 In the city

 I Word Skills

5E Words that go together

I can use a range of travel-related collocations.
i
1 SPEAKING Describe the photo. Why is the man running, do
you think?

2 Read the text and check your ideas from exercise 1. Would
you like to race the tube? Why? / Why not?

3 KEY PHRASES Complete the travel collocations. The

missing words are all in the text in exercise 2. Check the
MCMC, TH& TU&E.f
meaning of all the collocations. The latest craze in big cities with underground trains
is'racing the tube'. The idea is to run faster than an
Travel collocations
underground train! First you choose two underground
buy a 1
stations that are very near to each other. Then you buy a
get to I travel to school / work / London / the shops, etc.
ticket and get on a train that is travelling to the first station.
get on/off a 2/a bus/a tram, etc.
When the train arrives at the station, and the doors open,
get in I out of a car / a taxi / a van, etc.
you get off the train, go up the stairs or escalator - very
go up3/the escalator
quickly! - and run to the next station. You can't take a taxi
go by taxi / bus / tram / train / plane, etc.
or catch a bus or ride a bicycle. You have to run. But watch
take a 4 /a bus/a train/a tram/a plane, etc.
out for traffic and don't lose your way! It's easier if someone
catch a 5/a tram / a train/a plane, etc. (but
helps you. For example, when you have to cross the road,
not a taxi)
they can warn you if cars are coming. When you arrive at
miss a train / a bus I a tram I a plane, etc.
the second station, you have to catch the same train. It's
go on foot
more difficult than it sounds!
ride a 6 / a motorbike / a scooter / a horse
lose your7

d
cross the8
LOOK OUT! arrive in and arrive at
drive to work / into town / to London
• We use arrive in with countries, towns and cities.
wait for a bus / a tram / a train, etc.
I give somebody a lift arrive in Britain / arrive in Oxford
• We use arrive at with buildings or events.
4 Complete the sentences with the verbs below. Use the
arrive a t the cinema / arrive at school / arrive at the
correct form.
party
buy get in get off get on go ride take • We don't use to with arrive.
1 My mum a scooter to work. NOT Vv ilat tniic tio you arrive to LCHoiori'?
2 Open the door,the car and put on your seat
• We don't use in or at with home.
belt.
arrive home
3 ‘I want to go to the town centre. Where should I
the bus?'
Driver. 'At the next stop.’ 5 Read the Look out! box. Find two examples of arrive at in
4 There aren’t any buses. You have to on foot the text in exercise 2.
or a taxi.
5 You have to a ticket before you 6 Complete the sentences with in or at or no preposition (-).
the train. 1 The train arrives Paddington Station at 10 p.m.
cross drive go up lose miss wait for 2 Let's have dinner when we arrive the hotel.
6 'What should I do if I the bus?’ 3 I usually arrive home at 5 p.m.
'the next one. They come every five 4 When do you arrive Budapest?
minutes.’ 5 Arrange your visa before you arrive the USA.
7 Look and listen before you the road. 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions
8 My uncle never to work because he hasn't below. Use collocations from exercise 4 in your answers.
got a car. Which answers are the same for you and your partner?
9 'Where's the ticket office?’
1 How do you usually get to school?
‘the stairs. It’s on the left.'
2 How do you usually get to: a) the shops, b) your
10 Joe never his way because he’s got a satnav
on his phone. friends’ houses?
3 How does your mum or dad get to work?
4 How do you usually go on holiday?
5 How do you usually get to other towns and cities in
your country?

Units In the city

r Reading

Unusual cities
/ can understand a text about unusual cities.

rJ

1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Do these cities look like 5 VOCABULARY In the texts, find the missing words for the
good or bad places to live? Give reasons. compass points and continents.
Compass points
Reading Strategy
When you do a matching task, read all the texts first to
get a sense of the overall meaning. Then, go through
the questions one by one. Decide which text you think west
contains the answer and look for it carefully. If you can't
find it, look at the other texts.

Continents
2 Read the Reading Strategy. Then read the texts (A-C) Antarctica Australia Europe North America
and match them with the photos (1-4). One of the texts 4 5 6

matches two photos.

6 Work in pairs. Complete the sentences with the correct
3 Match each question (1-7) with one of the texts (A-C). words from exercise 5.
Which text is about a city which ... 1 Canada is to the north of the USA.
1 has more than a million inhabitants? 2 Egypt is in the of
2 is easy to travel around? 3 England is to the of Scotland.
3 is next to a much larger city? 4 Spain is in the of
4 is less than a hundred years old? 5 Los Angeles is on the coast of
5 has a good system of recycling? 6 Germany is to the of Poland.
6 offers high salaries for workers? _
7 In pairs, write more sentences like the ones in exercise 6.
7 has a lot of green spaces?
I Include facts about your own country and its neighbours.
I 4 Explain the significance of these numbers and
measurements from the texts. 8 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer questions about
the cities in the texts. Use the superlative form of these
Text A: 1.7 million 400 metres 50 square metres
adjectives.
Text B: 2,000 70 300 km
attractive / ugly big/small clean/dirty near/far
Text C: eight million 60,000 90%

I Curitiba has a population of about 1.7 million. Which city is the most attractive?

=
I think Curitiba is the most attractive.
■
a
li
58 Unit5 In the city
=
 5F
A Green city
A
Curitiba is a medium-sized city in the south of Brazil,
the largest country in South America. Why is it unusual?
Because many South American cities are very polluted.
F u But Curitiba is the opposite: it is one of the cleanest and
u -81 ‘greenest’ cities in the world. In most cities, cars cause a lot g
of pollution. But in Curitiba, only a quarter of the 1.7 million

L ti
j
inhabitants use a car - the others use public transport. That
is because the bus system is probably the best in the world,
It is called the BRT (Bus Rapid Transport) and it carries two
fl

i •10^ million passengers a day. Tickets are cheap and journeys

are fast. And nobody in the city lives further than 400
metres from a bus stop. There are lots of parks in the city: in
fact, there are 50 square metres of green space per person!
■
I

B Artificial city
Neft Dashlari is a man-made city in the Caspian Sea. It is
about 65 kilometres from the east coast of Azerbaijan, in
u
amid] Asia, and it has a population of about 2,000. The most
unusual thing about the city is its location - it is in the
sea, but not on an island. The ground below the city is
completely artificial. Neft Dashlari is about 70 years old
and it exists for one reason: oil. The city is in very bad
condition. For example, it has 300 kilometres of roads, but
only 45 kilometres are safe to use. The bridges are falling
into the sea and some of the apartments are under water.
But people still live and work there. It is probably one of the
worst cities in the world for its inhabitants, but salaries are
much higher than in other places.

C Recycling city
Cairo, in the north of Egypt, is one of the biggest cities in
Africa. It is the capital and has a population of nearly eight
million. Like any city, it creates tonnes of rubbish every
day. But amazingly, the city does not employ anybody
'• to collect rubbish. Instead, a group of people called the
Zabbaleen collect it. The inhabitants of Cairo pay them
a small amount of money for doing this. The Zabbaleen
take the rubbish back to their town on the edge of Cairo.
It is called Manshiyat Naser and has a population of about
60,000. There, the women and children sort the rubbish
3 by hand. It seems a very slow system, but in fact it works
very well. They recycle nearly 90% of the rubbish, which is
....
rls far better than recycling centres in most western countries.
jd n a u Manshiyat Naser certainly is not one of the most attractive
4: *1 i
BUM places in Egypt. But thanks to a 2009 film about it, Garbage
n? ; ; q "
J Dreams, it is quite famous - and quite popular with tourists!

v ri
fl

ij
I Rai
j

4 a s*

I
— UniFS^E
 Asking for and giving directions
/ can ask for and give directions.

ARE
STATiO
HOSPITAL CAR IlSHQPPlNGl iccntrei
PARK niT~mi
f-| I
m
no
o o 1*1 2
North STREET

o riW |cJNEJV\AjaD
5cHoOL

□□
S U PER MARKET

Win1 n in
queen's STREET
a ^^0 xn a [ You are here]
o' s I "pimiij rr Hill \
POOL Victoria STREET
j £ ODD

s SANK
] J
5 r
2 *5
G YM~~I S= „r?TT-[ H»tel¥ /i ..■....^7

Mi !
WF oj
HU::::::
a A Al apartment
|msTeRC ffl Street PARK

1 O
TRAIN
STATICM
11
1 Find these things on the map. 4 SPEAKING Look at the map. Ask and answer questions
about these places using the phrases for location.
bridge crossroads roundabout traffic lights
carpark hospital hotel post office swimming pool
2 KEY PHRASES Match the phrases for giving directions with
the diagrams.
Where’s the hotel?
Giving directions Location
Go straight on. The... is next to the... It's opposite the restaurant. I It’s on the
i Go along King's Road It’s between the.. and the... corner, next to the police station.
Take the first left. It’s opposite the...
Go to the end of the road. It's on the corner.
Go past the bank It's on your right / left.
»-> Vocabulary Builder In the street: page 119
i . Turn right at the crossroads.
j Cross the road
5 Q2.38 Listen to four dialogues. Follow the directions on
Go under / over the bridge.
the map. Where do the people want to go?

1 5 |
DO J
zH 0 Speaking Strategy
If you don't understand, ask the person you are talkingto
to slow down, repeat, or clarify.
Could you speak more slowly, please?
Could you repeat that, please?
What does ... mean?

.02-38 Read the Speaking Strategy. Then listen again.

6 [ThfrTi
Which questions from the Speaking Strategy did each
3 O 2.37 Read and listen to the dialogue. Follow the
speaker use?
directions and find the museum on the map. Is it 1, 2 or 3?
Girl Excuse me. Can you direct me to the museum, please? 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Use the map and the prompts
I Man Sure. Go along Victoria Street, under the bridge. Take below to plan a dialogue.
I the first right. Then turn left at the traffic lights. Go
past the cinema and the museum is on the corner, A Ask B how to get to a
opposite the cafe. place on the map.
Girl Sorry, could you repeat that, please? Go along Victoria B Give directions.
Street, under the bridge,... A Ask for clarification.
Man Yes. Take the first right and turn left at the traffic B Repeat the directions
lights. Go past the cinema and it's opposite the cafe,
A Thank B.
on the corner.
Girl Thanks very much. 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Act out your dialogue for the
Man You're welcome. class.

■
60 Unit 5 In the city
 9 Writing

An article
I can write an article about a town.
i ■

1 SPEAKING In pairs, look at the photo of Beverley, a town

in the north of England. Compare it to your town or village
using the comparative form of these adjectives.
attractive clean crowded exciting

It looks more / less attractive than my town. It's probably...

4
>-> Vocabulary Builder Describing towns and cities: page 119

2 Read the task and the model text, ignoring the gaps. Think
of three similarities between Beverley and your town or
village.

Write an article for an international student magazine

describing your own town or a town that you know well.
Include information which will be appealing to young visitors.

They both have a shopping centre. They...

4 Read the paragraph below. Which of the extra sentences in

exercise 3 would be a good opening sentence?
A town worth visiting For a quick lunch, it's easy to find a tea room or cafe. There
are some good sandwich shops too. In the evening, you can
1 It is a small town, with a population of about 30,000, enjoy dinner in one of the town's many restaurants. Some of
but it is popular with tourists. They come to explore the
the pubs offer good food at low prices. And like most towns
narrow streets and to visit the medieval buildings. in Britain, there are also fish and chip shops1
2 There are two music festivals every year: a classical music
5 Find six different places for eating and drinking in the
festival in May and a folk music festival in June. There is also
paragraph in exercise 4.
a theatre in the town centre. And for nature-lovers, there is
a beautiful park called Beverley Westwood. It's the perfect
6 Plan an article about your own town or a town you know
place for a walk or a picnic. There isn't a football stadium in
well. Choose three of the topics below and write two or
Beverley, but there is a leisure centre and a racecourse. three ideas for each topic in the table.
3 The narrow streets are full of small, interesting shops.
eating out entertainment getting around history
There is also a big new shopping centre on the edge of town.
places of interest places to stay shopping
And every Saturday, there is a market in the town centre with
more than a hundred different stalls. Paragraph Topic Ideas
1 _______
Writing Strategy
2 _______
Write in paragraphs of two or more sentences. Give each 3
paragraph its own topic and introduce the topic in the first
7 Write a sentence to introduce each topic that you chose in
sentence. Plan your paragraphs before you begin writing.
exercise 6.

3 Read the Writing Strategy. Match the gaps in the model 8 Write your article using your plan from exercise 6. Begin
text (1-3) with three of the sentences (a-e) below. There each paragraph with your sentences from exercise 7.
are two extra sentences.
I CHECK YOUR WORK
a There are many different forms of entertainment in
Have you...
Beverley.
• written in paragraphs?
b It is easy to travel around when you are in Beverley.
• started each paragraph with a sentence to introduce
c For people who love shopping, Beverley has a lot to offer.
the topic?
d Beverley, in the north of England, is a very attractive and • checked your spelling and grammar?
historic town.
e There is a wide choice of places for eating out, some cheap
and some quite expensive.
 6A Vocabulary

Wild animals
I can talk about different wild animals.
i
1 VOCABULARY Match the photos A-F with six of the words below. Which of the
animals in the list can you find in the wild in your country?
Wild animals bear bee butterfly crocodile dolphin eagle
elephant frog giraffe gorilla hippo kangaroo lion monkey
shark snake spider tiger whale wolf

2 Q3.O2 Listen and repeat all the words in exercise 1.

Unit map 3 Work in pairs. Decide which animals from exercise 1 you usually see

•Vocabulary a on land a bear... b in water c in the air

Wild animals 4 Match the animals in exercise 1 with the correct category. Then check your
Parts of an animal answers in pairs.
Past time expressions
Prepositions of movement Insects: Mammals:

I
The natural world
• Word Skills
Prepositions of movement
and place i
I Birds;
Fish:
Reptiles:
Others:

5 Work in pairs. Can you add any more animals to the categories in exercise 4?

I QGrammar
Past simple affirmative (regular)
Past simple: be and can
• Listening Missing sounds

• Reading Stranger than

fiction?

• Speaking Photo description

• Writing A postcard
• Culture 6 Yellowstone
I National Park
I
I '
I

• Vocabulary Builder page 120

• Grammar Builder page 134
• Grammar Reference page 135
• Extra speaking task page 142

Going wild
 6A
O 3.03 Listen and check your answers to exercise 6.

RECYCLE! Comparative and superlative forms

The comparative form of short adjectives ends in -er, the
superlative form ends in -est
small - smaller - the smallest
big - bigger - the biggest
rare - rarer - the rarest
pretty - prettier - the prettiest
With longer adjectives, we add more before the adjective
to form the comparative and the most to form the
superlative.
beautiful - more beautiful - the most beautiful

8 Read the Recycle! box. Then complete the sentences below

with the comparative or superlative form of the adjectives
in brackets.
1 Sharks a re (dangerous) than
crocodiles.
2 Crocodiles are (slow) than most
6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about humans on land.
the photos above using the words below and the animals 3 Tigers are the (heavy) of the big cats.
from exercise 1. 4 Giraffes are the _ (tall) land animals,
Parts of an animal ear eye foot (pl feet) leg 5 Dolphins are (intelligent) than
mouth paw tail tooth (plteeth) wing gorillas.
6 Baby gorillas are. (big) than
What's number 1? I think it's a butterfly's wing. human babies.

9 [0304 Listen to a guide at a wildlife park. Are the

sentences in exercise 8 true or false? Write T or F.

10 [03.04 Listen again. Answer the questions.

9
1 How many people do sharks kill every year?
2 How fast is a crocodile?
3 How heavy is an adult male tiger?
4 How tall is an adult giraffe?
5 How many words can some gorillas understand?
6 How heavy is a baby gorilla?
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions
about the animals below. Use the comparative form of the
adjectives. Do you agree with your partner?
1 ugly/a frog or a snake
2 beautiful / a butterfly’s wings or a tiger’s face
3 frightening/a snake or a spider
4 intelligent/a bee or a bear
5 rare/a tiger or a wolf
6 strong / a crocodile’s mouth or a whale’s tail

Which is uglier, a frog or a snake?

A frog.

I agree. 11 don’t agree. I think...

Unit 6 Going wild

 . •
I■

Grammar I BT -
|6B ITPast simple (affirmative): regular
/ can talk about past events.

5 Choose the correct verb for each gap. Then complete the
text with the past simple affirmative form.

CROSSING THE SAHARA

; Michael Asher is a British explorer and the first person to cross the
i Sahara Desert using only camels. As a young man, Asher
R 1(work / arrive) as a police officer and then a
I: teacher. But he2(want / wait) to be an explorer.
! So he3(visit / move) to Africa, 4
(live / watch) with an African tribe and 5(study I
SEARCHING FOR THE LOST CITY start) their language. He 6(describe / marry) an
I The successful Canadian entertainer William Hunt lived Italian woman called Mariantonietta Peru. She7
; and worked in Europe under the name The Great Farini. (plan / love) the idea of exploring too, and together, they
! But he wanted a new challenge and loved the idea of 8(walk / plan) a journey across the Sahara Desert
»| exploration. So in 1885, he sailed to Africa and crossed from west to east by camel and on foot. They9
the huge Kalahan Desert on foot. A photographer (train / stop) for three months and then they10
I travelled with him and photographed the journey. After
(start / end) their journey. They11 (work / travel)
the journey, they described a lost city in the middle of
! the desert. Their story caused a lot of excitement and about 7,250 kilometres and12(arrive / live) at
: many other explorers studied the photographs and then their destination 271 days later. Asher13 (decide I
tried to find the city, but without success. In the end, describe) the crossing in his book Impossible Journey - Two
people stopped looking. Perhaps Farini invented the lost I Against the Sahara.
. city' - nobody knows for sure.

1 [03.05
tTltol-1 Read and listen to the text about exploring the
Kalahari Desert. What three different jobs does it mention?

2 Read the Learn this! box. Then look at the highlighted past
» Grammar Builder 6B page 134
simple verbs in the text in exercise 1 and match two with
each spelling rule (a-d).
6 Complete the sentences with the past simple affirmative
I LEARN THIS! Past simple (affirmative): regular verbs form of the verbs below.
. cy. The past simple affirmative of regular verbs ends in -ed. chat live stop travel wait walk
a With most verbs, we add -ed to the infinitive without 1 I walked into town last night.
to: 2 My cousins around Italy last summer,
work -> worked 3 We three hours for a bus.
b If the verb ends in -e, we just add -d: 4 His grandparents in America for years.
like -> liked 5 The rain an hour ago.
6 I to my neighbour yesterday morning.
c If the verb ends in -y, the -y changes to -ied:
carry -> carried 7 VOCABULARY Add the four underlined time expressions
d If the verb ends in a vowel and a consonant, we usually from the sentences in exercise 6 to the list below. Then pu
double the consonant before adding -ed: all of the expressions into the correct order (1-10), starting
chat -> chatted with the most recent.
Past time expressions a few minutes ago last month
triton PRONUNCIATION Listen and repeat these past
3 [03.06] last week ten years ago three hours ago
two months ago
simple forms. In which verbs is the -ed ending an extra
syllable pronounced /id/? What is the rule? 1 Afewminutesago,2...

arrived chatted decided interrupted liked 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Using past simple verb forms
needed planned visited worked from this lesson, tell your partner things you did:

4 PRONUNCIATION Say the past simple forms of these last week ten years ago this morning yesterday
regular verbs. Pay attention to the endings.
This morning, I walked to school. I arrived at school. I...
end live start stop travel wait walk want watch
6C I Listening
Missing sounds
r I can understand words which are joined together in connected speech.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe the photo. Use the

nouns below to help you.
bear chair grass paw sleeping bag tent

2 Complete the safety advice with the verbs below.

climb feed keep look rely run take tell walk

Safetv in the National Park

• 1 someone where you are going.
• Do not2 on mobile phones. You
often can’t get a signal in the wild.
• 3 a map and compass with you.
• Never4 bears or other wild animals.
• Don’t5 food in your tent. Put it in
your car or in a box a few metres from your tent.
• If you see a bear,6 slowly away from
it. Do not7. Do not8 at
the bear’s eyes.
o Do not 9_ a tree. Most bears are good
5 .03.08 Read the Look out! box. Then listen to the two
climbers.
example sentences. How do we know that the verbs are
past simple, not present simple?

Listening Strategy 6 ,03.09 Listen to eight sentences. Say if the verb is present
In connected speech, some sounds disappear when we simple, past simple or could be either. How do you know?
join words together. This is especially true of/d/ and /t/
7 O 3.10 Listen to four people describing their experiences
sounds at the end of a word, when the next word begins
with a consonant. The more you listen, the more you will in the wild. Match the speakers with sentences A-E. There
get used to this. is one extra sentence.
A The speaker describes a problem with a vehicle.
B The speaker camped in a beautiful place.
3 Read the Listening Strategy. Mark one /d/ or /t/ sound in
C We learn how a mobile helped to solve the problem.
each sentence which might disappear when the sentence is
D The speaker explains why it’s important always to take a
spoken at natural speed.
phone with you.
1 Kate is my best friend. E The speaker nearly lost some possessions.
2 My grandad is an old man.
3 I'm going to the USA next week. 8 03.11 Read these sentences from exercise 7. Mark the
/d/ and /t/ sounds that disappear. Then listen, check and
4 It's a cold morning.
repeat.
5 You must go to the doctor.
6 We camped in Wales last summer 1 We changed into our swimming trunks behind some trees.
2 We noticed two boys in the wood.
4 ffiEEJ
03.07 Listen, check and repeat. Copy the pronunciation.
3 Last year my friend Sam and I visited Yellowstone
{ LOOKOUT! Past simple endings National Park.
4 We closed the car doors.
( | You may not hear the past simple ending very clearly in
5 We followed the wrong path.
connected speech if the following word begins with a
6 We opened the app.
consonant.
7 Suddenly, the car slowed down and stopped.
We played tennis yesterday, can sound like 8 My little brother noticed some lions.
We play tennis yesterday.
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions.
I cooked dinner last night, can sound like
I cook dinner last night. 1 Are there any National Parks in your country?
However, we can usually identify past tense forms from 2 What animals can you see there? Are any of them
the context or from other words in the sentence. dangerous?
3 What can you do in the National Parks?

Unit 6 Going wild ^31

 Grammar
Past simple: be and can
I can talk about the past using be and can.

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of fee.

1 Fran and Harry at school yesterday. Why not?
2 Today is Friday. Yesterday Thursday.
3 ' you at the cinema last night?' 'No, I .’
4 My keys on the table, but they aren't there now.
5 The science teacher in the lab. She was in the
teachers' room.
6 ' the weather good when you in France
last week?’ 'It OK. It was sunny, but it
very warm.'
1 03-12 Read and listen to the dialogue. Where was Molly? 4 Complete the sentences. Use couldn't and because, and the
Which animals did she see? phrases below.
Max Were you on holiday last week? he was full I wasn’t well it was-raining it was too wind)
Molly Yes, I was. I was on safari. she wasn’t tired the sea was very rough
Aax Lucky you! Was it fun? 1 we / have a barbecue in the garden ...
Aolly Yes, it was amazing. We travelled to Cape Town to
We couldn't have a barbecue in the garden because
visit my uncle and the next day we were in a jeep in
it was raining
the middle of the African plains!
2 Josh / swim...
Max Wow!
3 I/goto school ...
Molly From the jeep we could see giraffes, elephants
4 Liam/finish his burger...
and zebras.
5 we/put up the tent ...
Max Could you see any lions? 6 Harriet/sleep...
Molly No, we couldn’t. Not there. But later we crossed the
plain to a river and there were lions and hippos. It was 5 Complete the dialogue with the correct past simple form o
fantastic. And I wasn't scared! fee or can (affirmative, negative or interrogative).
Max It sounds incredible. Were there any tigers? Zoe Where1 you last night? You 2 at
Molly No, there weren’t. There aren’t any tigers in Africa! Leah's party
2 Complete the Learn this! box. Use the dialogue to help you. Marcus No, 13 go to the party.4 it good?
Zoe No, it5
I LEARN THIS! Past simple: fee and can Marcus Oh, why not?
Zoe The music6 very good, and it7
Aq: fee: Affirmative
too loud. 18 hear people talk! And the
X- I/he/she/it was there.
neighbours9 hear the music. They
you / we / they1 there.
10 very happy! They complained!
fee: Negative Marcus Oh, dear.11 the food good?
I / he / she / it2 there. Zoe It12 OK. But at the end of the party I
you / we / they weren’t there. 13 find my coat! I think someone else has
got it now.
fee: Interrogative and short answers
Marcus Oh, no, what a nightmare!
3 I / he / she / it there?
6 Write questions from the prompts. Use the past simple
Yes, I / he / she / it4. / No, I / he / she / it wasn't.
form of fee and can.
Were you / we / they there?
1 swim/four
Yes, you / we / they were. / No, you / we / they5.
Could you swim when you were four?
cam Affirmative 2 count to ten in English I seven
I I/he/ she/it/you /we /they could swim. 3 write your name/three
I 4 talk/two
can: Negative
I/he/she/it/you /we/they could not swim. 5 walk/one
6 ride a bike/six
can: Interrogative and short answers
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask and answerth
6 I / he / she / it / you / we / they swim?
questions in exercise 6. (If you don’t know the exact ages,
Yes, I / he / we could. / No, she / it / you / they7 .
just guess!)
The forms for could are the same for all persons.
Could you swim when Yes, I could./
you were four? No, I couldn't.
>♦ Grammar Builder 6D page 134

Unit 6 Going wild

 r V word skills
Prepositions of movement and place
----- ---------* II can use prepositions
can use prepositions of
of movement and place.
movement and place.

»MW
w: i IKWm'
1 * 4-"%£
sHy v-7/- s
D
A I

raw
Gileno Vieira da Rocha is a Brazilian engineer. He helps to build roads in
h-
the Amazon rainforest. Last year he was in the forest, 300 miles from the
nearest big town. When he finished work one day, he decided to walk back I
isas to the camp, ten kilometres away. His workmates walked along the usual
path. But Gileno decided to take a shortcut. He walked across a field, and
I

into the jungle. But he got lost. He couldn’t see any other people and he
couldn’t return to his workmates. He continued to walk through the trees.
He climbed over tree trunks and crawled under bushes. At night he rested
0 in a tree or on the ground. After a few days he was very hungry, but he
couldn’t find any fruit or animals to eat. So he decided to catch bees and
flies for food! Finally, after twelve days, he arrived at a river and started to
walk along it. There were people by the river and they helped him. Gileno
&
■
almost died, but he finally arrived home safely. He was a very lucky man!
£ 5
/■

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photo and the title of 4 Read the Learn this! box. Find three of the examples from
the text. What do you think happened? the box in the text.

2 Read the text and check your ideas. 5 Complete the sentences with prepositions from exercise 3
and the Learn this! box. Sometimes more than one answer
3 VOCABULARY Match the prepositions of movement with is possible.
the diagrams. Which six can you find in the text in exercise 2?
1 We walked some trees to the river and
Prepositions of movement the bridge to the other side.
across along away from down into off onto out of 2 There aren’t many wild animals the desert.
over past round through to towards under up 3 Go the tunnel and the hill to the top.
4 They sailed the ocean in a large ship.
E 0 0 0 5 Hastings is the south coast of England.
' I
ii* v kk 6 Jake walked
then walked
the classroom, closed the door and
the science lab and sat down.
f E 0 D E 7 The road doesn't go
It goes
the mountain. It’s too high.
it to the other side and back down.

4 1> 8 We live
window.
the sea. I can see it from my bedroom

mJ E 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Cover the text and retell the story

© 8k V using the words below. Tell half of the story each.

Student A
1 Gileno Vieira da Rocha / Brazilian engineer / builds roads /
Amazon rainforest
I LEARN THIS! Prepositions of place: on, in and by
2 last year / rainforest / 300 miles / nearest town
a We use in with large areas, e.g. countries and continents, 3 decide / walk / camp / workmates I walk / usual path
and three-dimensional spaces: 4 Gileno / decide / take shortcut / walk /field / rain forest
in South America in Peru in thejungle/desert 5 he / lost / couldn't see / people / couldn’t return I
in the air in a plane workmates
b We use on with a surface or a line: Student B
on a lake on the ground on the coast 6 after a few days / hungry / couldn’t find / fruit / animals
on the edge of the cliff 7 decide/catch bees and flies
c We use by to mean 'very near to’:
by the sea by a lake by the river
J 8 twelve days / arrive / river / walk / along river
9 there/people/by/river
10 he/almost/die/very lucky

Unit 6 Going wild

 Reading

Stranger than fiction?

/ can understand a text about real animals which people thought were myths.

I 1 SPEAKING In pairs, read the paragraph. Then answer

the questions below.

Hundreds of years ago, travellers shared stories about strange

A
animals from other parts of the world. But in most people's
opinion, these stories were just myths: the animals were not
real. However, in a few cases, they were wrong - the animals
were real. And hundreds of years later, people proved it!

1 What is a 'myth'?
2 What were people wrong about?
ANIMALS
2 Look at the headings (1-4) in the text and match them
with the photos (A-D).
THAT WERE ONCE A MYTH
Reading Strategy
When you do a multiple-choice task, treat each
option as a true or false task. Remember that only
one option - the correct answer - is true.

3 Read the Reading Strategy. Then read the first section

ilr of the text. Decide if these statements are true or false.

Write T or F.
The first people to describe a giant squid were
Giant squid
A the Ancient Greeks.__
B sailors in the Middle Ages.__
In Ancient Greek times, there were stories about huge
.. sea monsters with very long arms. Similar stories
C two fisherman in 1873.__
appeared in the Middle Ages These monsters lived in
4 Read all of the text. Circle the correct answers (a-c). very deep water, but sometimes they attacked sailors
However, were these creatures real or were they a myth7
1 People finally realised giant squid were real when
For hundreds of years, scientists were not sure. But that 1
a stories from the Middle Ages matched the stories
changed in 1873. A giant squid attacked a small boat
from Ancient Greece. near the east coast of North America. The fishermen; in
b some fishermen showed the arms of a giant squid to the boat used an axe to cut off two of the giant squid's
scientists. arms They were six metres long1 They showed the arms :
c somebody filmed a video of one. to the scientists at a local museum. The scientists were
2 Who first used the word'gonllae'? amazed! Today, everyone knows that giant squid are
a Ancient Greeks real, but people very rarely see them. In fact, only one
b Africans video exists of a giant squid in its natural habitat.
c Germans
3 Scientists realised that the okapi were not a myth
IM Gorillas
I
when
a they discovered Ancient Egyptian descriptions. About 2,500 years ago, an Ancient Greek explorer called
b they studied Henry Stanley's description. Hanno travelled to Africa. On one island near the coast,
c they received an okapi skin from Henry Johnston. there was a group of strange people with black hair on
4 After a pilot discovered Komodo Dragons their faces and bodies. He asked the local people for
11 during the First World War, he
information about them: they were ‘gorillae’,
they answered. These 'people' were violent,
11 a shared the story with his
bad-tempered and very strong. And for
friends. hundreds of years, there were similar
b informed London Zoo stories about strange creatures -
about the animal. half human and half animal - in
c tried to catch one. the forests of Africa. The first
k scientific description of gorillas
4 only appeared in the 19th century.
And mountain gorillas were a
complete mystery until a German I
soldier discovered them in 1902! j

Unit 6 Going wild

____
 5 VOCABULARY Match the highlighted professions in the
text with the definitions below
1 scientists: people who do scientific work
2 : somebody who fights in an army.
3 : somebody who writes for newspapers
and/or magazines.
4 : somebody who goes to new places to
discover what they are like.
5 : somebody who helps to make a
country's laws.
6 ; people who go out in boats to catch fish.
7 : somebody who flies a plane.
8 : people who work on a boat.

6 SPEAKING In pairs, choose one of the creatures below and

describe it to your partner. What does it look like? Is it big
or small? Does it live on land or in water?
Okapi
The Ancient Egyptians were familiar with the okapi,
a strange creature from the forests of Africa. It looked
like a mix between a zebra and a horse. In the 19th
century, the famous British journalist and explorer
Henry Stanley described the same animal. But was
it all a myth? An English politician in central Africa,
Henry Johnston, was very interested in Stanley's
description. He decided to find the animal. It was not
easy, but in 1901 Johnston finally managed to get a
complete okapi skin. He sent it to London and the
scientists there were amazed. Later, they realised that
the okapi is not a type of zebra - in fact, it is a relative
of the giraffe.

Komodo dragons
During the First World War (1914-18) a pilot crashed
into the sea near Indonesia. Luckily, he could swim
well. He reached one of the smaller islands. He was
safe* Or was he? On the island, he discovered a
horrible monster. It looked like a dragon: it was very
big with short legs and a long tongue. It attacked and
killed large animals for food The pilot survived and
later he described the monster to his friends. They
laughed at him! But in fact, the animal was real, it was
a Komodo dragon, the largest lizard in the world. In
j 1927, London Zoo opened its new Reptile House and it
*. included the first pair of Komodo dragons in Europe.

7 internet research Search online to find out more about

one of the creatures from exercise 6. Use the questions
below to help you. Then share your answers with the class.
• Are there a lot of stories about it or only a few?
• Where does it live, according to the stories?
• Are there any photos or videos of it?
• Does it really exist, in your opinion?

Unit 6 Going wild 69

 1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the
photos and decide which place looks:
more beautiful more relaxing quieter warmer

VOCABULARY In pairs, match some of the words below

with one photo or both. Some words do not match either 7 VOCABULARY Match the phrases in the table
photo. with the diagrams.
The natural world beach cloud flower grass
ground moon mountains rock sand sea sky He’s climbing (up...)
snow stars sunrise sunset tree water She's facing (the tree)
They're looking up / down
>♦ Vocabulary Builder The weather: page 120 lying (on the ground)

A 1
running
standing
I 3 03-14 Listen to a student describing the first photo.
Which words from exercise 2 does he use? sitting (on...)
walking
Speaking Strategy
When you describe a photo, begin by saying what the
photo shows in general. Then describe different parts of
the photo using phrases like 'in the centre'. Remember to
use present tenses in your description.

4 03.14 KEY PHRASES Read the Speaking Strategy. Then

listen again and complete the key phrases using the
prepositions below:
in (X2) at on
j Describing a photo
1 in the centre
2 the background / the foreground
the distance 8 Look at the photos in exercise 1 again. Which phrases from
I
the left / the right exercise 7 can you use to describe them? Match two with
I I
; 5 the bottom / the top each photo.

5 Write four sentences describing the second photo in 9 Work in pairs. Look at page 142. Choose one photo each.
exercise 1. Use words and phrases from exercises 2 and 4. Decide what vocabulary from exercises 2,4 and 7 you need
to describe it.
In the centre, there’s ...
In the distance. you can see ... 10 SPEAKING Describe one of the photos on page 142 to your
6 frWB partner. Use words and phrases from this lesson and follow
03.15 Listen to another student describing the second
the advice in the Strategy.
photo in exercise 1. Does she say any of your sentences
from exercise 5?

Unit 6 Going wild

 3 Answer the questions for each postcard in exercise 2.
1 Which country is the writer in?
2 Where is he/she staying?
3 What’s the weather like?
4 What activities did he I she do yesterday?
1 VOCABULARY Match the photos with three activities from 5 What activities is he / she planning to do?
below. Check the meaning of all the activities. Can you add
any others? Writing Strategy
Adventure holiday activities abseil cycle When you write a postcard:
explore kayak surf trek • Use the present continuous to say where you are
staying.
>-» Vocabulary Builder Adventure holiday adjectives: page 120 • Use the past simple to describe activities that you did.
Use past time expressions where appropriate.
2 Read the postcards. Match each with three activities from • Use the present continuous for future arrangements
exercise 1. that you have made

-- 4 Read the Writing Strategy and find examples of the tenses

Hi Sam, in the postcards in exercise 2.
I'm having a great time in Vietnam. We arrived three
5 KEY PHRASES Tick the phrases that the writers use in the
days ago and now were staying in a hostel by a river in postcards in exercise 2.
thejungle. The weather is very hot and sunny.
Postcards
Yesterday we trekked into thejungle and explored. We I’m having a great time in ... i

also looked for monkeys in the trees, but we couldn t This is my third day in ...
see any. There were lots of horrible spiders! Yuck! The weather is (fabulous / OK / terrible).
We’ve only got two I three / four more days here.
Tomorrow morning we're travelling to the beach and in
Wish you were here!
the afternoon were surfing. I can t wait! Thinking of you!
Say hello to (David).
5ay hello to Emma. See you soon.
Give my love to (your brother).
Love, Mills See you soon.

6 Imagine you are on an adventure holiday. Plan a postcard.

Hi Joanna, Make notes and include the following information.
• which country? Where are you staying?
This is my second day in Canada. We’re staying at a
4 • describe the weather
campsite near a lake in Ontario. The scenery is really
• activities you did and when you did them
beautiful. The weather is OK. Yesterday it was really
• activities you are planning to do
cold and windy, but today it’s better.
Yesterday we kayaked down a river. It was very scary as 7 Write your postcard. Use your notes from exercise 6. Include
there were lots of rocks. Today I abseiled down a cliff. activities from exercise 1, phrases from exercise 5, and the
That was scary too, but I enjoyed it! tenses mentioned in the Writing Strategy.

Tomorrow were cycling to the• nearest village to buy f CHECK YOUR WORK
food and drink. I’ve only got thiree more days here. @
Have you...
Wish you were here! V • included all the information in the task in exercise 6?

Bye for now! • used three different tenses and useful phrases?
• checkedyour spelling and grammar?
Tom
I
Unit 6 Going wild
 3 Exam Skills Trainer
c
Reading A Green City Walk
When we were in Paris last month, we walked along the
Strategy Promenade Plantee. Do you know it? It's a park now, but a
Multiple-choice questions often focus on the gist of each hundred years ago it was a train line. The line closed, and then
text (the general meaning) or on the writer’s intention (why in 1988 two men planned a public garden for the space. They
planted trees and flowers and created a beautiful long path
the author wanted to write the text, e.g. to tell a story). Read
through the 12th District. Away from the crowds and the traffic,
each text quickly to see what the writer’s intention is.
it was hard to believe we were in the middle of the city.

3 The author of the text

1 Read the Strategy. Match sentences A-E with intentions A invites you to go to a park with her.
1-5 below. B tells you about the history of a park that she visited,
1 give a reason C explains why two men wanted to make a park,
2 give information about the past D gives facts about the birds and insects in a park.
3 describe something
4 compare things Listening
5 give directions
Silver Street is more attractive than East Street. Strategy
B It has big wings and a long tail. When you do a true or false task, read the questions
C I like living in the house because it’s near the gym. carefully. If you hear a word that has a similar meaning
D Come out of the station, cross the square and walk 100 m to a word in the question, the answer is probably true. If
along Mill Lane. you hear a word with an opposite meaning, the answer is
' I E 300 years ago, people lived in small houses near the lake. probably/o/se.

2 Read the texts and answer the questions (1-3). Choose the
3 Read the Strategy. Add the words below to the correct
correct answer, (A-D).
place in the table.
The heart of Seoul
clean long loud polluted quick quiet safe slow
Seoul is the capital city of Korea. It's 600 years old and it's a start wait
large, busy, noisy city. But a small river runs for 5.8 km through
the middle of the city. It's called the Cheonggyecheon Stream. | similar meaning | opposite meaning
The river is older than the city, but for many years the people of
dirty
Seoul couldn't see it at all because there was a big road over it.
Then, in 2003, the government closed the road. They took the noisy
road away completely and opened the river again. Now the river fast
is a beautiful place to go for a walk and relax.
short
1 The text gives readers dangerous
A a list of good places to visit in Seoul.
stop
B a funny story about a river.
C reasons why the city needed a big road in 1958.
D information about the history of a river.
4 FPMfrl
O 3-16 Listen to a conversation between a boy called
Stephen and a girl called Myra. Are the sentences true or
Forest fright false? Write T or F.
Last year, my family and I visited the Piedras Blancas National 1 Myra isn't happy with the trams in the city.
Park in the south-west of Costa Rica. We stayed in a small
2 Stephen says it's difficult for trams to move left
wooden house on a beach near the Pacific Ocean. On the first
day, we walked into the rainforest with a guide. It was warm, and right.
dark and rainy. Suddenly, a big brown snake appeared on the 3 Stephen thinks trams are faster than buses.
path in front of us! It was a Hog-Nosed Pit Viper, the most 4 Myra thinks the air in their city is polluted.
dangerous snake in Costa Rica. We stopped, and luckily the snake 5 Stephen thinks bikes are bad for the city.
moved away. Amazing! 6 Stephen thinks trams are noisier than buses.
2 What does the boy say about his visit to Costa Rica?
A He wanted to see a snake.
B He was interested in the trees in the forest.
C An exciting thing happened on the first day.
D He walked over Costa Rica's most dangerous snake.

Exam Skills Trainer 3

 3
Exam Skills Trainer
r
Use of English Speaking
Strategy Strategy
Before you start a multiple-choice task, read the word When you describe a photo of an outdoor place, talk about
before and after each gap. Think about common the scene first, e.g. say where it is and what time of day it is.
combinations of words that you know: preposition + noun Then say what's happening in the photo.
(e.g. in Paris), verb + noun (e.g. catch a bus). You should also
use your knowledge of grammar to help you. For example,
if you see a superlative adjective, the word before it must 7 Read the Strategy. Complete the table with the words
always be the (e.g. the best). below.
afternoon bridge city cloud cold evening ground
park relax sit snow sunrise sunset travel
5 Read the Strategy. One word in each phrase (1-6) below is
wrong. Underline it. place | time | weather | activity
1 in ... Spain, New York, a motorbike
2 get off... a bike, a car, a tram
3 get out of . a bus, a taxi, a car
4 miss . your way, the bus, the train 8 Choose one of the photos to describe.
5 on ... the ground, Istanbul, a bus
6 at... the museum, the airport, Germany

6 Read the text and choose the correct answer A, B or C

x\\\
to fill the gaps.

City Monkeys
Do you like monkeys? Some people think they're the
1 animals in the world. In India, however, a lot
of people don't want to see monkeys. Their cities have a big
monkey problem.
Writing
2 Delhi, there are tens of thousands of monkeys.
They live in the trees and move around the city. They
3 buses and go into people's houses. Strategy

Now, people are getting angry with them. In India, people keep When you write a postcard, use adjectives when you give
water on the roof. The monkeys climb 4 people's your opinions of places, people and things. Give reasons for
houses and drink the water. This makes the water dirty, so people your opinions.
can't drink it.
'A few days 5, there was a monkey outside my 9 Read the Strategy. Circle the correct adjective.
office,' says Gulam Bannerjee. 'At lunchtime, it followed me
6 the road to the shop. 17 the 1 It’s very cold / hot. Yesterday, it was 41°C!
fridge and the monkey watched me. I closed the fridge, but then 2 I had a bad / good day yesterday. I waited 50 minutes for
the monkey copied me and got some food. They're very clever! I the bus and then I missed my train.
think they're cleverer 8 some people!' 3 It’s really noisy I quiet! Cars, buses and taxis go past my
1 A funny B funnier C funniest window all the time and I can’t sleep at night.
2 A On B In C At 4 I’m in the smallest / tallest building in the city. It's about
3 A miss B get on C cross 650 metres high.
4 A up B under C past 5 We have the worst / best room in the hotel. It’s clean and
5 A past B last C ago comfortable, and we can see the sea from our window.
6 A through B along C round 6 The swimming pool is fantastic / awful. It’s big and the
7 A opened B opening C open water is really warm.
8 A as B than C from
10 Imagine you are on a city holiday. Write a postcard to a
friend. Include information about:
• the city and the weather.
• where you are staying (e.g. a hotel).
• activities you did and when you did them.
• activities you are planning to do.

Exam Skills Trainer 3

 Vocabulary

‘J Computing
I can talk about computer equipment.

Digital
world

Unit map
• Vocabulary
Computing (nouns)
Computing (verbs)
Sequencing words
Phrasal verbs: computers
Features of gadgets
• Word Skills
Introduction to phrasal verbs
• Grammar
Past simple affirmative (irregular)
Past simple (negative and
interrogative)
• Listening Listening to
instructions

• Reading Dancing Man

• Speaking In a shop

Li
• Writing A narrative
• Culture? British scientists

1 SPEAKING Look at photos 1-6. Does the computer equipment look old or modern?
• Vocabulary Builder page 120
Which things look the oldest / the most modern?
• Grammar Builder page 136
• Grammar Reference page 137 2 VOCABULARY Look at the words in the list. Match them with the items in the phot°5
Computing (nouns) charger computer headphones keyboard laptop
memory stick monitor mouse printer router speakers tablet webcam

3 03.17 Listen and repeat all the words in exercise 2.

Unit 7 Digital world

 7A
4 VOCABULARY Complete the phrases using the verbs in the 7 Work in pairs. Do the quiz in exercise 6.
list. Use each verb only once.
I RECYCLE! Present continuous
Computing (verbs) connect to delete download
enter post print scan surf upload /.••• We form the present continuous with be and the -ing
x?J form of the verb:
1 scan a drawing/a photo/a document
2 a comment (on a social networking site) I’m listening. We aren’t watching. Is he laughing?
3 a photo / video (onto the internet) We use the present continuous to talk about what is
4 an app / some software I a song / a photo happening now, or around now. We also use it to talk
(from the internet) about future arrangements.
5 a document / a contact / a photo (from your I’m learning Chinese. She’s leaving tomorrow.
computer)
6 a Wi-Fi network / the internet
8 Q 3.19 Read the Recycle! box. Then listen to six short
7 your password / your contact details
conversations and complete the summaries. Use the
8 the Web
present continuous (affirmative or negative) form of the
9 a document I a photo
verbs from exercise 4.
5 03.18 Listen to four conversations. Which phrases from
1 His tablet_________ to Wi-Fi this evening.
exercise 4 can you hear?
2 She__ ___ __ a contact from her phone.
3 They a comment on Instagram.
6 Complete the computer quiz. Use words from exercises
4 He the correct password.
2 and 4.
5 She some photos onto her Facebook
page this afternoon.
6 They the Web in a cafe.

9 Decide which sentence from exercise 8 is using the present

continuous to talk about the future.

■I
O The computer language for a lot
of pages on the internet is:
10 03.19 KEY PHRASES Listen again. Match the two halves
a HTTP b HDMI c HTML
of these useful phrases.
O Which famous American rap star
Computer collocations
makes Beats?
1 get a your emails
a Dr Dre b Jay Z c 50 Cent
2 click b return I
B Look at photo A. What is another term for a 3 press c online
4 check d an error message J
a a flash drive 5 get e a web page
b a Wi-Fi connector 6 visit f on a button
c a CD-ROM
11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Using words and phrases from this
n 'You can usually lesson, tell your partner:
a photo from the internet faster
1 how often you use email and what you use it for.
than you can upload it.'
a true b false 2 the different ways you use the internet and where you
normally are when you get online.
B When you describe a as '300 Mbps' 3 other things you use a phone, laptop, tablet or
you're talking about its: computer for.
a price b speed c age 4 something that annoys you when you’re using a phone,
O Look at photo B. This laptop, etc.
has a 16GB hard
drive. What does 'GB' stand for? I check my emails a few times a day. I use it for...
a gigaband b gigabyte I
c gigabar
I use a tablet to...
O When you the Web,
what do 'cookies' do?
a Protect your computer from viruses and hackers. It annoys mewhen...
b Make the web page the correct size and shape for your
phone, tablet, etc.
c Share information about your visit with the website.

Unit 7 Digital world

 '13

7B I Grammar ISIHHHL

Past simple (affirmative): irregular

_____ „ _ w

/ can talk about past events.

t
4 Complete the sentences with the past simple forms of
verbs from the Learn this! box and exercise 3.
1 I a lot of housework before school yesterday.
2 We a great film at the cinema last night.
3 My sister to Paris for the weekend.
4 I an old memory stick on my bedroom floor.
5 She a lot of photos during the holiday.
6 We to our teacher about the homework

[ LOOKOUT!
7
( f Several past simple forms end in -ought or -aught. These
Kl endings are pronounced /o:t/ (rhyming with short).

Make your dreams a reality

5 Read the Look out! box. Then complete the sentences with
Imagine that your dream is to fly aeroplanes but you
the past simple form of the verbs below.
can’t afford to go to school or university What can you
do? In today’s digital world, the answer is simple use bring buy catch fight teach think
the internet. 1 The British and Americans on the same side in the
As a boy, George Mel from South Sudan had a dream: Second World War.
to be a pilot. He made flying machines in his garden and 2 We a new car about a month ago.
tried to fly. Once, he fell off the roof and nearly broke his 3 I about my cousin yesterday because it was her
leg! birthday.
When George became a teenager, he went to high
4 Aristotle Alexander the Great when he was at
school for a few years. However, he had to give up
school.
because his family had no money. He found a job and
5 I my homework to school, but now I can’t find it.
worked hard - but he still dreamed about flying.
6 We the train at six o’clock in the morning.
He read about aeroplanes on the internet. Secretly,
he got some old pieces of wood and metal and began to >♦ Grammar Builder 7B page 136
make an aeroplane in his bedroom. In the end, he built
his aeroplane. He drew a Sudanese flag on it and took
6 Complete the email with the past simple form of the verbs
his work to the South Sudan Air Force When they saw
in brackets. Some are regular and some are irregular.
it, they offered him a job1

To: [email protected]
1 Read the text. What is unusual about the aeroplane in the
photo? Hi Milly,
How are you? I hope you 1 (have) a good weekend.
2 Read the Learn this! box. Then find all the past simple My weekend 2 (be) great. On Friday evening, I
forms of the verbs in the text in exercise 1. Which are 3 (do) all my homework, so 14 (can) relax on
regular and which are irregular? Saturday and Sunday. On Saturday morning, 15 (go)
into town and 6 (buy) new speakers for my laptop. In

4 LEARN THIS! Past simple (affirmative): irregular

a Many verbs have irregular past simple forms. There are
no rules for forming these, you need to learn them.
do - did speak - spoke come - came
b The verb be is the only verb with two (irregular) past
the afternoon, a friend 7
8
and 10
10 (watch) them.
On Sunday morning, I ”__
Then, in the afternoon, 112
(come) to see me. He
(bring) a few DVDs, so we 9 (stay) at home

(speak! to my cousin on Skype.

(play) football in the park.
simple forms: Tom and Logan from our class 13 (be) there, so it was
fun.
I/he/she it was you/ we /they were
See you soon!
Love, Max i
3 Match the irregular past simple forms of the verbs in the J
text with their infinitive without to.
7 SPEAKING In pairs, tell your partner five things you did las’
1 become 6 fall 11 make
weekend. Make sentences with five different verbs from
2 begin 7 find 12 read
this lesson.
3 break 8 get----------- 13 see
4 build 9 go------------ 14 take.
I broke my dad's printer. I...
5 draw 10 have

Unit 7 Digital world

 Listening to instructions
I can understand instructions.
I
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Which of these problems have
you experienced while using a computer? Can you think of
any others? Which problem is the most annoying, in your
opinion?
a You've forgotten your password.
b The Wi-Fi connection is very slow.
c You can’t access the internet.
d The computer is running very slowly.
e The computer crashes and you lose your work

2 VOCABULARY Complete the instructions for setting up a

printer. Circle the correct verbs. 4 [0320 VOCABULARY Check the meaning of the
sequencing words below. Then listen again. Which
sequencing words did you hear that marked the start of
Setting up your new printer each new stage?
Take your new printer out of the box and1 remove / install Sequencing words after that finally first of all next
all packaging. now secondly then thirdly to start off with
2Turn on / Connect the printer to the power source
5 03.21 Listen to three conversations with a computer
3 Install / Turn on the printer. (The green light flashes.)
Help Desk. In each conversation, how many steps are there
4 Download / Connect the printer to your computer with in the instructions: 3,4 or 5?
the cable.
5Upload / Install the printer software, and 6follow / 6 03.21 Listen again and circle the correct words.
delete the on-screen instructions. Conversation 1
7 Remove / Restart your computer 1 The woman asks the man to check the power source /
8 Enter / Visit the printer website and 9 download / scan cable behind the computer.
the operating instructions. 2 At first the man forgets his password / office network.
Conversation 2
3 The woman finds the missing files in the recycle bin /
on the desktop
Listening Strategy :
4 The man tells the woman to drag the documents /
When you are listening to a set of instructions, it can • recycle bin into the folder
help if you can first identify the steps. You can do this by •
Conversation 3
identifying sequencing words (e.g. first of all, secondly, ;
5 Ben can’t use his memory stick / computer.
then, etc.). This will make it easier to understand the •
6 Sally works in room 240 / 204.
detail when you listen again. •
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. What computer problems have
you had? How did you solve them?
3 Q3.2O Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen to the
instructions. Number the pictures (A-H) in the correct
I forgot my password. I had to make a new one.
order.

0
Language Selection ®
Select Your Language
[ English

Cancel (
D

(21 Software Update _ )

Network Connection ®
Instruction Choose a network...
Manual Checking for new software... Home Modem III

7
I- ( Cancel
1^2 F H
li
Unit 7 Digital world
 Past simple (negative and interrogative)
I can say what did and didn't happen in the past.

6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

exercise 5.

Did you go to bed before Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t.

10 p.m. last night?

T LOOK OUT!

( f Remember that we don’t use did / didn't to make the past

simple negative and interrogative forms of be and can.
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Write down five things you can
do with your phone.
7 03-23 Read the Look out! box. Then complete the rest of
I can send messages. the dialogue with the past simple negative or interrogative
form of verbs in brackets. Listen and check.
2 03.22 Read and listen to the first part of the dialogue. Chloe Never mind. Tell me about the festival.
What was the problem with James’s videos? 1(be / you) close to the stage?
James No, 12(be / not). 13(not )
James Did you go to the music festival in the park last
weekend? can) see very well. That’s why I wanted to film it.
Chloe No, I didn’t. Did you go? Chloe What kind of music 4(Cool Heart /
James Yes, I did. It was fun. play)?
Chloe Did Cool Heart play? James Mostly dance music. They5 (not / play;
’ames Yes, they did. They were brilliant. any of their new songs.
Chloe 6(be) the other bands good?
‘hloe Did you take any photos?
James No, I didn't take any photos, but I filmed a few songs.
James Yes, they were. But 17 (not / hear) all
Look... of them. I left early because 188 (not I
Chloe I can’t hear anything. There’s no sound! want) to miss the last bus.
James Oh no! It didn’t work. 8 Complete the table with the verbs below. Then tick the
Chloe Did you have your finger over the microphone? things that were true for you yesterday.
I James Yes, maybe. I didn't check. I’m useless with technology!
be eat go help meet play send surf use
3 Find all the examples of the past simple negative and
interrogative in the dialogue in exercise 2. Then complete What did you do yesterday? | You | Your partner
the Learn this! box with did and didn't. 1 to the cinema
2 with the housework
I LEARN THIS! Past simple (negative and interrogative)
Pq a We form the past simple negative with 3 social media
x? + the infinitive without to. 4 out
b We form the past simple interrogative with 5 your friends
+ he I they /you, etc. + the infinitive
6 .computer games
without to.
c We form short answers with and 7 a lot of texts
8 the internet
9 . in bed before 11 p.m.
>♦ Grammar Builder 7D page 136
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask and answer
I 4 Make the sentences negative. questions using the table in exercise 8. Tick the things that
I 1 Tom went to bed before 10 p.m. last night. your partner did.
2 I caught the bus to school.
Did you go to Yes, I did. / No, I didn’t. What
3 Sarah had a dream last night.
the cinema? about you? Did you ... ?
4 We studied English in primary school.
5 My friend watched TV before school this morning.
10 SPEAKING Tell the class what your partner did yesterday.
6 Sarah and Fred had breakfast this morning.
Use the past simple affirmative and negative.
5 Make questions from the sentences in exercise 4. Useyou
and the past simple. Jack went to the cinema. He didn't...
Did you go to bed before 10 p.m. last night?

78 Unit? Digital world

 7E I Word Skills
Introduction to phrasal verbs
I can use a range of computer-related phrasal verbs.
I First of all, turn on your computers. Type in
your passwords and log on. After you
complete the test, save your work, and then
1 SPEAKING Describe the photo. Would you like to learn in
classroom like this? Why? / Why not?

2 Read the Learn this! box. Then find and underline five
phrasal verbs in the teacher’s speech bubble. Are they
transitive or intransitive?

f LEARN THIS! Phrasal verbs

PQ-. a Phrasal verbs consist of a verb and a particle (e g. up, on,

vX. in, back, off, etc.) They are very common in English.
b Some phrasal verbs are transitive. They take a direct
object, e.g.:
subject verb direct object
put on: Alexander puts on hisjacket.
c Some phrasal verbs are intransitive. They do not take a
direct object, e.g.:
get up: I got up at six o'clock.

3 VOCABULARY Match eight of the phrasal verbs below with

the pictures. Check the meaning of all the phrasal verbs.
4 DICTIONARY WORK Study the dictionary entries. How do
Phrasal verbs: computers you know if the phrasal verb is transitive or intransitive?
Transitive back up (your work) plug in (a printer)
scan in (a document) shut down (a computer)
turn something off to move the handle or switch
turn down (the radio) turn off (the light) turn on (the TV)
that controls something, so that it stops: Turn the tap
turn up (the volume) type in (your username) off. O She turned off the television.
Intransitive breakdown logoff logon
break down
1 if a machine or car breaks down, it stops working: We
were late because our car broke down.
2 if a person breaks down, they start to cry: He broke
I
down when he heard the news.
si
5 Complete the sentences with the phrasal verbs below. Use
the correct tense and form.
backup logon plugin shutdown
turn down turn on type in
1 The music was very loud, so I the volume.
2 I couldn’t because I forgot my username and
password.
3 Sally her username and password, then
pressed enter.
4 Yesterday evening, I all my important
documents to a hard drive so that I didn't lose them.
5 Dan closed all the applications and then his
computer.
6 I couldn’t print the photo because I forgot to
the printer and it !
6 Work in pairs. Prepare six instructions using transitive
phrasal verbs from exercise 3 and a noun. Do not show your
partner.
1 Plug in the computer.

7 SPEAKING Take turns to say your sentences to each other.

Your partner acts out the instructions.

Unit 7 Digital world

f,
7F Reading

Dancing Man
I can understand a text about a social media campaign.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. What is'cyberbullying’?

03.24
Give one or two examples (real or invented).

PEOPLE
2 Read the text, ignoring the gaps. What kind of
cyberbullying does the text mention? Is it like the examples
you thought of in exercise 1?

Reading Strategy
When you do a gapped sentence task, think about the
order of events within a text. Having a clear idea of the
sequence helps you to check that your sentence fits.
POWER
3 Read the Reading Strategy. Then put these events into the
In March 2015, a British man went to
order in which they happened. a gig in London. He liked the music and
a Cassandra Fairbanks raised money for Sean O’Brien’s plane he began to dance. Because he was
ticket. a large man, other people noticed his
b Photos of Sean O’Brien appeared on an internet forum. dancing. A few of them laughed and
c Sean O’Brien threw the ball to start a baseball game.
d Sean O’Brien danced at a gig
took photos of him. When the man saw
e There was a big party for Sean O’Brien in Hollywood. their reaction, he stopped dancing and
f Cassandra Fairbanks started a campaign on Twitter. looked sad.
g Sean O’Brien appeared on an American TV show.
1 d, 2...
A few days later, the photos appeared on a well-
4 Match gaps (1-4) in the text with sentences (A-E). Use known internet forum. There were comments about
your answers to exercise 3 to help you. There is one extra
the man’s dancing and some of the comments
sentence.
were very unkind. The man was a victim of
A This quickly raised more than $20,000.
cyberbullying. But that wasn’t the end of the story;
B After one day, they found him.
C Two days later, he returned to England. it was only the beginning.
D Afterwards, Sean said, ‘It was the best night of my life!'
E They wanted to help the man. k Cassandra V Follow

, ©CassandraRules
5 Read and listen to the complete text. Check your answers.
Anyone know this man or who posted this? There's a
huge group of ladies in LA who would like to do
6 VOCABULARY Match the two halves of these phrases.
something special pic.twitter.com/DGbu3AXOrB
They are all in the reading text.
5'54 PM-5 Mar 2015

1 internet a media
3,444 RETWEETS 3,613 FAVORITES <S O ★
2 social b page
I 3 viral c account
A group of people on social media, including an
4 hashtag d forum
5 fundraising e campaign American writer called Cassandra Fairbanks, were
6 Twitter f story angry about the cyberbullying.1 They decided
I 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs or groups. Think of a campaign
you would like to start on social media to make your
to have a huge party for him in California. But
they didn’t know who he was! However, it quickly
school, town or environment better in some way. became a viral story and Twitter users started
Invent a hashtag for your campaign. a hashtag campaign: #FindDancingMan!2__ _
I
8 SPEAKING Present your campaign to the class. Sean O’Brien was his name. He was originally from
Which is the most popular? Liverpool but lived in London.
Cassandra Fairbanks and her friends on social
The aim of our campaign is to... media began to organise the party for Sean in Los
Angeles. They also set up an online fundraising
We want people to... Our hashtag is... page to pay for Sean’s ticket to the USA.3___
I
I
80 Unit 7 Digital world
They gave the extra money to anti-bullying charities. By this time, the popular shows on American TV. On
story of ‘Dancing Man’ was well known. When Sean opened his own the show, he danced with Meghan
Twitter account (@dancingmanfound) he quickly got more than 80,000 Trainor. The day after the party, he
followers. Celebrities offered to help with the party and American TV threw the first ball of an important
shows wanted to speak to Sean. baseball match. So in the end, a
The party took place at a nightclub in Hollywood in May 2015. story about cyberbullying became
About 1,000 people were there and they danced to music from a story about kindness. ‘It really
celebrity DJ Moby.4 But it was just part of an amazing weekend shows the power of people,’ said
in the USA. Before the party, he appeared on Today, one of the most Cassandra Fairbanks.
 7G I Speaking I
In a shop
r I can talk about products and prices.

5 KEY PHRASES Complete the phrases with the words

below. Which phrases are said by a shop assistant? Which
are said by a customer?
cash change comes credit card help like
looking much next pay PIN receipt would
In a shop
How can 11 you?
I’m just2, thanks.
3, please!
How4 is it / are they?
That5 to (£10), please.
How would you like to6 ?
Can I pay in7 / by debit card / by8 ?
1 SPEAKING Describe the photo. Where are the people? Enter your9, please.
What are they doing? Here’s your10 and receipt.
Could I have a11 , please?
2 03-25 Read and listen to the dialogue. Which phone does Would you12 a bag?
the girl buy?
; 13 you like anything else?
Assistant Hello, can I help you?
Girl Yes, I’m looking for a new smartphone. 9+ Vocabulary Builder Money and prices: page 120
Assistant Well, the new SmartTalk 3000 is very popular. Or
there’s the Micro 4, which is a bit cheaper. 6 03.26 Listen again. Which of the phrases in exercise 5 did
Girl Does the Micro 4 have a good camera?
the speakers use?
Assistant Yes, but the camera on the SmartTalk 3000 is
better. 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Prepare a dialogue following the
Girl And how much are the phones? prompts below. Use the information in the Learn this! box
Assistant The SmartTalk is £120.50 and the Micro 4 is and key phrases from exercise 5.
£89.99.
Girl I'd like the Micro 4, please. Can I pay by debit Shop assistant Customer
card?
Assistant Of course. That’s £89.99, please ... Can you enter
Ask if you can help the
your PIN?... Would you like a bag?
customer. ^>4 Say what you are
Girl No, thanks.
Assistant There you are. Thank you very much. looking for.
Girl Thanks. Goodbye Suggest two alternatives.
Ask a question about
LEARN THIS! Talking about prices the features.
rQ- We wr**e We say Answer the question.
25p twenty-five p / twenty-five pence Ask how much the
£6.99 six pounds ninety-nine / six ninety-nine products are.
£150 a hundred and fifty pounds Answer.
Say which product you
3 Read the Learn this! box. Find two prices in the dialogue in Answer. Confirm the price. would like. Ask about
exercise 2 and say them correctly. Ask if the customer would payment methods.
like anything else.
4 03.26 VOCABULARY Listen to three conversations in a
shop. Answer the questions for each conversation. Answer.
Thank the customer.
1 What product does the customer want to buy?
2 Which features do the customer and the shop assistant
mention? Choose from the items below. 8 SPEAKING Act out your dialogue to the class.
3 How much does the customer spend?
Features of gadgets battery life built-in 4G
built-in webcam a case headphones an HDMI port
a memory card slot a motion sensor a SIM card
a touch-screen a USB port Wi-Fi wireless speakers

82 Unit? Digital world

7H J Writing

A narrative
..

I can write a narrative.

i
1 SPEAKING Do you have a PIN (personal identification 4 Read the Learn this! box and answer the questions.
number) for your phone? Think of other situations in 1 Find five adverbs ending in -ly in the model text.
which people sometimes need a PIN. Do you find it easy to
2 Find two adverbs that have the same form as the adjective.
remember PINs? Do you always use the same PIN?
3 Are the adverbs use 1) or use 2)?

LEARN THIS! Adverbs

I w a Most adverbs are formed by adding -ly to an adjective:

OQO
o0o slow - slowly dangerous - dangerously
OOO
O0O b Some adverbs are the same as the adjective. These
include: early fast hard late
c The adverb related to the adjective good is well.
2 Read the text. Why did the phone become locked when We use adverbs in two main ways:
Emily entered her PIN? 1 to describe a particular verb or action:
verb
Write a story about a time when your phone (or another
electronic device) caused problems for you. She shouted angrily.
2 to describe a situation or event in general:
event
A
Sadly, he didn’t pass his exams.

LOCKES OUT!
A few months ago, I went out for the evening with my
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Adverbs: page 120

Writing Strategy
friend Suzie. We planned to have a pizza at a cafe in
town. My dad kindly took us there in his car. ‘I can come Try to include some direct speech when you write a
and get you,’ my dad said, ‘but don't call too late.' narrative.
We had a very nice meal at the cafe. Afterwards. I tried Put quotation marks around the words that the person
to call my dad. I entered my PIN, but the phone didn't speaks. Put a comma, question mark or exclamation
accept it: I got an error message. I tried again, but the mark before the closing quotation marks.
same thing happened. ‘Who are you?’ I asked. Tm Joe,’ he said.
'This is strange,’ I said. I tried a third time;
unfortunately, the phone became locked. I couldn’t use it.
'Don’t worry, Emily, you can use my phone,’ said Suzie.
5 Read the Writing Strategy. Then add the correct
punctuation to the direct speech.
J
Amazingly, the same thing happened to her. She
1 Have you got my charger she asked.
tried three times, but the PIN was wrong and her phone
2 I can’t find my memory stick said Tom.
became locked too. I thought very hard and then I ‘
3 Good luck shouted my mum. Thanks I said.
remembered something: we had the same type of-phone.
4 It’s very late said my friend.
'You’ve got my phone and I've got yours,’ I said. 'We
swapped by accident. That's why the PIN numbers were 5 Did you see me asked Ben quietly. Yes I replied.
wrong!’ 6 Plan your own story using the task in exercise 2. Read these
Luckily, we saw a boy from our class in the cafe and questions and make notes.
told him about our problem. He lent me his phone and I
• Where were you? Who were you with?
called my dad. So we got home safely in the end - but
• What kind of device caused the problem? What was the
our phones were locked for three days!
problem?
• What did you do when the problem happened? How did
you solve it?
• How did it all end? Did it end well or badly for you?
3 KEY PHRASES Add the underlined time expressions in the
model text to the correct group below. 7 Write your story using your notes from exercise 6. Try to
include some direct speech and one or two adverbs. Use
Time expressions for setting the scene
time expressions from exercise 3.
a few weeks ago 1 last weekend
one day last summer recently some time lastyear CHECK YOUR WORK
Time expressions for ordering events Have you...
a few moments later 2. at that moment • included some direct speech with correct punctuation?
3 later 4 • used at least one adverb?
the next day • checked your spelling and grammar?

Unit 7 Digital world

 • Reading Against the odds
1 SPEAKING How often do you do sport? Where do you usually do it?

2 VOCABULARY Match photos (1-6) with six words from the list.
Sports aerobics athletics badminton basketball climbing cycling dancing
football golf gymnastics handball ice hockey ice skating judo karate
• Speaking Negotiating rollerskating running skateboarding skiing surfing swimming table tennis
tennis volleyball yoga

3 03.27 Listen and repeat the words in exercise 2.

T LEARN THIS! play/go/do

a We normally use play with ball games and team sports.

• Writing An informal letter
q playfootball play ice hockey
• Cultures Football
b We normally use go with activities which end in -ing.
go cycling
c We normally use do for individual activities and combat sports.
do athletics do judo

• Vocabulary Builder page 121

4 Read the Learn this! box. Match the sports and hobbies from exercise 2 with the
• Grammar Builder page 138
correct verb: play, go or do.
• Grammar Reference page 139
play: badminton,... go: climbing,... do: aerobics,.. ■
5 Work in pairs. Can you add any more sports or hobbies to the verbs in exercise 4?

6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. How many of the sports in exercise 2 does yoUr partner d<^?

Do you do aerobics? No, I don t. Do you play badmint°n?

■KT1 Unit8 Be active!

— b
 8A

7 Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in the Q 328 Listen to four speakers. Which sports and hobbies
Olympics quiz below. from exercise 2 are they talking about?
Speaker 1 Speaker 3
Speaker 2 Speaker 4
© Which two are connected to the Olympics? v
RECYCLE! Past simple (affirmative and negative)
Regular past simple forms end in -ed.
play - played work - worked
Many verbs have irregular past simple forms.
do — did go — went
(2 How often do the Olympic Games happen? We don't use the past simple form for the negative; we
a every 2 years c every 3 years use didn't + infinitive without to.
b every 4 years d every 5 years play — didn’t play go - didn't go

(?) When do the Winter Olympics happen?

[Q3.28 Read the Recycle! box. Then listen again and
a the same year as the summer games
b the year after the summer games
complete the sentences with the past simple affirmative J
or negative form of the verbs in brackets. Which verbs are
c two years after the summer games
regular and which are irregular?
Speaker!
© Which three sports from exercise 2 are
part of the Winter Olympics?
a He (fall) over.
b He (injure) himself.
Speaker 2
© Complete the names of these Olympic events with
words from exercise 2.
c She
d She
(win) the competition.
(enjoy) the experience.
a BMX Speaker 3
b crosscountry e He (score) twice.
c synchronised f His team (lose) the match.
d beach
Speaker 4
g She (come) second in one event,
Which of these is NOT an Olympic sport? h She (break) a record.
a handball b aerobics c table tennis 10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell your partner about the last
time you took part in a sport or active hobby. Say:
(7} Match the cities with the Olympic Games for these
• whatsportor hobby it was
years. • when and where you took part
a 2008 c 2016 • who took part with you
b 2012 d 2020
• one more thing about the experience (use exercise 9 to
Tokyo Rio de Janeiro Beijing London give you ideas)

11 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.

Unit 8 Be active!
 I Grammar I
8B going to
I can talk about plans.
i
1 Q3.29 Read and listen to the dialogue. Who is going to
take part in the judo competition? Is it...
a Suzie and Dexter?
b Dexter
c Dexter and his cousins?
Suzie What are you going to do this weekend?
Dexter I’m going to take part in a judo competition in
Newcastle.
Suzie That’s great. Are you going to stay in a hotel?
Dexter No, I’m not. I’m going to stay with my cousins. Luke
and Toby. They live very near Newcastle.
Suzie Are they going to be at the competition?
Dexter Yes, they are.
Suzie That’s good. You're going to have lots of supporters
Dexter My cousins aren't going to support me. They're
going to take part in the competition!

2 Read the Learn this! box. Find examples ongoing to

(affirmative, negative and interrogative) in the dialogue in
exercise 1.

LEARN THIS! going to

5 VOCABULARY Work in pairs. Put the expressions below
a We use be + going to + infinitive without to to talk
V' about plans for the future.
into the correct order, starting with the soonest. Can you
add any other future time expressions to the list?
Were going to have dinner in a restaurant tonight.
Future time expressions in a few days next month
I’m not going to be at school tomorrow.
next week next weekend next year
When are you going to leave? At five o clock the day after tomorrow this afternoon this evening
b We often omit 'to go’ when we use going to with the this weekend tomorrow tonight
verb go.
this afternoon, this evening ...
Is he going (to go) cycling? Yes. he is. / No. he isn’t.
6 Listen to the teenagers again. Then write
sentences with going to using the names and verbs below
3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of going to
and a future time expression from exercise 5.
and the verb in brackets.
1 Charlie/go shopping
1 I (not do) my homework this weekend.
Charlie is going to go shopping this evening.
2 We (do) yoga after school.
2 Olivia / practise the piano
3 My friend (buy) some new trainers.
3 Bella/visit relatives
4 you (be) at home
4 Conrad and Alex / listen to music
tomorrow?
(not have) a holiday this year. 5 George/get a new bike
5 My parents
(meet) friends in town this afternoon. 6 Poppy and Alice / have a barbecue
6 I
7 Think of plans for these times in the future. Your plans can
>♦ Grammar Builder 8B page 138
be real or invented. Make notes.
this evening this weekend next week next year
4 tT>#M
,Q 3.30 Listen to six dialogues. Write sentences about
people's plans for the weekend. Use the affirmative or this evening - visit grandparents
negative form ongoing to and the verbs in brackets. 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Find out your partner’s plans and
1 Charlie (cook) dinner make a note of the answers.
Charlie isn’t going to cook dinner.
2 Olivia and Sophie (do) schoolwork What are you going to I'm going to visit
do this evening? my grandparents.
3 Bella (send) an email
4 Conrad and Alex (watch) a DVD
5 George (go) cycling 9 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner’s plans.
6 Poppy and Alice (play) volleyball
Leyla is going to visit her grandparents this evening.

Unit8 Be active!
Q/?23 pi Listening

Prediction
ran * I can 'listen ahead' and predict what I’m going to hear

3 03-31 Read the Listening Strategy. Then listen and try

predict how each sentence will end. There are a number 01
possible answers.
1 Look at those dark clouds. I think it’s going to rain / going to
snow / starting to rain / etc.

4 03.32 Listen to the complete sentences and compare

them to your ideas in exercise 3.

5 03.33 Listen to the news story about Tommy Caldwell

and Kevin Jorgeson. When the recording pauses, write
1 SPEAKING Describe the photos. Where are the men? What
down up to five words that you think will come next. You
are they doing? Use the words below to help you.
will hear each part of the story twice.
at night climb dark high rock face
1 the sun went down 5
rope sleep steep tent
2 6
S3
3 7
El Capitan / For years, two climbers, Tommy
Caldwell and Kevin Jorgeson,
dreamed of climbing the Dawn
4 8
03.34 Listen and compare your ideas in exercise 5 with
6 (SEKJ
Wall. The Dawn Wall is a one thousand-metre rock face on El the actual words. Were any of your predictions correct or
Capitan in Yosemite National Park. It is the steepest, most nearly correct?
difficult rock face in the world. Tommy and Kevin decided to
‘free climb'. That means they use ropes and equipment only 7 Work in pairs. Prepare an interview between a journalist
to keep them safe and catch them if they fall. They don't
and one of the climbers.
use them to climb. They trained hard for six years and then
attempted the climb at the end of 2014. People all around Student A You are a journalist. Prepare six questions using the
the world followed their progress on social media. prompts below.
Student B You are Tommy or Kevin. Prepare the answers using
2 Read the text. Answer the questions. the information in the text and the news story.
1 What was Tommy and Kevin's ambition? 1 how long/train?
2 What is the Dawn Wall? 2 when/start to climb?
3 What is'free climbing'? 3 how many hours/climb/each day?
4 How long did they train before attempting the climb? 4 get any injuries?
5 When did they attempt the climb? 5 where/sleep?
6 biggest danger?
Listening Strategy 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Act out your interview for the
When you listen in your own language, you ‘listen ahead' class.
and can often predict how a phrase or sentence will
finish. Try to do this when you are listening to English too. How long did you train?

Unit8 Beactivel CESH|i

 8D I Grammar I

will
f '---------

I can talk about thefuture and make predictions.

I
1 SPEAKING Who competes in the Paralympics? Can you 4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of will/
name any Paralympic sports people? What are their sports? won't and the verbs below.
be meet not arrive not be not do see
2 Read the text. Are the sentences true or false?
1 Dad's train is delayed. He until late this
1 Ellie Simmonds is only thirteen years old.
evening.
2 She won her first gold medal in 2008.
2 Bye! I____ you later.
3 She wants to stop swimming.
3 I your homework for you!
4 Joe is ill. He at school tomorrow.

ELLIE SIMMONDS
5 I you at nine o’clock at the cinema. Don’t
be late.
6 A:‘It’s your birthday tomorrow. you
is a British Paralympic swimmer. She's only 1.23m tall, but she seve ntee n ? ’
says, 'I’m a normal person. I'm just smaller!' She was only thirteen B: 'Yes, I
when she won two gold medals in the 2008 Paralympics in Beijing.
T LEARN THIS! I think/don’t think + will
She won gold again at the London Paralympics in 2012. It was the
best moment of her career. 'I will never forget that moment,' she When we make predictions, we often use / think... or
xjl I don't think + subject + will.
says. Now she is studying at a university
in central England. What will I think scientists will discover a cure for cancer.
she do when she finishes I don’t think scientists will discover a cure for cancer.
her course? 'I think I'll NOT i think scientists woti t discover... X
probably take a short
break,' says Ellie. She
5 Read the Learn this! box. Find a prediction with I think in
won't stop swimming
the text in exercise 2.
- that's certain!
She'll be a member 6 Make predictions about these possible events. Use I think
of the British or I don't think.
Paralympic team for
1 England / win the next World Cup
many years to come.
I think /1 don’t think England will win the next World Cup.
2 the 2028 Olympics/be in Europe
3 I / go to a live sports event in the next few months
3 Read the Learn this! box. Then find all the examples of the 4 Neymar / score more than 30 goals next season
will future in the text. 5 Andy Murray / play at Wimbledon next year
6 Spain/win the World Cup in 2026
f LEARN THIS! will
7 Complete the sentences with I think I'll or I don't think I'll to
pgj- a We use will to talk about the future and to make
make predictions about your future.
predictions.
1 study science at university.
b We form the will future with will/'ll or will not/won't
2 earn a lot of money.
and the infinitive of the verb without to. The form is the
3 get married before I’m 30.
same for all persons.
4 have children.
Affirmative 5 buy my own house or flat.
I’ll I she’ll I we’ll, etc. see you tomorrow. 6 have the same friends when I'm 25.
Negative 7 stay in this town for the rest of my life.
I / he / you I they. etc. won’t see us tomorrow. 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask and answer
Interrogative and short answers questions about the things in exercise 7. Use Do you think...
When will we see each other again? and make a note of the answers.
Will you be eighteen next July? Yes, I will. I No, I won t.
Do you thinkyou'll study Yes, I think I will./No, I
c We don't use the short form 7/ after names or other science at university? don't think I will.
nouns, or in short answers.
Arm’ll be at the party. X Ann will be at the party. /
Will you be at the party? X Yes. I will. / 9 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.

Arda thinks / doesn't think he’ll study science at university.

>♦ Grammar Builder 8D page 138

88 Unit8 Be active!
 8E iLTwordSkills
Noun suffixes
k' I can form nouns with a range of suffixes.

~
Samar Barakat, a seventeen-year-old teenager
from London, is going to cycle through Japan to
y
raise money for Child Chemo House, a charity
that helps children who are having treatment
for cancer. Her journey will start in Tokyo in July
and will end at the headquarters of Child Chemo
House in Kobe, 550 kilometres away. Samar’s
parents gave her permission to do the cycle ride,
but they aren’t going to cycle with her. Samar is
a very independent girl and is not worried about
travelling alone. She says she’s going to meet
friends while she’s in Japan, so homesickness
shouldn’t be a problem. She’s doing a lot of
preparation and organisation before she starts.
She’s learning Japanese, and she’s researching
the route online, looking for accommodation. She
doesn’t want to cycle in darkness, so at the end of
each afternoon, she’s going to stop and stay in a -
cheap hotel or hostel. The journey will take about
ten days and she hopes that she will receive lots

J
of donations on her fund-raising web page. It will
be an amazing achievement if she’s successful.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Look at the photo and the title of 5 Complete the sentences with the nouns in exercise 4.
the text. What do you think the text is going to be about? 1 Can you give me some about trains?
2 I saw a TV for some great football boots. I
2 Read the text and check your ideas in exercise 1. Do you
think I’ll buy some.
think this is a good way to raise money? Give reasons.
3 and diet are important if you want to stay
healthy.
LEARN THIS! Noun suffixes
4 My brother and I had a terrible yesterday. He
a We sometimes add -ment, -ion, and -ation to make
still isn’t speaking to me.
nouns from verbs.
5 In class today, we had a about the dangers
arrange - arrangement converse - conversation of alcohol and drugs.
describe - description 6 I was surprised at Josh’s .. He upset a lot of
b We sometimes add -ness to make nouns from people.
adjectives. 7 Can I make a? Let’s go out for dinner tonight.
sad - sadness happy - happiness 8 Our maths teacher told us how to do the calculation, but I
c With some nouns in all these groups, there is a small didn't understand her.
change in spelling (e.g. description and happiness). 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs or small groups. Imagine you
want to raise money for a charity by doing an event similar
3 Read the Learn this! box. Then look through the text and to the one in the text. Discuss these questions and make
find nouns formed from the verbs and adjectives below. notes. Use the phrases below to help you.
Which have a change in spelling? help people who... raise money start training
accommodate achieve dark donate homesick support a charity take part in (an event)
organise permit prepare treat 1 Which charity? Why?
2 What event? Why?
4 Make nouns from the verbs and adjectives. Use the correct
3 How will you prepare?
suffixes: -ment, -ion, -ation and -ness. Use a dictionary to
4 How much do you hope to raise?
help you.
1 advertise (verb) 5 fit (adjective) 7 SPEAKING Share your ideas with the class.
2 rude (adjective) 6 argue (verb)
7 discuss (verb) We’re going raise money for...
3 inform (verb)
8 explain (verb) We're going to take part in ...
4 suggest (verb)

Unit8 Be active!
8F Reading

Against the odds

______

/ can understand a text about inspiring sporting achievements.

[
1 SPEAKING Look at photos (A-D). What do you think the
reading text is going to be about? Choose a, b or c.
a The Paralympic Games and its competitors.
b Sportspeople with disabilities.
c The advantages of team sports for disabled people

2 Read the text and check your answer to exercise 1. Match

the photos (A-D) with the paragraphs (1-3). Two of the
photos match one paragraph.

Reading Strategy
Make sure you answer every question in a multiple-choice
task. If you are not sure of an answer, try to exclude one
option and then guess between the other two. You have
a 50:50 chance of being correct!

3 Read the Reading Strategy. Then choose the correct answer

a, b, or c.
1 Christian Haettich became disabled in the year
a 1976 b 1984 c 1985
2 Christian Haettich didn’t compete in the Paralympic
Games in Sydney because
a he wasn’t good enough for the French team.
b he didn’t have the right kind of disability
c he preferred to cycle up mountains instead.
3 Mike Newman’s problems with his eyes began
a when he was eight years old.
b when he was forty.
c when he was born.
4 Mike Newman did not start driving cars until after the age
of forty because
a somebody told him it was not possible.
b he did not know about the charity for blind people in
motor sports.
c he did not know that blind people could take part in
motor sports.
5 According to the text, which sport did Alana Nichols take
part in before her accident?
a basketball b skiing c snowboarding
6 In which sport has Alana Nichols won her most recent
medals?
a surfing b basketball c skiing

4 Answer the questions about the people in the texts. Write

Christian, Mike or Alana.
Which person...
1 became disabled at the youngest age?
2 broke records in 2005 and 2013?
3 took part in a lot of different sports as a child?
4 found it difficult to learn his / her sport?
5 took part in the Paralympic Games?
6 started doing his / her sport after seeing another disabled
sports person?

Unit8 Be active!
JI
 5 VOCABULARY Find four nationality adjectives in the
reading texts. Add them to the list below.
Nationalities Australian Brazilian Canadian Chinese
Czech German Hungarian Italian Japanese Polish
Russian Slovak Spanish Swedish
6 Work in pairs. Look at the endings of the nationality
adjectives in exercise 5. Divide them into three groups: -an,
-ish and -ese. Which three do not fit?

7 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer these questions

■3
about the sports people in the text. Give a reason for your
answers.
In your opinion, which sportsperson is ...
• the bravest?

1 THE CYCLIST
In 1976, at the age of fifteen, Christian Haettich had a serious
car accident. He lost his left arm and his left leg. For the next
few years, he found it very difficult to live with his disability.
But in 1984 he saw a man with one leg cycle up a steep hill.'I
can do that,' he thought, and he learned to cycle. It was really
difficult - he fell off his bike many times - but he kept trying. ■ i
In 1985, he began to compete in races for disabled
cyclists. His ambition was to compete in the Paralympic
Games in Sydney in 2000 and he trained hard to be in
the French team. But then the rules for the competition
changed and Christian could not take part because his
disability did not match the new rules. So Christian found a
new challenge: cycling up mountains. Now he competes in
mountain races and cycles around 27,000 kilometres every
year!

2 THE RACING DRIVER 3 THE SKIER

British driver Mike Newman enjoys breaking speed records. Alana Nichols was a very sporty child. She loved volleyball and
For example, in 2013 he broke two - the land speed and basketball. As a teenager, Alana's ambition was to study sports
the water speed records. This achievement is more amazing at university. But then, at the age of seventeen, she broke her
because Mike cannot see. He was born with a serious eye back in a serious snowboarding accident. She couldn't walk. For
disease and became completely blind at the age of eight. two years, she did not know what to do with her life.
For many years, Mike did not think it was possible to take But at the age of nineteen, she discovered a new sport:
part in motor sports. But at the age of forty, he started riding wheelchair basketball. She became part of the national team for
motorbikes and then he tried cars.'I love the engines, the the USA and in 2008 they won a gold medal at the Paralympics
smells, the noises which come with it,'he says. in Beijing.
He set new land speed records in 2003 and 2005, but in Alana realised that other sports were possible for her too.
2010 Metin Senturk, a blind Turkish pop star, went faster. She tried surfing and kayaking. Then she tried skiing. She
So in 2013, Mike had to set a new record. It is very difficult - trained hard and became part of the American Paralympic
and dangerous. Imagine driving a car at 300 kilometres per team. At the 2010 winter Paralympics, she became the
hour with your eyes closed! only athlete to win gold medals at the summer and winter
When he isn't breaking records, Mike runs a charity called Paralympic Games when she won four medals for skiing: two
Speed of Sight. The charity helps other blind people to take gold, a silver and a bronze. Then, in 2014, she won another
part in motor sports. silver medal at the winter games.

Unit8 Be active!
i
 I Speaking
SB Negotiating
/ can negotiate when discussing plans.
I
1 SPEAKING Match the pictures with three of the sports 4 SPEAKING In pairs, take turns to suggest an activity from
events from the list. Then tell your partner which events the list below. Using phrases from exercise 3, your partner
from the list you a) enjoy watching and b) enjoy doing. rejects the suggestion and suggests an alternative.
Athletics events 100 metres high jump long jump go to a cafe go to the cinema go skateboarding
marathon pole vault relay shot put go shopping go swimming listen to music play football
play video games watch TV

Do you fancy going I'd rather not.

swimming? I’d prefer to....

5 Read the Learn this! box. Find two examples of too +

adjective in the dialogue in exercise 2.

>♦ Vocabulary Builder Athletics events, page 121 S LEARN THIS! too + adjective
C'-©~ We use 1:00 + adJective to mean ‘more than possible’. We
2 0336 Read and listen to the dialogue. Answer the x* often use it to explain why we are rejecting something.
questions. We can’t go to the beach. It’s too far.
1 Which athletics event from exercise 1 do they mention?
2 Which other sports do they mention? d-» Grammar Builder 8G page 138
3 Which one do they agree to watch?
Tom Hi, Ryan. It’s Tom. Are 6 0337 Look at the timetable of Olympic events and listen
you going to watch to two teenagers talking about tickets. How many events
the Olympics on do they agree to see? Tick the events that they agree to see.
Saturday? | Indoor arena | Stadium |
SATURDAY Pool
Ryan Yes, I am. But I
haven’t got any 08:00 Diving Badminton Women’s marathon
tickets. I’m going 10:00 Basketball Men’s longjump
to buy them Men’s 100 m final
12:00 Swimming Handball
online today.
14:00 Gymnastics Women’s pole vault
Tom Shall we go
together? 16:00 Water polo Volleyball Men’s 400 m relay
Ryan Good idea. Which
events do you want to see?
Speaking Strategy
Tom I think the badminton at the indoor arena will be
When you are interacting with another speaker, react to
exciting. Let’s go to that.
what they say in an appropriate way.
Ryan I'd rather not. It starts at 8 o’clock in the morning.
That’s too early! I'd rather see some athletics.
Tom OK. Let's try to get tickets for the stadium. The final of 7 03.37 KEY PHRASES Read the Speaking Strategy. Then
the men's 100 metres is at 12 o’clock. listen again and complete the phrases the teenagers use
Ryan I don’t think that's a good idea. Those tickets are too for reacting. Use the words below.
expensive. What about swimming at the pool? I think mean right see so that think
that would be better. Reacting
Tom Yes, OK. That sounds good. You're \ •
Ryan Great! I'll book the tickets. I suppose 2------------------- .
3 KEY PHRASES Add the underlined phrases in the dialogue 13 what you 4.
to category A or B below. I Do you5 so?
; Is6 right?
A Rejecting a suggestion
I don't really fancy doing that. 8 Work in pairs. Imagine you are planning a day at the
Olympics. Look at the timetable in exercise 6, and agree on
four events to see. Prepare a dialogue using phrases from
B Suggesting an alternative exercises 3 and 7.
I'd prefer to....
9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Act out your dialogue to the class.
Do you fancy (+-ing) instead?
■ ’ _

92 Unit8 Be active!
8H An informal letter
I can write an informal letter.

1 speaking Look at the photos. What three

events does the triathlon combine? Would
you like to take part in a triathlon? Why? / Why not?
5 KEY PHRASES Add the phrases below to the correct group
2 Read the letter. When and where will Emily’s triathlon A, B or C. Which phrases did Emily use in her letter?
take place? Listen, did I tell you that... I about...
Oh, and another thing,...
89 Stover Rd, Sorry, it’s ages since I wrote to you.
Birmingham Maybe you / we could ...
B99 7HL How about (+ -/ng form)
4 July 2016 A Apologising
Dear Henry, Sorry I didn’t reply sooner.
Apologies for not replying sooner.
Thanks for your letter. Sorry I didn't reply sooner. My exams
finished last week, and tomorrow the summer holidays start. B Giving news
Guess what!
Guess what! I'm going to take part in a triathlon. It's taking
You'll never guess what happened ... / I’m going to...
place in Hyde Park in London, and I'm already training for it.
Good news!... / Bad news!...
I run, swim or cycle every day. You need quite a lot of
By the way, did you know that...
equipment. My parents bought me a really good bike and
helmet for my birthday. I've already got a wetsuit, but I'll C Making suggestions
need to buy goggles and new running shoes before the race. Why don't you / we... ?
It's quite a big event and I think there'll be a lot of spectators. ; It would be great if you could ...
I If you like, we/you could...
Anyway, that's all for now Write soon.

Love, Writing Strategy

Emily Spend a few minutes planning and making notes before
you start writing your answer.
PS The triathlon is at the end of July. It would be great if you
could come and cheer me on!
6 Read the Writing Strategy. Plan a letter to a friend
describing and inviting them to a forthcoming sports event
3 VOCABULARY Find five of the pieces of sports equipment
that you are going to participate in. Make notes about the
below in the letter.
following things.
Sports equipment bike boots goggles helmet
1 What is the event? (e.g. football / volleyball I basketball /
running shoes wetsuit
ice hockey match)
2 When and where will it take place?
>-> Vocabulary Builder Sports equipment and clothes: page 121
3 How are you preparing for it? What equipment will you
need?
4 Choose the correct words to complete the rules for
4 Who will watch it? (e.g. parents / friends / other spectators)
informal letters.
7 Write your letter. Include your address, date and greetings.
JlEARN THIS! Informal letters
Lay out the letter correctly and include phrases from
/$< a The writer puts his / her address in the top-left / exercise 5.
top-right corner of the letter.
C CHECK YOUR WORK
b We put the date above / below the address.
c We start the letter with Hello / Dear and the person’s (®> Have you ...
name. • included phrases from the Learn this! box?
• followed the model for layout?
d We add extra information at the end of the letter after
• checked the spelling and grammar?
the letters PS / SP.

Unit8 Be active!
 4
Exam Skills Trainer
I
Reading Listening

Strategy Strategy
Before you do a true or false reading task, read all the Before you listen and fill the gaps in a summary, look at the
statements carefully and underline key words in them. You words before and after each gap. Think about what sort
will understand them better and underlining the key words of information is needed in each gap. Is it a place, a date, a
will give you an idea of the information you are looking for. time, an object, a person, a number or something else?

1 Read the Strategy. Read the statements in exercise 2 and 3 Read the Strategy. Match the words below to the gaps in
underline the key words. sentences 1-6.
a friend by the sea 2nd May two
2 Read the text. Are the sentences true or false? Write T or F. two o’clock watch films
1 Tricking is a mix of gymnastics and dance. 1 We usually go cycling in the park or
2 There is a long list of rules for tricking. 2 He was born on.
3 Tricking started in sports like judo. 3 This tennis match started at
4 Trickers post videos of tricks online. 4 I use my computer to check my emails and
5 Trickers only learn tricks from social media.
6 The first tricking meeting was in 2010. 5 You could ask or a teacher fortheir
7 There are trickers all over the world. opinion.
8 The butterfly twist is easy for beginners. 6 I waited for hours for the file to
download!
Tricking
A young man jumps, turns 4 Q3.38 Listen to part of a radio report. Add ONE, TWO or
his body around in the air
THREE words or numbers in each gap.
and lands on his feet. The
movement is beautiful, but SuperTech Summer Camps
the man isn't dancing. Nor
Most summer camps offer children activities like swimming,
is he doing gymnastics,
fishing, volleyball and 1.
judo or karate. He's tricking.
SuperTech Summer Camp offers technology-related events for
What exactly is tricking?
ni ne-2-yea r-olds.
There's no clear definition.
It isn't a sport. It hasn't got Courses include web programming, 3 and
any written rules. Trickers even how to make a robot.
are athletes who turn their Some of the course leaders are teachers, others are
bodies in new and interesting ways to express themselves. 4 and scientists.
Tricking started in the USA in the mid-1990s. It developed from SuperTech Summer Camps take place at the O'Malley Centre,
the martial arts. Players wanted to challenge themselves to do about5 km west of Dublin.
jumps that were bigger, more powerful and more exciting, so they Each camp lasts 6, but children can come for
invented new movements. They called these movements 'tricks'. more than one camp.
At that rime, the internet was becoming more and more popular.
Matthew Day organised the first SuperTech Summer Camp
Trickers filmed themselves and shared their new movements on 7
the web, and later on social media.
It costs £8 per week for a child to go to
For a long rime, not many people knew about tricking. Trickers
SuperTech Summer Camp.
used social media to arrange meetings at gyms or outdoor
spaces. At these meetings they learned new tricks from each
other. Then, people started to do tricking in films and on TV. A
character in the 2010 film Tron did a few tricks, for example, and
there are trickers in some music videos and TV advertisements.
Now tricking is a worldwide sport.
Some sports centres now offer tricking courses, but most people
still learn tricking from the internet. They usually begin with
easier movements such as the 540 kick before learning moves
like the flashkick and the butterfly twist which are much more
difficult.

94 1 Exam Skills Trainer 4

 4
Exam Skills Trainer
I
Use of English 8 You are on an activity holiday abroad. Work with a
partner and discuss your preferences. Agree on ONE
Strategy morning activity, ONE afternoon activity and ONE
Learn different noun and adjective endings, such as -er and evening activity.
-ist for people (teach > teacher, art > artist), and -ment, -ion
and -ation for things (move > movement, direct > direction,
organise > organisation). This will help you to decide on the
best ending in a word formation task. PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES
MORNING
5 Read the Strategy. Add the correct suffixes to the words go swimming do an aerobics class go shopping
below to make people, nationalities and things. play golf learn to design a website

achieve argue China c-limb discuss farm improve AFTERNOON

run Sweden swim work go to the cinema go cycling play badminton 1
| nationalities | things go climbing go surfing learn to design an app I
people
climber EVENING
watch a DVD go dancing play board games
play computer games learn to design a computer game
6 Complete the text with words formed from the words in
go ice skating
brackets.

Nick D'Aloisio
Nick D'Aloisio is a successful young computer programmer. In
2011, he created a news story app called Summly. Summly allows Writing
users to read the news very quickly. It takes all the important
1(INFORM) from big news stories and makes them
Strategy
into smaller stories that can fit on one smartphone screen.
When you write an informal letter, you often need to use
People use computer programmes to write the stories, and
world-famous2(ART) and 3 more than one tense. Read the exam task carefully and
(PHOTOGRAPH) Kevin Abosch creates the pictures. make sure you know when you need to use a present tense,
past simple or a future form.
D'Aloisio, who is half4(BRITAIN) and half
5(AUSTRALIA), lives in London. He taught
himself how to code when he was at school, and developed 9 Read the Strategy. Use the verbs in brackets to complete
Summly when he was still a 6(TEENAGE).
the sentences below with the present simple, present
In 2013, when D'Aloisio was 17, he sold Summly to Yahoo for continuous, past simple or be going to + verb.
about $30 million. So far, Summly is his biggest7
(ACHIEVE). What will his next8(INVENT) be? 1 We cycling last weekend, (go)
2 I problems with my computer at the
moment, (have)
Speaking 3 Thank you for your letter. Sorry I soo
(not / reply)
Strategy 4 I Adam yesterday, (see)
When you want someone to accept your opinion, it's helpful 5 Guess what? I team captain next month.
to think of the arguments againstyour point of view as well (be)
as the arguments/or it. When the other person challenges 6 Erica and I about having a party, (think)
your opinion, you will have a good response ready. 7 My dad some old photos of us last week.
(find)
7 Read the Strategy. Are these arguments/or (F) an option or 8 I.__________ a printer, (not / have)
against (A) it? Write F or A.
10 Write a letter to a friend about a ticket you won in a
1 Surfing sounds fun. competition. Include information about the points below
2 I'm terrible at ice skating. and suggest that your friend comes with you.
3 It’s too cold.
• What is the ticket for? (e.g. a holiday, a sporting event, a
4 It would be interesting.
5 It would be boring. music festival)
• How did you win it?
6 It would be too dark.
• When are you going to go?
7 We'd learn something useful.
• How are you preparing for it?
8 I think watching a DVD would be more relaxing.

Exam Skills Trainer 4 95

1
 9A I Vocabulary ■

My home
I can describe different kinds offurniture.
l
Home
1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Compare the rooms using the adjectives below,
sweet attractive comfortable modern unusual
In myopinion, room

home! I think room A is more attractive than room ... C is the most...

2 VOCABULARY Match the furniture in the photos with words from below.
Furniture and household items bath bed bin blinds bookcase carpet chair
Unit map chest of drawers clock cooker cupboard curtains desk dishwasher hi-fi
lamp light mirror rug shelves shower sink sofa stool table toilet
•Vocabulary
wardrobe washing machine
Furniture and household items
Parts of a home 3 [04.02 Check the meaning of all the words in exercise 2. Then listen and repeat.
Adjectives to describe rooms
• Word Skills
do, make, have, take, bring
• Grammar
Present perfect (affirmative)
Present perfect (negative and
interrogative)
• Listening University
accommodation

• Reading In the middle of

nowhere
■
■mW
□

• Speaking Photo comparison

i]
“Si •
n
i ■
• Writing A description
• Cultured The White House

• Vocabulary Builder page 121

• Grammar Builder page 140
• Grammar Reference page 141
• Extra speaking task page 142

96 Unit 9 Home sweet home!

4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about
I RECYCLE! Contrast: present simple and present
a) your bedroom and b) your living room. Use words from
continuous
exercise 2. For each room find:
• We use the present continuous for events happening
• two things which you both have. now or about now and for future arrangements.
• two things which neither of you has. • We use the present simple for habits and routines, and
• one thing which one of you has but the other doesn't have. facts that are always true.
• We don't use some verbs with continuous tenses, e.g.
Is there a chest of drawers in your bedroom?
want, believe, understand, etc.

Yes, there is. Are there any

No, there aren't.
shelves in your living room? 9 lQ4.04 Read the Recycle! box. Then listen again and
complete the sentences. Use the present simple or present
5 VOCABULARY Label the parts of the house 1—13 with the continuous form of the verbs in brackets.
words below. What types of room are in the photos in 1 The boy spiders, (not like)
exercise 1? 2 The dad the cooker, (clean)
Partsofa home basement bathroom bedroom 3 Trixie the cat on mum’s bed. (lie)
dining room garage garden hall kitchen 4 The boy to watch the football, (want)
living room loft study toilet utility room 5 The grandad the car. (not fix) gi
6 The grandma her sun hat. (look for)
6 lQ4.O3 Listen and repeat all the words in exercise 5.
10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Plan your ideal bedroom or your
7 Which items from exercise 2 do you usually find in the ideal living room. Decide what items of furniture are in it.
parts of the home below? You find some items in more
than one part of the home. We need a ... so that we can ...

bathroom bedroom dining room kitchen

living room study utility room We should have some... so that...

8 lQ4.04 Listen to six short discussions in the same family

home. Where is each person, and why does he or she I agree./Great idea. I’m not sure about that. What
scream? Complete the sentences. about a ... ? Then we can...

1 The boy is in the bathroom.

He screams because there’s a spider in the bath. 11 SPEAKING Tell the class about the room you planned in
2 The dad is in the. exercise 10.
He screams because
3 The mum is in the. In our ideal bedroom, there's a ... so that we can ...
She screams because __________________________
4 The girl is in the.
She screams because ___________________________
5 The grandad is in the _________ ,
He screams because ____________________________
6 The grandma is in the ..
She screams because

Unit 9 Home sweet home! 97

 Present perfect (affirmative)
I can talk about recent events using the present perfect.

1 Read the email from a student on an exchange programme. 4 Complete the sentences with the present perfect form of
Is he enjoying his stay in Germany? How do you know? the verbs in brackets.
1 What's my password? I(forget).
2 She(try) Greek food but she doesn’t
like it.
3 It isn't a secret-they (tell) lots of
To: dad
people!
From: Ben
4 I (do) my homework. Can I go out now?
Subject: I’m in Berlin!
5 Oh no! We (leave) our bags on the train!
Sent. Mon 14 May 2018
6 We can't buy a snack. You (spend)
19.55
our money.
Hi Dad, f LOOK OUT! just
I’ve arrived safely in Berlin. Kasper and his family met me at ( | We use just with the present perfect to emphasise that
the airport. We’ve just had dinner and now I’m in my bedroom. \? the event is very recent. We usually put just between have
They’ve tried to make me feel at home. They’ve put a photo of or has and the past participle.
London on the wall and they’ve given me some English books
Do you want some pizza? No, thanks. I’ve just eaten.
to read! But I really miss my home and my family. Please reply
soon! I’ve sent messages to my friends too, but so far only one
person has replied. 5 Read the Look out! box. Find an example of the present
perfect with just in the email in exercise 1.
Love. Ben
PS I’ve lost my German dictionary! 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask a question from
the list below. Your partner invents an answer using just
and the present perfect.
2 Read the Learn this! box. Are the highlighted past
Why are you...
participles in exercise 1 regular or irregular?
1 crying? 3 so tired? 5 laughing?
2 so happy? 4 feelingill? 6 worried?
LEARN THIS! Present perfect
a We use the present perfect simple to talk about recent Because I’ve just seen
events and give news, especially when the events have Why are you crying?
a really sad film.
an effect on the present.
I can’t phone her. She’s changed her number. 7 Complete the email with the present perfect form of the
b We form the present perfect simple with have or has verbs below.
('ve or s) and the past participle of the verb. The past
eat have help learn meet play send speak
participle of regular verbs is the same as the past simple
form and ends in -ed.
We've moved house. W [email protected]
My sister has finished school.
Hi Dad, Sun 20 May
c Irregular verbs have irregular past participles. These
1 hope you are well. 11 a great first week in
are sometimes the same as the past simple form and Germany! Kasper is really into sport, like me We
sometimes different. 2 football and basketball at the park and I
I’ve bought a new bike, (buy - bought - bought) 3 lots of Kasper's friends. 14
German to everyone and 15 a lot of new words.
She’s broken her phone, (break - broke - broken) The food is really nice. 16 just about
ten sausages! 17 with the cooking a few times
too.
3 Put the past participles of these verbs into three groups:
love, Ben
1) regular; 2) irregular - same as past simple; 3) irregular -
different from past simple. See the list on page 143. PS 18 just an email to Mum too.

be come do eat feel finish forget give help

learn leave make meet phone play say see sleep 8 SPEAKING Tell your partner five things you have done
speak spend take tell watch write this week. Use verbs from this lesson. Can your partner
Group 1: finished,... Group 2: felt,... Group 3: been,... remember all five things and tell the class?

»♦ Grammar Builder 9B page 140 I've tidied my room. I've Zoltan has tidied
his room. He's...

aE?| Unit 9 Home sweet homel

9C University accommodation
I can understand words which sound different in connected speech.

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Describe the photo. Then answer

the questions.
1 Who are the people?
2 What are they doing?
3 Would you like to live in a place like this? Why? / Why not?

livina
TO LEARN **
In the UK, most university students live in halls of
residence during their first year. A hall is 1
4 [Q4.06 Listen and complete the questions.
building, owned by the university, with lots
2 bedrooms for the students. Students 1 Where live? (add two words)
2 What do at the weekend?
usually share bathrooms and toilets, but some
(addfour words)
bedrooms 3 got their own bathrooms.
3 What do when you leave school?
Some halls have also got kitchens where the students
(addfour words)
4 cook their meals. In others the students
4 speak any languages apart from youi
only sleep - they go to the university canteen to
own language and English? (add two words)
eat. They are great places 5 make new
5 pay to study at university in your
friends. In the second and third years of study, most
country? (addfour words)
students move out of halls and rent accommodation. 6 What job do
They often share a flat or a house 6 other
when you finish your studies? (add six words)
students. Students can borrow money 7
the government to pay for their Living expenses. 5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
exercise 4. You don’t need to copy the pronunciation.

6 Q407 Listen to the conversation and complete the

2 Complete the text with appropriate words. Is university questions. J
accomodation the same for university students in your 1 Can I help you?
country? If not, how is it different? 2 What place looking for?
3 Or looking for your own flat?
Listening Strategy 4 show me some houses?
In connected speech, auxiliary and modal verbs (hove, 5 visit the house?
con, want, do, etc.), prepositions (to, for, etc.) and 6 free at the weekend?
pronouns (you, he, etc.) are usually unstressed, and the 7 Q4.07 Listen again. Are the sentences true or false?
sounds sometimes change. It isn't necessary to copy this Write T or F.
pronunciation when speaking, but it is important to be
able to recognise these words in connected speech. 1 The student has just finished her first year at university.
2 She is certain that she wants to live in a flat.
3 A house costs between £70 and £130 per person.
3 kQ4.05 Read the Listening Strategy. Then match phrases 4 The first house isn’t in Bristol.
(1-12) with the way they are pronounced in connected 5 The second house isn’t in a quiet area.
speech (A-L). Listen and check. 6 The student is free all weekend.
1 going to 5 are you 9 kind of 8 SPEAKING What are the advantages and disadvantages
2 want to 6 do you 10 lots of of sharing accommodation while at university? Use the
3 have to 7 did you 11 there are phrases below to help you.
4 can you 8 don't know 12 can I
You can (probably)... You don’t have to...
A havta E kinda I wonna You (probably) can’t... You (probably) have to...
B dunno F dya J thera be very tidy cook for others cook for yourself
C didya G cunya K cuna make friends share a living room share bills
D gunna H lotsa L ah-ya share the housework

Unit 9 Home sweet home! 99

 9D I Grammar I gi ———-————--------------------
Present perfect (negative and interrogative)
i
I can talk about recent events.
I
tQ4.08:1 Complete the dialogue
1 FWW LEARN THIS! already andyet
with the past participles a We use already with the present perfect affirmative to
of the verbs below. Then say that something has happened (often earlier than
listen and check. expected). We put already between have I has and the
do (X2) finish hoover past participle.
receive tidy ‘Can you text Tom?' ‘I’ve already texted him.’
Mum I've just b We useyet with the present perfect negative to say
’a that something expected hasn’t happened, or with
text from Uncle Mike. the interrogative to ask if something expected has
He and your cousins are happened. We putyet at the end of the sentence.
arriving in an hour. Are you It’s 11 p.m. but Sally hasn’t done her homework yet.
going to tidy your room, Jake? Have you tidied your room yet?
Jake I’ve already2 it.
Mum Good. And have you 3 the living room
4 Read the Learn this! box. Then find examples of sentences
yet?
with already and yet in the dialogue in exercise 1.
Jake No, I haven’t.
Mum I asked you to hoover it this morning. Can you go and
5 Look at the list of things that need doing before the
do it now, please?
visitors arrive. Write sentences using the present perfect
Jake Sarah can do it! What has she to help?
affirmative with already and the present perfect negative
She hasn't done anything!
with yet.
Mum She's changing the beds. I haven’t5
decorating Uncle Mike’s birthday cake yet. She's going They have already tidied the living room.
to help me with that too. They haven't... yet
Jake Oh, OK. But I haven't6 my homework
yet. I need to do that first.
Mum No, hoover the living room first, please. Do your tidy the living room
homework later.
hoover the living room X
2 KEY PHRASES Find all the examples of the present perfect
bake a cake
negative and interrogative in the dialogue. Then complete
the phrases with the correct form of the verb have. decorate the cake X
Present perfect negative prepare dinner X
I / You / We / They1 arrived. change the beds */
He / She / It2 arrived.
Present perfect interrogative
3 I/you / we/they arrived? 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about
Yes, I / we / they have. the list in exercise 5. Use the present perfect interrogative
No, I / we / they4. with yet.
5 he I she / it arrived?
Yes, he/she/it has. Have they tidied the
Yes, they have.
No, he/she / it hasn’t. living room yet?

3 Write present perfect questions using the prompts below.

7 SPEAKING What have you and your partner done today?
Then look at the dialogue in exercise 1 and write short
Ask and answer questions about the activities below. Make
answers.
a note of the answers.
1 Uncle Mike and Jake's cousins / arrive?
buy anything hand in your homework have a drink
Have Uncle Mike and Jake’s cousins arrived? No, they
have a shower listen to the news make a phone call
haven't.
use a computer watch television
2 Mum / receive / a text from Uncle Mike?
3 Jake/tidy/his bedroom? Yes, I have. /
4 Jake / hoover/the living room? Have you had a shower?
No, I haven't.
5 Jake / finish / his homework?
6 Mum/finish/decorating the birthday cake?
8 SPEAKING Tell another student about your partner.
»♦ Grammar Builder 9D page 140
Claudia has had a shower. She hasn't...

100 Unit 9 Home sweet home!

 I Word Skills

do, make, have, take, bring

I can use do, make, have, take and bring.

4 Circle the correct verbs to complete the sentences.

1 Can you take I make a photo of us, please?
2 I’ve had / made lots of friends at my new school.
3 If you’re tired, have / make a rest.
4 Can you take I do me a favour?
5 I have to take / make three exams next week.
6 Don’t just stand there! Do / Make something!
7 Kate did / made a lot of spelling mistakes in her essay.
8 Would you like to have / do a game of chess?
9 If you’re thirsty, have / take a drink.
10 I’ve got a headache. I’m going to do / take an aspirin.
■>

[ LOOKOUT! bring and take

1 SPEAKING Describe the photo. How often do you tidy and ( | The verbs bring and take both mean ‘to move or
clean your bedroom? xL carry something / somebody with you when you go
somewhere’. However, we use:
2 rena Read and listen to three teenagers talking about
a bring when the direction of travel is towards the
household chores. Who helps most with the housework:
speaker:
Marvin, Harriet, or James? Who helps least?
Please bring me a glass of water.
b take when the direction of travel is away from the
c speaker:
Don’t forget to take your homework to school.
@Marvin How do I help round the house? I'm afraid I
don’t do much housework, actually. I occasionally do
the hoovering, but I have to do a lot of homework every 5 Read the Look out! box. Then complete the sentences with
evening. It takes ages, so I haven’t got time for much bring and take.
housework. 1 Can you me into town? I’ve missed the bus.
2 ‘Don’t forget to your P.E. kit to school
©Harriet My mum is a single parent, so my sister
Emma and I try to help her with the housework. We tomorrow.’
make our beds every morning. Then after we've had 3 I’ll you a burger from the takeaway, if you
breakfast, I usually do the washing up. At the weekend, like.
Emma often does the cleaning while mum and I take 4 a hat and gloves with you when you go out. £
the bus into town and do the shopping. It’s very cold.
5 Please some food and drink to my BBQ.
@James I do my best to help with the housework, but 6 Please this book to Mrs Smith in the
it’s difficult to find the time. I tidy my bedroom once teacher’s room.
a week and I sometimes take the rubbish out or help
mum to make the dinner My brother, Max, has a lot of 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to ask and answer
arguments with our parents about housework. He does questions about some of the household chores in the table
nothing to help. in exercise 3. Try to give extra information. Make a note of
your partner’s answers.

3 VOCABULARY Look at all the red collocations with do, Do you ever do the washing up?
make, have and take in the texts. Use them to complete the
gaps below. Yes, I do. I sometimes do the washing up after
do ’housework 2the hoovering 3 dinner. / No, I don’t. I hate washing up!
4 5 6

7 8/something the washing 7 SPEAKING Tell the class about your partner.
somebody a favour
make 9/ breakfast / lunch 10 Matthew sometimes does the washing up after
dinner. / He never does the washing up. He hates it.
a mistake friends a phone call an appointment
have ” 12 a shower a drink
a party a rest a conversation
take 13 14 15
a photo an exam medicine / a pill somebody’s advice

Unit 9 Home sweet home!

9F Reading

In the middle of nowhere

/ can understand a text about a remote island home.

1 SPEAKING Look at photos of Palmerston, an island in the 4 Read the text. Match the gaps in the text (1-5) with the
Pacific Ocean. Describe it using the adjectives and nouns sentences (A-G). There are two extra sentences.
below and your own ideas. A They then sell them to the ship and buy the things they
Adjectives beautiful clear hot peaceful remote need.
sunny tropical B Visitors usually stay here when they are spending some
Nouns beaches ocean palm trees sand time on the island.
C They work together, look after each other and share.
2 Read the text, ignoring the gaps. Would you like to live on D When you get there, you will get a very warm welcome.
Palmerston? Why? / Why not? E It takes four days to reach it by boat.
F They understand that, but they are not happy about it.
Reading Strategy
G This means going abroad to study.
To check if a sentence fits a gap, think about any words
in the sentence which refer back to people, things, places 5 Read and listen to the whole text and check your answers
or situations / events / ideas mentioned in the sentence to exercise 4. For each gap, decide what the underlined
before the gap. Check that the reference makes sense. word in the sentence refers to.
In gap 1, ‘there’ refers to ‘the tiny tropical island of
3 Read the Reading Strategy. Then look at the sentences in Palmerston’.
exercise 4. Does each underlined word refer to people,
things, places or situations/events/ideas?
 9F
6 Answer the questions. 8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Try to include vocabulary from
1 Why is part of the journey to Palmerston very dangerous? exercise 7 in your role-play.
2 How many buildings are on the main road in Palmerston? Student A Imagine you live on Palmerston. Talk to Student B
3 How often do the islanders usually receive supplies? about your daily life there.
4 What problems do the islanders experience with internet Student B You live in a big city. Compare your daily life with
and mobile phone signals? Student A. Talk about:
5 How has the number of people living on the island • daily routine
changed in the past five decades? • food and drink
• entertainment (sport, hobbies, etc.)
7 VOCABULARY Match the two halves of the collocations
below. They are all in the text.
In the morning I get up at nine o’clock
1 tropical a beaches and walk along the beach to school.
2 sandy b life
3 basic c neighbour
4 next-door d time Really? I catch the
5 daily e island bus to school.
6 free f supplies

Beiiingcr?X _

It is one of the hardest places in the world to visit. First, you have to that wasn't a problem: they could eat coconuts and fish.
fly to Tahiti, an island in the South Pacific Ocean. Then you have to These days, the islanders access the internet for one or two hours
travel by boat - for nine days! During that time, you hardly ever see a day and they can even get a mobile phone signal - sometimes. But
another boat or plane. And the final part of the journey is the most everyday experiences, like a visit to the dentist, can be a problem
dangerous, because of the rocks. Over the years, they have caused because the island is so remote. The nearest dentist is on Rarotonga,
hundreds of boats to sink. You can still see some of the wrecks the capital of the Cook Islands.4 And when the dentist has
on the beaches. But finally, you arrive at the tiny tropical island of finished, you sometimes have to wait six months for a boat home!
Palmerston, part of the Cook Islands.1 The islanders love visitors Some of the islanders love the remoteness and think their home is
and look after them well. paradise, but others have decided to leave. In the past 50 years, the
The island is very beautiful, with white sandy beaches and clear population of Palmerston has dropped from 300 to just 62. About 20
blue water. There are no cars. The main road in Palmerston is only of these are children. Their life is very happy and relaxed, but as they
about a hundred metres long and is made of sand, with only about six get older, some of them want a university education.5 They
buildings. There is a small school, but there are no shops. The families often plan to come home again after their studies - but in reality, they
on Palmerston don't use money in their daily lives.2 When you rarely return.
run out of rice, you ask your next-door neighbour. They only use But, for the people who stay on the island, daily life is easy.
money to buy things from other countries. Nobody works very hard and there is a lot of free time. In the
A ship visits the island twice a year and brings basic supplies, evenings, children swim in the beautiful blue ocean or play volleyball
like rice and fuel. The islanders need money to pay for this, so they on the beach. The adults watch TV (there is one TV on the island) or
catch and freeze fish.3 But sometimes the ship doesn't come. chat. There is a policeman on Palmerston, but there isn't any crime, so
Recently, eighteen months passed without a visit from the ship. But he makes musical instruments instead!

Unit 9 Home sweet home!

 I Speaking L
Photo comparison
/ can compare two photos.

(gin 3 Q4.11 Read the Speaking Strategy. Then listen to two

a
students comparing and contrasting photos 1 and 2. Which
student followed the advice better? Give reasons for your
opinion.

4 04.11 KEY PHRASES Check the meaning of the phrases.

Then listen again. Which phrases did the students use?
Comparing and contrasting
; The first photo shows ..., whereas the second photo shows...
In the first photo..., but in the second photo ...
( You can see... in both photos.
Both photos show...
Speculating
It looks as if...
I would say that...
I think... probably...
Perhaps he / she / it / they...
I They look (+ adjective) He / She / It looks (+ adjective)

5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student A: Look at the two

photos below. Student B: Look at the photos on page 142.
Compare and contrast the photos. Say which living room
you prefer and why.

1 SPEAKING Look at the photos above. How many pieces of

furniture and household items can you identify?

I can see a chest of drawers in the second photo.

2 VOCABULARY Find four pairs of opposites in the list of

adjectives to describe rooms. Which adjectives would you
use to describe the rooms in exercise 1?
Adjectives to describe rooms bright comfortable cosy
dark large relaxing small tidy uncomfortable untidy

>♦ Vocabulary Builder Adjectives to describe rooms: page 121

Speaking Strategy
In a photo comparison task remember to:
• compare the photos, pointing out any obvious
similarities and differences.
• describe the people in the photos and say what they
are doing.
• give your opinion and/or speculate about the people
and situation.

104 1 Unit 9 Home sweet home!

 9H I Writing
A description
I can write a description of a home.
T
1 Read the task and the model texts. Which text matches the
LEARN THIS! although, because and so
photo? How do you know?

Your family has agreed to offer a room to a foreign student

w a We use although to introduce a fact that contrasts in
some way with the main information in the sentence.
for three months. Write a description of your home and the Although our flat Is small, the kitchen is very large.
student's room. Include information about the rooms, the We live near the sea, although we never go swimming.
location of the home and the activities you do there in your b We use because to introduce a reason and so to
freetime. introduce a result.
The flat is on the top floor, so it’s very quiet.
The flat is very quiet because it’s on the top floor.

4 Read the Learn this! box. Find an example of the three

conjunctions (although, because and so) in each text in
exercise 1. How do you say these conjunctions in your own
language?

5 Circle the correct conjunction to complete these sentences.

1 We can’t live in the city centre although / because it’s too
expensive.
2 We sometimes go the beach although / so the sea is too
cold for swimming.
3 Our street is in the town centre, because / so there’s a lot
of traffic.
4 There’s a lot of beautiful countryside, although / so it’s a
( a] I live in a fairly modern apartment on the fifth floor. It's a
great place for walks.
great location because it's right in the middle of the city. You can 5 In the evenings, we usually stay at home although /
easily find a cafe nearby or get the bus to another part of the city. because we sometimes visit neighbours.
There are three bedrooms. Your bedroom will be the one at the
front of the apartment. The room is a bit small although it's very Writing Strategy
light. There's a bed, a desk and a chair in the room. The apartment We often use modifiers like very orfairly before
also has two bathrooms, a living room and a kitchen. adjectives when we are writing a description. Modifiers
In the living room, we have a big 3D TV, so we often lie on the make the description sound more natural.
sofas and watch films in the evenings. It's really relaxing! We The apartment is very/fairly modern.
also have a games console for playing video games.

6 VOCABULARY Read the Writing Strategy. Which modifiers

can you find in the texts in exercise 1. What adjectives are
® I live in a small cottage in a village. It's a bit remote - there
they with?
are only about 50 houses here and there's only one shop! But
Modifiers a bit extremely fairly pretty
there are four buses a day into town and the tickets are not very
quite really (not) very
expensive.
The cottage has a living room, a dining room and a kitchen
>♦ Vocabulary Builder Modifiers: page 121
downstairs. It's extremely cosy in the winter because we
always light the fire in the living room. Upstairs, there are three 7 Plan an answer to the task in exercise 1. Make notes for
bedrooms. Your bedroom will be the one at the back of the house, each element (a-c in exercise 3). Include adjectives and
so you'll have an amazing view of the countryside. modifiers in your notes.
We often play board games in the evenings. Also, there are
lots of books on the shelves. We've got a TV, although we don't 8 Write your description following your plan from exercise 7.
watch it much. Use conjunctions to join ideas together within each
paragraph.
2 Imagine you are choosing a place to stay for three months. C CHECK YOUR WORK
Which room in exercise 1 would you choose? Why?
(<3> Have you...
3 Match the three paragraphs in each text in exercise 1 with X. • used conjunctions correctly?
• included modifiers in your description?
the three elements of the task: a) the rooms b) the location
• checked your spelling and grammar?
c) free-time activities.

Unit 9 Home sweet home! 105

L
 5 Exam Skills Trainer

Reading 5
Not everyone in Mexico can live in a beautiful house, but in one
Strategy town where life is difficult for many people, the government
Make sure you read the whole of each paragraph before has paid a group of street artists to paint more than 200 new
you start to match the headings. The extra heading will houses in bright colours. The houses make a 20,000 m2 picture.
Tt's fantastic,' says Ana Flores, who lives in the area. 'It's helped
contain a word or phrase that matches part of one or two
young people believe that a better future is possible.'
paragraphs, but only the correct heading will match the
whole of the paragraph.
Listening

1 Read the Strategy. Read each paragraph of Homes in Strategy

Mexico and answer the questions. Read the instruction and the options in multiple-choice
questions carefully before you listen. Then guess what the
1 Which paragraphs in the text contain the word rich?
general topic of the listening is about.
2 Which paragraphs in the text contain the word big?
3 Which paragraph matches the whole meaning of heading F?
i
3 Read the Strategy. Read the questions in exercise 4. What is
2 Read the text. Match the headings (A-F) to the gaps (1-5).
the best summary of the listening text?
There is one extra heading which does not fit any of the
gaps- 1 Three teenagers tell us about their new homes
2 Three teenagers describe their homes and bedrooms.
A European-style houses, old and new
3 Three teenagers talk about their experiences of moving
B Old houses in many colours
house.
C Small houses for Mexico’s richest people
D New houses, old style O 4.12 Listen to part of a radio report about moving
4 CEEE3
E Colours have made life better
house. Choose the correct options, A, B, or C.
F Big houses for rich people
1 Which feelings does the presenter talk about?
Homes in Mexico A excitement, happiness, worry
Mexico has forests and beaches, high mountains and lowlands. It B sadness, anger, worry
has very rich people and very poor people. It isn't surprising then C excitement, sadness, worry
that there are so many different kinds of homes in Mexico. 2 Caitlin, Ahmed and Josie
1 A moved house three months ago.
There are modern blocks of flats in Mexico's towns and cities, B have moved house recently.
but a lot of Mexican people prefer to live in houses. In the old C moved house a long time ago.
areas of town you can see traditional houses. Their outside walls 3 Caitlin
are painted bright green, yellow, orange and blue. The houses A has felt unhappy in her new house
haven't got gardens, but there's usually a small outside space at B doesn't like her bedroom.
the back where you can sit and relax. People can talk to their
C has been to visit her old school.
neighbours easily because the houses are next to each other.
4 Ahmed
2
A started his new school last week.
Some people in Mexico have built modern adobe houses. They
B has already decorated his bedroom.
look like houses from ancient Mexican cultures. They are small
C thinks his bedroom is too dark.
and simple, with red walls and small windows. Inside they are
cool and comfortable, even when the weather's hot. 5 Josie
A has felt very sad in her new house.
3
B hasn't spoken to her old friends.
Some rich people in Mexico live in Spanish villas. These houses
may be modern or old, but they all have white walls, red roofs, C has made some new friends.
wooden doors and lots of windows. The walls in the kitchens and
bathrooms are usually blue. Some Spanish villas have beautiful
gardens.
4
Other very rich people live in very big, beautiful houses called
haciendas. In the past, rich families owned haciendas and all
of the land around them. They used the land for growing coffee
and sugar. Lots of people worked there, but only the family who
owned the land lived in the big house.

Exam Skills Trainer 5

 Exam Skills Trainer
I
Use of English 8 Compare and contrast the two rooms below. Where do
you study at home? Where do you relax?
Strategy
Open cloze tasks might test you on collocations (words
which usually go together). Prepare yourself by learning
collocations.
Mil
5 Read the Strategy. Match the verbs below to 1—5.
LL-l
do have
1
make share take
your bed/friends/a phone call
r i
2 an argument / a rest I breakfast
3 your best/the cleaning/your homework J
4 a pizza/the bills/a room
5 someone's advice / an exam / medicine
i
6 Read the email and complete each gap with ONE word.

Hi Matt,
Help! Why did I decide to have 1 party? It's four
o'clock and I'm still getting the house ready! I2
tidied the living room, but there's still a lot to do! I
cleaned the floors yet, and I need to finish
making the food.
4 Darren phoned you? 5 he be here
6
this evening? Does he know the party starts
eight o'clock?
Can you 7 '»me a favour? I've done the shopping,
but 18 a mistake at the supermarket - I forgot to
Writing
buy some bread! Can you get some?
See you later.
Strategy
Vicky
When you describe a place, use preposition + noun phrases
PS I've decorated the cake so we don't need to worry (e.g. in London, at home) and adverbs of place (e.g. here, Bl
’that. ©
there, downstairs) to explain where things are.
PPS Oh no! I've 10 remembered something else! I
need to clean the bathroom!
9 Read the Strategy. Complete the sentences with the words
Speaking below.
at in nearby next on upstairs
Strategy
1 There are two big rooms. the second floor.
Learn positive and negative adjectives for people, places and 2 There’s a swimming pool .. It takes about five
things so that you can use a variety of adjectives when you
minutes to walk there.
compare two pictures
3 There’s a small bathroom downstairs, and there’s a bigger
bathroom
7 Read the Strategy. Write the adjectives in the correct place 4 The kitchen is the front of the house,
in the table. 5 I live a small village.
6 The house is to a park.
attractive awful cosy light relaxing ugly
uncomfortable untidy 10 Think of a home that you know well (but not your own
| Negative home). Write a description. Include information about the
Positive
points below.
• who lives there
• the location
• the rooms
• when you last went there and what you did

Exam Skills Trainer 5 107

 1 Culture

The Royal Family

l
Q 4.131

A NORMAL LIFE
Prince William is the grandson1 Queen Elizabeth II and
the eldest son of Prince Charles and Princess Diana. He and
I
his wife, Kate, live in a large apartment in Kensington Palace in
I London with their two young children, George and Charlotte.
They also have a home in Norfolk in the east of England.
■

William works hard but he 2 got a normal job. Instead,

he has a lot of royal duties: he meets foreign kings, queens and
presidents and he helps a lot of different charities. He is famous all around the
world, but he 3 want his home life to be special or different.
Kate also has a lot of royal duties. But like her husband, she 4 a normal life
too. She goes shopping in the local supermarket, and she sometimes meets friends
and has coffee with them. She always buys her own clothes. Sometimes she buys
expensive designer clothes, but she often goes 5 normal clothes shops.

William and Kate

1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Which members of the are happy together
and they love their
British Royal Family can you name?
apartment in London
and their quiet home
2 USE OF ENGLISH Read the magazine article and complete
in the country. Kate’s
the gaps with one of the words below. hobbies are cooking,
1 a of b for c with walking their dog Lupo
2 a isn't b hasn’t c doesn't and playing with her
children. William and
3 a doesn’t b does c isn’t
Kate are proud 6 their young children.
4 a want b wants c doesn’t want They think they have got a wonderful family!
5 a for b in c to
6 a of b at c by

3 Read the first paragraph of the article and complete the 5 VOCABULARY Match the highlighted words in the text
family tree. with words below that have the opposite meaning,
busy cheap old sad small west

c I
Prince Phillip 6 .04.14 Listen to three people talking about the British
Royal Family. Match each speaker (1-3) with two of the
sentences below (A—F).
I I J
c Diana Anne Andrew Edward Which speaker...
A is not sure that all the stories about the Royal Family
are true?

c J1 ■ Kate Hany
B thinks the Queen is good for tourism?
C is happy that the Queen does not smile a lot?
D likes looking at photos of the Royal Family?

c ---- 1
) Charlotte
E doesn't know what the members of the Royal Family
do?
F thinks Harry sometimes does silly things?

7 INTERNET RESEARCH Choose one of the people in the

4 Read the whole article and answer the questions. family tree in exercise 3. Find out about him / her. Write a
1 Who is William’s grandmother? few sentences about him / her.
2 Where do William and Kate live?
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Draw a family tree for your
3 Where is their other home?
family. Tell your partner about your family.
4 What are William's royal duties?
5 Where does Kate buy food?
This is my mum. She’s a nurse. This is my sister. She's 21.
6 What does Kate like doing?

108 Culture Bank

4
 -J Culture

The University of Oxford

c_
1 SPEAKING Look at the photos. Where are the students?
Match photos A-D with the phrases below.
at their degree ceremony in a college room
in the dining hall in the library

2 Read the fact file about the University of Oxford and

questions A-E below. Match each of the questions
with the correct paragraph 1-5 in the fact file.

04.15 THE UNIVERSITY OF OXFORD

THE FACTS

The University of
Oxford is about
a thousand years
old. It is famous
all over the
world, but why is
it so well known? 3 VOCABULARY Match the highlighted words in the fact file
with the definitions (1-6) below. (Most of the words are
1 plural in the fact file.)
Yes. There are over 22,000 students at Oxford: about 1 somebody with a first degree doing further studies at
12.000 of these are undergraduates and 10,000 are university
postgraduate students. Around 25% of the population of 2 somebody studying for their first degree
the city of Oxford are students. 3 the number of people who live in a particular area
2
In lots of ways. Firstly, the university has more than 30 4 somebody who leads the government of their country
different colleges. Secondly, students wear special gowns for
exams and other important university events. Finally, the 5 a lesson for a large group of university students
degree ceremony is in Latin, the language of the ancient 0
Romans. 6 a long item of clothing that people wear for some formal
3 occasions
Yes, it does.Two of the most famous buildings are
the Bodleian and the Sheldonian.The Bodleian is the 4 Q 4.16 Listen to five University of Oxford students. Which
university library and has over eleven million books. At students are not from the UK?
the Sheldonian, concerts, lectures, degree ceremonies and
other university events take place. 5 04.16 Listen again. Match speakers (1-5) with sentences
(A-F) below. There is one extra sentence.
4
Yes! These include David Cameron and 25 other UK prime Which speaker...
ministers. 27 Nobel prize winners, famous scientists such as A is worried about starting at Oxford?
Stephen Hawking and 120 Olympic gold medallists. B is excited about starting at Oxford?
5 C is not keen on studying for a degree?
This is the publishing department of the university. It sells D is a postgraduate student?
over I 10 million books each year and is famous for the E is friends with other people from their own country?
Oxford English Dictionary.There are about 300,000 words F is not the first person in his / her family to study
in this dictionary and it weighs more than 60 kilos! at Oxford?
6 speaking Discuss this question in pairs or small groups:
Do you want to go to university? Why? / Why not?
A Are there many famous students?
B How is Oxford different from other universities? 7 INTERNET RESEARCH Find out about the University of
C Does the university have many famous buildings? Cambridge on the internet. Write down at least three
D What is Oxford University Press? interesting facts about the university. Compare your
E Are there lots of students at the university? answers with the rest of your class.

Culture Bank 109

 3 Teens and their money

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. How much money do you spend 4 Read the text again and choose the best summary, a, b orc.
on the things below? a American teenagers spend most of their money online, not
apps and games clothes films and music food and drink in high street shops.
jewellery make-up and accessories shoes b Spending money on clothes is more important
for American teenagers than spending money on
I spend a lot of my money on ... entertainment.
c American teenagers spend more on clothes than on
anything else, but food and entertainment are also
I spend some money on ...
important.

5 04.18 Listen to four British teenagers talking about

I don't spend much on ...
how they spend their money. How many of them mention
spending money on video games?
I spend nothing on ...
Q 4.18 Listen again. Match the speakers to the activities.
6 tTMbl
There is one sentence that doesn’t match any of the
2 Look at the pie charts. Are the sentences true or false? speakers.
Write T or F. Which speaker...
1 In the USA, young people spend more money on apps, a spends a lot of time with friends?
games and electronics than on food and drink. b only buys clothes that aren't expensive?
2 They spend more money on music and films than on c isn't interested in fashion?
make-up and accessories. d likes buying smart clothes?
3 Amazon is the most popular shopping website. e buys most things online?
3 USE OF ENGLISH Read and complete the text. Write one 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss the questions.
word in each gap.
• How is the way you spend money different from the way
American teenagers spend money?
• Do you often shop online? Why? I Why not? If you shop
online, what do you buy?

How1 American teenagers spend their for many teenagers, it is very important to wear
money: on clothes, or food, or apps? Let's find out. the 'right' brand!
u ♦ j • But young people aren't only interested6
How teenagers spend their money , u _,T L . A1 ,
clothes and fashion. A lot7 teenagers meet
figure 1
in coffee shops and restaurants, and they spend
8% Other ‘ 27% Clothes 23% of their money there on food and drink.
and fashion
10% Make-up J. When you add together the percentages for
and accessories | apps, games, electronics, films and music, you
8 see that American teenagers spend a lot
16% Music
and films of their money on entertainment too.

16% Apps. games ‘ 23% Food Favourite shopping websites

and electronics | and drink figure 2
Style is important for American teenagers, so 8% » 5%
Nike r eBay
2 isn't surprising that they spend nearly
40% of their money3 clothes and make-up
26%
(see figure 1). Amazon
However, teenagers don't just buy clothes in
shops. Over 80%4 teenagers shop online
for fashionable clothes. Amazon is their favourite
shopping site, but Nike and eBay are also popular
(see figure 2). Teens particularly like to buy shoes
on the internet. That's because there5
many fashionable shoe shops in town centres.
There is more choice on shopping websites - and

Culture Bank
 Culture

British food

1 VOCABULARY Match the names of the dishes below with

the photos A-D. Which of the dishes would you like to eat?
fish and chips roast beef and Yorkshire pudding
sausages and mashed potato strawberries and cream

2 USE OF ENGLISH Complete the article about food in

Britain. Write one appropriate word in each gap.

tQ4.19

BEST OF BRITISH!
UNLIKE FRANCE OR ITALY, Britain is not famous for the
4 lQ4.2O Listen to a radio interview about modern British
cuisine. Which two adjectives from the list best describ,
quality of its food. And the truth is, British people are very
this kind of food?
keen 1 food from other countries. There are
Indian and Chinese restaurants in nearly every town in beautiful fresh simple unhealthy
2 UK - and other types of international food Listen to the interview again. Circle the best answl
5 [Q4.2O
are popular too. However, according to a recent survey,
British people are also keen on traditional British food 1 Which kind of food from the 1970s do they discuss?
and usually have one 3 two favourite British a nouvelle cuisine
dishes. b cuisines from other countries
A traditional Sunday lunch with roast beef and c modern British cuisine
Yorkshire pudding is very popular, and so is a full English 2 How is modern British cuisine different from other styles
breakfast. (This is not just bacon and eggs, of course. It
also includes sausages, tomatoes, mushrooms and toast.)
of cooking?
a It takes a new look at traditional recipes.
J
Another favourite, *survey says, is sausages b The meals are very small.
and mashed potato - or'bangers and mash', as people often c The recipes use traditional herbs and spices.
call it. 3 Which of these dishes is a Modern British cuisine recipe?
Sometimes, favourite dishes have a connection with
a traditional roast lamb
a special time or place, and often the food seems to taste
b duck with orange sauce
better because5 that connection. For example,
c duck with cherries or pistachio nuts
a hot pie is the perfect food when you're watching a football
4 What extra information do some Modern British cuisine
match. But when you're watching tennis at Wimbledon, you
menus include?
want a bowl 6 strawberries and cream.
a Which herbs and spices the food contains.
So what is the nation's favourite British food, according
to the survey? The answer is: fish and chips - especially b Where the ideas for the dishes come from.
take-away fish and chips in paper. And especially when c How far away the ingredients come from.
you're eating it by the sea! 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs or small groups. Discuss these
questions.

3 Read the text again and answer the questions. 1 Which do you prefer: traditional food from your country or
food from other countries?
1 Which two types of restaurant are very common in British
2 Are some traditional dishes disappearing in your country? If
towns? so, why do you think this is happening?
2 What is a full English breakfast? 3 Do you agree that some food tastes better at certain times
3 What is another name for sausages and mashed potatoes? or in certain places? Give examples.
4 What do people like to eat at football matches?
5 Where do people like to eat strawberries and cream? 7 INTERNET RESEARCH Search the internet for British
6 Where does fish and chips taste best, according to the recipes. Find a recipe that you like. Then work in pairs or
survey? small groups and describe your recipes.

Culture Bank in
 5 Culture

New York
I
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. How much do you know about 4 .04.23
tTtfrli Listen to the interview with Gloria Estrada. Answer
New York? Decide if these sentences are true orfalse. Write the questions.
T or F. Can you correct the false sentences?
1 What event is she looking forward to?
1 New York is the capital of the USA. 2 How many people are taking part in the event?
2 The population of New York is about 8.5 million. 3 When is the event?
3 People speak around 800 different languages in
New York.
5 .04.23 Listen again. Are the sentences true or false? Write
T or F. Correct the false sentences.
4 The Golden Gate Bridge is in New York.
5 The Empire State Building is in New York. 1 Gloria lives in Bogota.
6 The United Nations Headquarters is in New York. 2 She runs seven times a week.
7 The White House is in New York. 3 This is her first marathon.
4 She is nineteen years old.
2 04.21 Listen and check your answers.
5 She doesn't think that marathons are very tiring.
3 Read the tourist guide to New York City. Match headings 6 She is starting to feel more at home in New York.
A-F below with paragraphs (1-5). There is one extra 6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. A British friend is coming to
heading. your country. You are meeting him / her in a city that you
A The Statue of Liberty D Central Park know well. Agree on the top three places to visit, and give
B The view from the top E Visit a museum reasons. Use the phrases below to help you.
C The Brooklyn Bridge F Times Square
I want to take him / her to... because...
>7Q4.22'r

NEWYORK
... is interesting. Let's take him / her there.
i
I know. Why don't we take him / her to see... It's really...

L
THE TOP FIVE THINGS TO DO 7 INTERNET RESEARCH Choose an American city from the list
I I NEW YORK is one of the world's most interesting and below, or use your own ideas. Find the ‘top three’ things to
exciting cities. There are parks, rivers, and famous do there. Write a paragraph about each attraction, saying
buildings; there are great shops and interesting museums why it is good to visit.
too. It is home to about 8.5 million people-more than any
other city in the USA. About 55 million visitors come to Boston Miami New Orleans San Francisco
New York every year. Why do they come? Washington, D.C.

0—
Day or night, the view from the top of One World Trade Centre, the tallest
0—
Are you interested in art? What about
building in the USA, is fantastic. You can see islands bridges, and some of the science, history, or space travel? Between
most famous buildings in the world. East 82nd and East 105th Streets, there are

© This is New York's busiest place. Over 300,000 visjtQrs cOme here a day.
eight amazing museums and art galleries.
Don't miss one of the great educational
People sell art and jewellery on the street, and yQ r ^uy centres of the world.
cheap tickets
buy cheap tickets for
for
Broadway musicals and plays. Don't miss this p|a c.

A gift from the people of France in 1886, this

This is one of the most surprising places in the at can you do here? is perhaps the city's most famous tourist
Visit the zoo or the castle. Walk or jog on the gr^/•
..Minvijuyuiiuicyi^ .i a | o nn
. *~ — at
th e paths •Look
n g tho attraction. Itis a symbol of hope and freedom
the beautiful lakes and gardens. In the winter, y?s an o ice skating anu in J for people who arrive in America
and in the
summer, you can watch a Shakespeare play. can ^ething for everyone. to start a new life.

112 Culture Bank

/

6 J Culture

Yellowstone National Park

I
1 SPEAKING What is a national park? Are there any national 4 Read the article. Are these sentences true (T) or false (F)?
parks in your country? Can you name them? Write T or F.
1 John Colter was the first person to go to Yellowstone.
2 VOCABULARY Match the words below with the correct
definitions.
2 Colter talked to nobody about his adventures in
canyon expedition extraordinary pond protect variety Yellowstone.
1 a deep valley 3 Colter noticed a strange smell in Yellowstone.
2 very surprising or unusual 4 The name 'Yellowstone' comes from the colour of the lakes
3 an organised trip, often to an unknown place and rivers there.
5 The government sent expeditions to Yellowstone in 1872.
4 a number of different kinds of the same thing

5 SPEAKING Work in pairs or small groups. Discuss this

5 a small area of water
situation.
6 to make sure something is safe

3 Complete the article with the correct forms of the words in

exercise 2.

A LAND OH

jilRE
~AND~ ;
You are walking in the forest when you meet a bear. What do
you think is the best thing to do?
.04.25 Listen to the interview. Compare your ideas from
6 tTfeMi
LO4.24 .J exercise 5 with the woman’s actions.

In 1809, John Coker, a hunter, travelled to a new part of the 7 lQ 4.25 Listen to the interview again. Circle the correct
United States: the mountains and forests of Wyoming. He
answers. n
discovered an amazing place. It was an 1 land
of ice and fire. When he returned home, he talked about his
adventures - but nobody believed him!
1 The woman
a wanted to be ready if she met a bear.
I
Colter described amazing scenes. There were 2 b was not aware that there were bears in Yellowstone.
of water - but they boiled! There were trees that appeared to be c wanted to meet a bear.
stone. There were holes in the ground that suddenly exploded, 2 The woman remembered reading that running away from
like fountains of boiling water. Everywhere there was the strong a bear is
smell of sulphur.
a never a good idea.
Colter walked deep into the forests. He watched and studied an
b the best thing to do.
amazing3 of animals, including bears and wolves.
He climbed high mountains and explored beautiful lakes and c only a good idea if you are quick.
rivers. There were high waterfalls and deep 4 with 3 When the woman moved backwards, the bear
yellow rocks on each side. In fact, the name of this place comes a started to move backwards too.
from those rocks: Yellowstone. b was frightened and moved away quickly.
Fifty years later, the US government organised three scientific c moved quickly towards the woman.
5 to Yellowstone. They wanted to find out what 4 In the end, the bear
was really there. Finally, people started to believe John Colters a pushed the woman to the ground.
stories. They realised Yellowstone was a beautiful and unusual b walked around the woman and then moved away.
place, and asked the government to 6 it. So in c stayed still and the woman moved away.
1872, President Ulysses S Grant signed a new law: Yellowstone
was now the first national park in the world. 8 SPEAKING Discuss this question in pairs or small groups: Is
it important to have national parks? Why? / Why not?

9 INTERNET RESEARCH Find out about a national park in

your country or a neighbouring country. What is special
about this area? Are there any special animals in the
park? Are there any special places or sights? Share the
information with the rest of your class.

Culture Bank IB
 7 Culture

British scientists
I
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Discuss these questions. How 3 Find the past tenses of these verbs in the text.
many famous scientists from your country can you name?
1 be 5 fall
Why are they famous?
2 get 6 say
3 go 7 become
He / she discovered / invented ...
4 begin 8 write
4 Q4.27 Listen to an
2 Read the text about Isaac Newton. Complete the timeline interview about the
of Isaac Newton’s life. astronomer Caroline
Herschel. Choose the best
summary.
1642 Newton was born on 25 December. He lived with
his1 from an early age. 1 She was German but
mostly lived in Britain.
1654 He started to go to 2. She built telescopes and
discovered planets with
He started to studyher Cambridge
at brother, whoUniversity.
was her
assistant.
1665 - The University of Cambridge closed. Newton 2 Born in Germany, she
4 returned 5. worked as assistant to her
more famous brother. However, she was responsible for
1669 He became Professor of6 at some important discoveries.
Cambridge. 3 She worked as assistant to her brother. They spent most
He published his book, Principia Mathematica. of their lives in Germany and together discovered comets,
nebulae and the planet Uranus.

Newton died 5 [04.27 Listen again. Answer the questions.

1 How much younger than William was Caroline?
2 What did Caroline do for William before she became his
assistant?
3 How many comets and nebulae did she discover?
I 4 What did she successfully calculate?
5 How old was she when she died?

6 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Decide on your top three

discoveries and inventions. Choose from the list below or
use your own ideas.
aeroplanes cars computers DNA electricity evolution
gravity the internet microscopes nuclear power
04.26 ISAAC NEWTON was born on Christmas Day in penicillin printing the telephone telescopes
1642. Newton’s father died before he was born. His mother television the wheel writing X-rays
got married again, and Newton lived with his grandmother.
At the age of twelve, he started school and seven years later, I think the invention /
... is more important
in 1661, he went to Cambridge University. There he began to discovery of... is the most
because...
study light and colour. He invented a new type of telescope important because...
and was the first person to discover that white light is a
mixture of all the colours. After four years at Cambridge, the
plague arrived in Britain. The plague was a terrible illness that 7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Tell the class about your
killed thousands of people. The university closed and Newton choices from exercise 6.
returned home. While he was at home he continued to think
Our first / second / third choice is...
and to work. One day, he was sitting under an apple tree in
We chose it because...
his garden, and an apple fel1 on his heacL Newton said
is how he discovered gravity-Ifs cerlainly a Sood story, but
we aren’t sure if it is true! He returned t0 Cambridge >n 1667 8 INTERNET RESEARCH Find out about a famous scientist
and two years later he became a Professor of Mathematics. from your country. Write a short article about them,
Starting in 1684 Newt°n wrote his greatest work: PrinciPia include information about:
Mathematica. which Published in 1687 Isaac Newton died • why you chose this person.
in October 1727, at th* age of 84' H,S WOrk ,S sU” ,mPortant’ • the person's life.
nearly 300 years after dead1' • how important their ideas are today.

114 Culture Bank

 8 Culture

Football
I
SALARIES PER YEAR IN THE UK AVERAGE FOOTBALLER SALARIES IN EUROPE (PER WEEK)
Top footballers £15 million HBa Premier League (UK) £43,700

Prime Minister £150,000 Bundesliga (Germany) £28,000

Doctor £78,000 II Serie A (Italy) £25,300

Teacher £37,000 La Liga (Spain) £23,300

1 SPEAKING Work in pairs or small groups. Look at the 3 VOCABULARY Match the highlighted words in the text
information in the tables above. What do you find most with the definitions below. Write the singular forms. (Some
surprising? Why? words are plural in the text.)
1 -. a group of teams who play sport against
2 Read the opinions below. Who thinks footballers are paid
each other
too much?
2 : an organisation that includes a sports team
and all the people who work with them.
3 : someone who loves football.
4 the shorts, shirt and socks that members of
a sportsteam wear.
ft 4.28
5 : the area of grass where football matches
take place.
Do footballers earn too much? 6 : money you earn each year for doing your job

4 Read the opinions in exercise 2 again. Who do you agree

First of all, footballers'careers with most?
are short. They can play for
fifteen years, if they're lucky, 5 ft 4.29 Listen to an interview with Nick
but the average career lasts for Wheeler, a football journalist. Which
only eight years - and a career sentence is true?
can end suddenly at any time 1 Women's football was very popular at
with a bad injury. Also, only a the start of the 20th century.
few footballers earn really big 2 The England women’s football team is
salaries. Most footballers play in the lower leagues. They earn
probably the best in the world.
a good salary while they are playing, but when they stop, they
need to find another job - they certainly won't have enough 6 [04.29 Listen again. Complete the sentences with the
money to last for the rest of their lives. Yes, some footballers earn dates below. There are two extra dates.
extraordinary amounts of money. But that is true for other jobs 1895 1920 1921 1969 1972 1991
too. The best actors, the best singers and the best lawyers all
1 The first women's football match was in
earn millions. Why shouldn't the best footballers?
2 The first women’s football World Cup was in
PHILIP JAMESON FOOTBALL JOURNALIST
3 Women footballers stopped using men’s pitches in
4 The English Women's Football Association started in
In one month, a top footballer
7 SPEAKING Read the statements below. Give each
can earn about the same as
statement a mark from 1-5, where 1 = / completely agree
the Prime Minister earns in
and 5 = / completely disagree. Then discuss your answers in
one year! Is that right? I don't
pairs or small groups.
think so - but I don't blame
the players, I blame the clubi 1 Female footballers should get the same money as male
They want success on the pitch, footballers.
but it is also big business. The 2 Football is boring compared to many other sports.
best footballers make money for their clubs even when they 3 There is too much football on television.
aren't playing football. Real Madrid paid £80 million for Cristiano
Ronaldo. In the next nine months fans paid £100 million for kits 8 INTERNET RESEARCH Find out about one of the women’s
with Ronaldo's name on the back. Football is not about sport football teams in your country or abroad.
any more - not at the highest level. It's about money. • What are the players’salaries?
KAREN FLORY FOOTBALL FAN • How many people go to watch the matches?
• How much do the tickets cost?
• How successful are they?

Culture Bank IS
 In 1789, George Washington became the first President
1 SPEAKING Work in pairs or small groups. Who lives in this
1------- the United States. Two years later, he chose this
building? In which country and city is it? place to build the President's house. Unfortunately,
Washington died before2 house was ready, so the
2 USE OF ENGLISH Read the White House information sheet.
first person to live there was the second President, John
Choose the correct words to complete the text. Adams. He moved 3 the house with his wife, Abigail,
1 a of b at c for in 1800. Since then, every President has lived there.
2 a a b some c the Over the years, there have been many changes. The
3 a in b into c onto British set fire to the house in 1814 during a war between
4 a more b later c then the two countries. Three years 4 , President Monroe
5 a At b On c In organised the repairs. In 1901, President Roosevelt named
6 a a b the c one the house the 'White House' and the next year, he started
a programme to modernise it. This included building
3 Read through the information again and answer the a new part of the house: the West Wing.5 1909,
questions. William Taft created the Oval Office in the West Wing, and
1 Who decided where to build the White House? this has been the President's office since then.
2 Who was the first President to live in the White House? The White House has 132 rooms, 35 bathrooms, eight
3 When did people start calling it the White House? staircases, three lifts, a swimming pool, a tennis court,
4 How long has the Oval Office been the President’s office? a jogging track and a private cinema. It receives 30,000
5
6
What sports facilities has the White House got?
How many people visit the White House each week?

4 VOCABULARY Match the words below with 1-7 in the

visitors 6 week. While it is the home of the US
president and his (or her) family, the White House is also
a museum of American history. I
picture. 1
ceiling clock fireplace painting statue wall window 6 04.31 Listen again. Answer the questions.
1 What is the'Fish Room'now called?
2 Who changed the name of the room?
3 Where does the President meet with his staff?
4 Which room is next to the Oval Office?
5 Why does the tour guide mention the clock in the Oval
Office?
6 Who chooses the paintings for the Oval Office?

7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Imagine you can build a dream

home. Read the questions and discuss your ideas.
• Where is it?
• How many rooms has it got?
• What different rooms has it got?
• What do the rooms contain?
5 tTEJMi
G4.31 Listen to the tour guide. In what order do they visit 8 INTERNET RESEARCH Find out about a famous state
these rooms? building in your country. How old is it? Who lived or worked
the Cabinet Room the Oval Office the Roosevelt Room there in the past? Who lives or works there now? Can the
the secretary's office public visit? Write a fact file.

116 Culture Bank

 V
Vocabulary Builder

Introduction Unitl
IA Numbers and ordinals 1G Describing people
1 SPEAKING Say the odd numbers 1-49 around the class. 1 Complete the Learn this! box with the adjectives below.
Then say the even numbers 2-50. Check the meaning of all the words.
attractive a beard curly eyes long hair
one, three, five... two, four, six... medium height slim

2 04.32 Listen and read the ordinals in the Learn this! box. JI LEARN THIS! Describing people

[ LEARN THIS! Ordinal numbers and dates w She's tall / short /1.
^1 He’s2 I medium weight / overweight.
po-. ist first 2nd second 3rd third 4th fourth 5th fifth She’s good-looking /3.
V* 6th sixth 7th seventh 8th eighth 9th ninth 10th tenth
He's got4/ a moustache / glasses.
12th twelfth 20th twentieth 22nd twenty-second
31st thirty-first She's got blue I brown / green / dark5.

1st July = 'the first of July' He's got6 I medium-length / short hair.
She’s got fair / brown I red / grey / dark 7

3 SPEAKING Say these dates. She’s got straight / 8/ wavy hair.

1 2nd June 4 12th February 7 3rd January

2 22nd November 5 21st April 8 23rd July 2 Write short descriptions of the people in each photo.
3 Sth August 6 19th October 9 6th December

IC Musical instruments
4 Match the pictures with eight of the words below.
bass guitar cello clarinet drums flute
guitar/electric guitar keyboard oboe organ piano
saxophone trombone trumpet violin

3 Write four sentences that describe you, your friends or your

family. Describe two or more features (eye, hair, height,
build, etc.) of the person in each sentence.

1H Personality adjectives

a) positive or b) negative,
brave creative friendly hard-working honest lazy
mean moody patient polite rude selfish sensible

positive | negative

5 Circle the best adjective to complete the sentences.

1 A lazy / mean person hates hard work.
2 A friendly I sensible person usually makes good decisions.
3 An honest / A hard-working person does not tell lies.
4 A brave / polite person does not get scared easily.
5 A moody / selfish person does not think about other
people.
5 Which instruments from exercise 4 do you usually find ... 6 A patient / creative person does not get angry about
1 in a pop or rock group? 2 in an orchestra? waiting.

Vocabulary Builder
 Vocabulary Builder

Unit 2 Unit 3
2G Feelings 3G Free-time activities
1 Label the pictures with six of the adjectives below, 1 Complete the table with the words below.
angry bored embarrassed excited guilty happy board games books bowling cards chess
sad scared surprised tired worried computer games dancing dinner in a cafe DVDs
fishing football for a walk friends ice skating
S z- -s lunch in a restaurant magazines a musical instrument
t >'»' i music rollerblading skateboarding swimming tennis
to the beach to the cinema TV

play I 1211go
i 5 8 13
10
2 6 9 14
X.
3 7 15
4 16
17

have | meet

p* I20
listen to watch
2 Match the other five adjectives from exercise 1 with the
definitions. I22
1 Peo p I e get when something really good is read
about to happen. 25

2 People get when they do something wrong

or make a mistake. 3H Accessories
3 People often feel after they do something
bad. 2 Label the pictures with six of the words below.
4 People feel when something unusual belt bracelet earrings gloves headphones necklace
happens and they don't expect it. purse ring sunglasses wallet watch
5 People feel when they are waiting in a long
queue.

2H School events
3 Complete the sentences with the school events below.
concert jumble sale musical open day
parents’evening play raffle school camp school club
school trip sports day
1 On an, students and parents come and visit
the school for the first time.
2 Students sing and dance in a.
3 Students play music at a.
4 At a, people can buy old things very cheaply.
5 At a, students’ mums and dads come to the
school and meet the teachers.
6 In a, people buy tickets and hope to win
prizes.
3 Complete these sentences with the other words from
7 After school, students can go to a.
exercise 2.
8 Ata students playgames and have races,
9 On a students visit interesting places with 1 You can listen to music with
their teachers. 2 A piece of jewellery you wearon your wrist.
10 At a, students spend several days in the 3 You use a to tell the time.
countryside and do outdoor activities. 4 You need when the weather is sunny.
11 In a , students act. 5 You wear a around the top of your trousers.

■liUl Vocabulary Builder

 Vocabulary Builder
[

Unit 4 Unit5
4G Partitives 5G In the street
1 Complete the phrases using the words below. 1 Match the things in the picture (1-12) with the words
below.
bread crisps jam lemonade orangejuice soup tea
water bridge bus shelter crossroads cycle lane lamp post
1 a glass of water 5 a cup of pavement pedestrian crossing phone box roundabout
2 a loaf of 6 a carton of square T-junction traffic lights
3 a bowl of 7 a jar of
4 a packet of 8 a can of

2 Complete these phrases with a partitive (glass, bowl, etc.)

from exercise 1. Several answers are possible.
1 a of cerea I 4 a of coffee
2 a of sugar 5 a of biscuits
3 a of milk 6 a of honey

4H Parties and celebrations

3 Match the pictures with the types of celebration below.
barbecue birthday party end-of-exams party
fancy-dress party New Year’s Eve party street party

2 Complete the sentences with words from exercise 1.

2 The safest place to cross the road is the

3 There are two over the river.

’[31]
/DECEMBER]^
4
5
6
The were red so the car stopped.
It’s much safer to ride your bike in the.
'I need to call my mum, but I've forgotten my mobile.’
'Don’t worry. There’s a
7 'Walk on the, not on the road!’
over there.’

5H Describing towns and cities

3 Put the adjectives below into five pairs of opposites.
attractive boring clean crowded exciting historic
modern polluted quiet ttgty
attractive I ugly....
4 Compare the place you live with these cities. Use the
comparative form of adjectives from exercise 3.
The place I live,is:
1 than New York.
2 than London.
3 than Tokyo.
4 than Istanbul.

Vocabulary Builder 19
 v wIBMWctb wa
Vocabulary Builder

Unit6 6H Adventure holiday activities

6G The weather 4 Match the pictures with eight of the adventure holiday
activities below.
1 Match the weather adjectives with the icons below,
abseil bungee-jump climb cycle explore
cloudy cold hot rainy snowy stormy sunny
go caving kayak kite-surf swim surf trek
warm windy
watch wildlife windsurf
A

Unit 7
**
f % 7G Money and prices
1 Match the currencies with the countries.
1 yen a China
2 Describe the weather in these pictures. Use two different
2 dollar b UK
words from exercise 1 for each picture.
3 pound c Japan
4 euro d USA
5 yuan e most European Union countries

2 SPEAKING Say these prices.

1 99p 4 5p
2 £1.37 5 £4.99
3 £250 6 £75.85

3 Q4.33 Listen and write the prices.

1 75p 4
2 ___ 5
3 ___ 6

7H Adverbs
4 Write the adverbs for these adjectives.
1 loud 4 fast
2 bad 5 dangerous
3 good 6 slow

5 Complete the sentences with adverbs from exercise 3.

1 He’s working.
3 Answer the questions. 2 She’s singing.
1 What is the weather like today? 3 He's playing the guitar.
2 What was the weather like yesterday? I last Sunday? / 4 They’re running.
on your birthday? 5 She's cycling.
3 What is the weather usually like in December / August? 6 He's talking.

120 Vocabulary Builder

V . Vocabulary Builder
I J

Unit8 Unit 9
8G Athletics events 9G Adjectives to describe rooms
1 Match the photos with three of the athletics events below. 1 Complete the adjectives with a, e, i, o, u andy.
100 metres 5,000 metres 10,000 metres 1 ght 8 mi _d rn
cross-country running discus hammer highjump 2 cl n 9 JId-f _sh n d
hurdles javelin long jump marathon pole vault relay 3 c mf rt bl 10 r_ Lx_ng
shot put triple jump 4 c s_ 11 sm _n
5 d rk 12 t d_
6 d rt 13 nc_ mf rt bl
7 1 _r8_ 14 nt d

2 Describe the following rooms in your home. Use three

adjectives for each one.
1 the living room
2 your bedroom
3 the kitchen

9H Modifiers
T LEARN THIS! Modifiers
2 Write the events from exercise 1 in the correct group. One • Modifiers (fairly, very, etc.) come before an adjective and
of the events can go in two groups. make the meaning stronger or weaker.

Running | Throwing | Jumping It’s 5°C today. That’s cold.

100 metres discus highjump It’s 10°C today. That’s fairly cold.
It’s -5°C today. Tha t’s very cold.
8H Sports equipment and clothes • We only use a bit or not very when the adjective is after
a noun.
3 Label the photos with the sports equipment below.
My bedroom is not very large. /
ball bat bike boots gloves goal goggles helmet
NOT Wove got a not very large kitchen. X
net racket running shoes shirt shorts skates socks
trainers wetsuit • We can use quite with adjectives before or after the
noun. However, when the adjective is before the noun,

KI i
we put quite before the indefinite article a I an.
Our flat is quite old. We live in quite an old flat.

3 Read the Learn this! box. Then add the modifiers below to
the table.
a bit extremely fairly not very pretty quite rather
really very

Make the adjective stronger | Make the adjective weaker

extremely | a bit

4 Complete the sentences with a suitable modifier.

Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
4 Which items of sports equipment in exercise 3 do you 1 That Aston Martin sports car is expensive. It
a) wear and b) hold? costs over €200,000!
2 We live in a small cottage.
5 Match the sports equipment with different sports.
3 These shoes are small. They’re size 42 and I
1 ball football, volleyball 5 helmet. need a 43.
2 skates 6 net 4 He’s late. The lesson started 30 minutes ago!
3 racket 7 wetsuit 5 Their house isn’t beautiful but it’s attractive.
4 gloves 8 bat 6 This room is warm. I need to put a jumper on.

Vocabulary Builder IE3B

-

I
Grammar Builder
I
IB be 6 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer the questions in
exercise 5. »■* 1.3,1.4
1 Complete the text with the correct affirmative form of be.
>♦ 1.1,1.2 Have you got a bike?
Yes. I have. / No. I haven't.

My name1 Joe. I 2 from Glasgow in Scotland IC can

13 sixteen years old. This 4 a photo of my 7 Write sentences with can or can't. »-> 1.5,1.6
family. 155 on the left. My sister66 on the right.
1 Jack/ride a bike x
My parents7 teachers.
Jack can’t ride a bike.
2 They/speak French x
3 We/swim/
4 Ben and Sam / ski /
5 You / play the piano x
6 My friend / play tennis /

8 In pairs, ask and answer questions about the activities in

exercise 6. ** 1.5,1.6
Can you ride a bike?
Yes. I can. / No, I can’t.
2 Make the sentences negative. 1.1,1.2 ID Articles: the, a I an, some
1 I’m from the USA. 9 Write the correct article, a, an or some. 1.7,1.8,1.9
2 My teacher is British.
1 bike 6 children
3 I'm at home.
2 old man 7 easy exercise
4 You are sixteen years old.
3 books 8 pen
5 It is cold today.
4 computers 9 dictionary
6 My friends and I are in a maths lesson.
5 orange 10 _cats
3 Write the words in the correct order to make questions.
10 Write the correct article, a, an, some or the.
Then match the questions with the answers (a-f). 1.1,1.2
1.7,1.8,1.9,1.10
1 we/in/are/school? a No, he isn’t,
1 I've got flute and saxophone. I can play
2 today? I very / is / it / hot b Yes, it is.
flute, but I can’t play . saxophone.
3 you/from/China? / are c No, they aren’t,
2 I’ve got rabbits and .goldfish.rabbits'
4 your/teachers?/are/parents d Yes, we are.
names are Floppy, Blackie and Fred.fish’s name
5 eighteen/Stella / is/old?/years e Yes, she is.
is Goldie.
6 Sam / is / in / his bedroom? f No, I’m not.
3 At home we've got old piano and drums.
IB have got .piano is in the living room and drums are in my
4 Circle the correct words to complete the sentences. brother’s bedroom.
»1.3,1.4 4 We’ve got. computersand interactive
whiteboard in the classroom. computers are old, but
1 I has got I have got a little brother.
interactive whiteboard is new.
2 My teacher hasn’t got / haven’t got blue eyes.
3 We hasn’t got / haven't got computers in our classroom. ID this I that / these I those
4 My best friend has got / have got three sisters. 11 Circle the correct words to complete the sentences. >♦ 1.11
5 You has got / have got black hair.
1 'Are that/those your DVDs?’
6 My parents hasn’t got / haven’t got a car.
'Yes, they are.'
5 Write true sentences about yourself with the affirmative or 2 ‘This I That is my friend Marcus.’
negative form of have got. »■* 1.3,1.4 'Nice to meet you, Marcus.’
1 a bike 3 'Is this/theseyour phone?'
I’ve got a bike. /1 haven’t got a bike. 'No, it isn’t.’
2 a laptop 4 That/Those is my pencil.
3 a pet 5 That I Those are my trainers over there.
4 a smartphone 6 This / These exercises aren't very difficult.
5 a TV in my bedroom
6 an English dictionary

122 Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Reference
l
be can
1.1 1.5
Affirmative Negative Affirmative Negative
I am I am not I / You / We / They I I/You/He/She/It/We/
you are you are not He / She / It can walk. They can’t walk.
The full form of can’t is cannot.
he/she/it is he/she/it is not
we/you / they are we/you/they are not
Interrogative Short answers
Can I /you / we / they / Yes, I can. / No, I can’t,
interrogative
he / she I it swim? Yes, she can / n0, she can’t.
Am I... ? Yes, I am. / No, I'm not.
Yes, they can. / No, they can’t.
Are you ... ? Yes, you are. / No, you aren’t.
Is he / she / it... ? Yes, she is. / No, it isn’t. 1.6 We use can to:
Are we... ? Yes, we are. / No, we aren’t. • talk about ability.
I can ski. My friend can’t ride a bike.
Are you ... ? Yes, you are. / No, you aren't.
Can you speak French?
Are they... ? Yes, they are. I No, they aren’t.
• ask for permission.
Can I borrow your pen, please? Yes, you can.
1.2 Short forms
I am -► I’m you are -> you’re Articles: the / a / an I some
we are > we're they are -► they're 1.7 We use the indefinite article (o or an) with singular
I am not -► I'm not is not -> isn’t are not -► aren’t nouns only.
• We use short forms after most pronouns: I,you, he, she, it, a book a computer
we, they, that and there. We also use them after question We can use the definite article the with all singular and plural
words: what, who, where, etc. But we don't use them after nouns.
most nouns, or after the pronouns this, these or those. the table the chairs the water
We’re at school. That’s my classroom. Where’s the gym?
NOT MyT-riends’re at home: X -> My friends are at home. 1.8 We use an instead of a when the next word begins with a
• We don’t use short forms in affirmative short answers. vowel sound. This means most words beginning with a, e, i, o
Yes. I am. NOT Yes.Tm-. X and u and a few words that begin with silent h.
an egg an Indian restaurant an hour
have got Some words that begin with the letter u do not start with a
13 vowel sound, they start with /j/.
a university a useful book a US city
Affirmative Negative
I have got (short form = I've got) I haven't got 1.9 We can use some with plural nouns when we don't know,
he / she / it has got (short form He / She / It hasn’t got or we don’t want to say, exactly how many.
= he's got) I’ve got a pen and some pencils.

you / we / they have got (short you / we / they haven't got 1.10 We use a or an when we mention something for the first
form =you've got) time.
I’ve got a phone in my pocket.
Interrogative Short answers We use the when we mention it again.
Have I got... ? Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t. The phone isn’t mine.

Has he/she/it got... ? Yes, he / she / it has. / No, he / this I that I these I those
she / it hasn’t. 1.11 We use this and that with singular nouns. We use these
Have you / we / they got... ? Yes, you / we / they have. / No, and those with plural nouns.
you / we / they haven’t. this book that book these books those books
We use this and these with objects near to us.
1.4 We use have got to talk about possessions and family. This is a DVD. not a CD. These are my pencils.
I’ve got a bike. She’s got a dog. We use that and those with objects that are further away.
Have you got a brother? No. but I’ve got a sister. That’s our car. Those are tall trees.
We also use have got to describe people's appearance. We use this to introduce people.
They've got blue eyes. He’s got long lego. This is Emma.
What colour hair has she got?

Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Builder
I
1A Possessive's 6 Complete the sentences with don't or doesn't. >♦ 1.5

1 Complete the second sentence so that it means the same 1 My dad _____ drive to work.
as the first. Use possessive's. *♦ 1.1 2 My brother like cats.
3 I do my homework in the living room,
1 My dad has got a cat. It’s white. have lunch at school.
4 We
My is white.
5 You __ listen to me!
2 Jack has got a sister. She’s at university. go to work by car.
6 She
is at university.
3 My teacher has got a bike. Where is it? 7 Write the words in the correct order to make questions.
Where is my ? >♦ 1.6,1.7
4 Ted's parents have got a boat. It’s big. 1 school?/does/like/Henry
Ted's is big. 2 their uncle / do / visit I at weekends? / Liam and Steven
5 My grandparents have got a flat. It’s in London. 3 your/you/tidy / bedroom?/do
My is in London. 4 a lot / does / it / rain / in Scotland?
B Present simple (affirmative) 5 ride/does/a horse?/Vicky
6 Italian?/and Fred/do/speak/you
2 Write sentences in the present simple affirmative.
>♦1.2,13,1.4 8 Match the answers (a-f) with the questions in exercise 7.
»1.6
1 my cousin/work/in Sweden
My cousin works in Sweden. a No, I don’t.
2 I / love / comedy shows b Yes, she does.
3 my best friend / live I with his grandparents c No, he doesn't.
4 my dad/teach / English d No, we don’t.
5 we/listen/to music/at home e Yes, they do.
6 my sister / go / to school I by bus f Yes, it does.
7 I / enjoy / school 9 Look at the table and write questions and short answers
8 my dad/study/ancient languages about Ed and Emma. >+ 1.6,1.7
3 Look at the table. Complete the sentences about the
Emma
people’s regular activities. >♦ 1.2,1.3,1.4
speak Italian yes no
Who? What? Where? / When? no yes
live in a big house
1 Joanna sing in the bedroom
study biology at school yes yes
2 Tom & Ann play tennis in the garden
like dancing no no
3 Connor meet friends after school
1 Ed/speak Italian?
4 Liam & Evie visit relatives every weekend
Does Ed speak Italian? Yes, he does.
5 Rachel have a shower every evening 2 Emma / live in a big house?
6 Daniel skateboard in the park 3 Ed and Emma / study biology at school?
4 Emma / speak Italian?
1 Joanna sings in the bedroom.
5 Ed / live in a big house?
4 Use the table to make five more sentences. Combine the 6 Ed and Emma / like dancing
names, activities and time / places in different ways.
10 Complete the questions with Do or Does. >♦ 1.6,1.7
» 1.2,1.3.1.4
1 you live near the school?
Connor plays tennis in the bedroom.
2 your best friend like football?
ID Present simple (negative and interrogative) 3 your parents both work?
4 you and your friends go out on
5 Write all the negative and interrogative forms of the verb
Friday evenings?
work (I,you, he / she / it, we,you, they) in the present
simple. >♦ 1.5,1.6,1.7 5 you wear jeans to school?
6 your teacher speak French?
Negative: I don’t work. You ...
Interrogative: Do I work? Do you ... ? 11 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
exercise 10. >♦ 1.6,1.7
Do you live near the school?
Yes. I do. I No, I don't.

124 Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Reference
I
Possessive ’s Present simple (interrogative)
1.1 We add's to a name or noun to show possession or a 1.6
family relationship.
Questions Short answers
Monica's car is blue.
I know Sam's sister. Do I work? Yes, I do. / No, I don't.

We just add an apostrophe (’) to plural nouns ending in -s. Do you work? Yes, you do. / No, you don't.
my brothers’ friends (BUT my children's toys) Does he / she / it work? Yes, he does. / No, he doesn't.
Present simple (affirmative) Do we work? Yes, we do. / No, we don't.
1.2 Do you work? Yes, you do. / No, you don’t.
Do they work? Yes, they do. / No, they don't.
Affirmative
I / You / We / They work 1.7 We form present simple questions with do or does and the
He/She / It works infinitive without to.
Do you like maths?
13 Spelling rules for 3rd person singular (he/she/it) Does he like maths?
Most verbs: add s Note: we don’t use the third person singular form of the main
play+ -s -> plays verb.
Verb ends in -ch / -s / -sh I -o: add -es. NOT Does he likes maths? X
watch + -es -> watches
go + -es > goes
Verb ends in consonant + -y; -y -► -ies.
study -y -> -ies -► studies
The verb have is irregular. The 3rd person singular form is has:
He has lunch at home every day.

1.4 We use the present simple-.

• for something that happens regularly, always or never.
I play football every day.
School finishes at 3 p.m.
I never watch sport on TV.
• for a fact that is always true.
My sisters share a bedroom.
Lions live in Africa.

Present simple (negative)

1.5

Negative
I don't play
You don’t play
He / She I It doesn't play
We don't play
You don’t play
They don't play
Full forms
I don’t play = I do not play
He doesn't play = He does not play

• We form the negative with don't or doesn't and the infinitive

without to.

Grammar Builder and Reference 125

 2 ____
1- J
Grammar Builder
I
2B have to 2D Question words
1 Write sentences using the prompts. Use the affirmative or 7 Match the questions (1-5) with the answers (A-E). »♦ 2.5
negative of have to. >♦ 2.1 1 Why do you like Ed Sheeran?
1 my sister/walk/to school/ 2 Whose pencil case it that?
My sister doesn’t have to walk to school. 3 How does your mum get to work?
2 we/speak English / in class / 4 When do you usually do your homework?
3 I/sing / in my music lessons X 5 How often do you download music?
% my brother/work/at weekends X A It’s Peter’s.
5 my brother and I / share / a bedroom / B About once a week.
6 I/do the ironing/at home/ C Because he’s a good singer.
7 my little sister/go to bed/early/ D By car.
8 my mum/use a computer/at work/ E At six o'clock.
2 Complete the questions using the verbs below. >♦ 2.1, 2.2 8 Complete the questions with the question words below.
be do get up go help practise Use each question word only once. >♦ 2.5

Do you have to... How many What What time Where Which Who
1 before nine o’clock on Saturdays? 1 do you usually have lunch?
2 to school on Saturdays? 2 d o yo u I i ve ?
3 a lot of homework at weekends? 3 do you usually have for dinner?
4 with the housework at weekends? 4 DVDs and CDs have you got?
5 home before midnight on Saturdays? 5 do you prefer, curry or pasta?
6 a musical instrument at weekends? 6 is your favourite singer?
3 SPEAKING In pairs, ask and answer the questions in 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
exercise 3. >♦ 2.1, 2.2 exercise 8.
Do you have to get up before nine o’clock on Saturdays? What time do you usually have lunch? At 12.30.
Yes. I do. I No. I don’t.
2G should
2D Adverbs of frequency
10 Complete the sentences with should or shouldn’t. >+ 2.6,2.7
4 Complete the adverbs of frequency. Use a, e, i, o, u andy.
1 You listen to this song. It's great!
>♦2.3
2 We walk home. This part of town isn't safe
1 n v r 4 Iw s 3 Your brother wear that hat. It looks
2 s _ m t_m s 5 h _rdl’ v r really bad.
3 s II 6 ft n 4 I invite my neighbour. He’s really nice.
5 You eat that sandwich. It’s about a week old.
5 Complete the table with the adverbs of frequency in
6 Your parents buy a new laptop. This one is
exercise 4. >+ 2.3
really slow!
1 HHHHH
2 2H Imperatives
HHHHI ]
3 [•][•][•][ ][ ] 11 Complete the imperatives with the verbs below. Use the
4 HH[ ][ ][ ] affirmative or negative. >♦ 2.8
5 HI ][ ][ ][ ] not be not eat meet not open put share stop
6 [ ][ ][ ][ ][ ] not swim
6 Write sentences about Millie. Use the correct adverb of 1 all the cake! it with
frequency. >♦ 2.3, 2.4 your brother!
1 do sport after school [•][•][•][•][] 2 talking!
Millie usually does sport after school. 3 'Let’s see a film tomorrow evening.' 'OK.
2 meet her friends in town after school [•][•][•][ ][ ] me at the cinema at six.late!’
3 do her homework on the bus [•][•][ ][ ][ ] 4 your hand up if you know the answer.
4 be hungry at break time [•][•][•][•][•] 5 in that river. It’s dangerous.
5 take the bus to school [•][][][][] 6 It’s cold outside. Please the window.
6 be late for school [ ][ ][ ][ ][ ]

126 Grammar Builder and Reference

 2
Grammar Reference
I
have to Question words
2.1 2.5 Examples of question words:
how how many how often what what time when where
Affirmative Negative which who whose why
I / You / We / They have to 11 You / We / They don’t have We use question words to ask for information. The question
go home. to go home. word comes at the beginning of the question.
He / She / It has to go home. He / She / It doesn’t have to go Where do you live?
home. When do you go to bed?
How many, what, which and whose are sometimes followed by a
Interrogative Short answers noun:
Do I / you / we / they have Yes, I / you / we / they do. How many pencils have you got?
to get up? No, I / you / we / they don’t. What subjects do you do at school?
Does he / she / it have to Which students passed the exam?
Yes, he / she / it does.
get up? No, he / she / it doesn't. Whose dictionary is this?
If the question includes a preposition, it usually goes at the end.
We do not normally use a short form of have to.
What music do you listen to?
I have to phone my dad.
Who do you live with?
NOT fve-to-phone-my-dad; /
should
2.2 We use have to to say that something is necessary or
2.6
compulsory.
She has to be home before midnight. Affirmative Negative
We use don't have to to say that something is not necessary (but I/He/She/It/You/We/ I/He/She/It/You/We/
it isn’t against the rules). They should go to bed. They shouldn’t laugh.
They don’t have to start work at 9 a.m. Some people start
at 10 a.m. Interrogative Short answers
Adverbs of frequency Should I / he/she/ Yes, I should. / No, I shouldn’t.
2.3 We use adverbs of frequency to say how often we do it / you / we / they Yes, she should. / No, she shouldn’t.
something. tell him? Yes, they should. / No, they shouldn’t.

0% 100% 2.7 We use should to give advice or say that something is a

good (or bad) idea.
never hardly sometimes often usually always You should talk to your teacher, (advice)
ever I should practise the guitar more. (It’s a good idea.)
He shouldn’t eat chocolate in bed. (It's a bad idea.)
2.4 The normal position for an adverb of frequency is:
Imperatives
• immediately after the verb be.
She's never late for school. 2.8 We use imperatives to give commands and instructions.
She isn't always happy to see me. We often use them in announcements.
We form the affirmative imperative with the infinitive without
• immediately before most other verbs.
to.
We often play football on Saturdays.
Visit our website for more information.
She never listens to me.
Phone me this evening.
We form the negative imperative with don't and the infinitive
without to.
Don’t forget your mum’s birthday!
Don’t sit down! The cat’s on the chair.

Grammar Builder and Reference 127

 - •
3 Grammar Builder
I
3B Present continuous 5 SPEAKING Ask and answer in pairs using the present
continuous. Choose from the prompts below. »♦ 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
1 Write the -ing forms of these verbs. >♦ 3.2
1 wear-trainers/boots/a T-shirt/socks/a dark top
1 sing singing 5 have
2 sit - near the door / near the window / near the board
2 take 6 chat
3 use - a pen I a pencil /your phone / a tablet
3 rain 7 wear
Are you wearing trainers? Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
4 wait 8 do
3D Contrast: present simple and present
2 Complete the sentences. Use the affirmative of be and
an -ing form from exercise 1. >♦ 3.1, 3.2, 3.3
continuous
1 My parents are waiting for the bus. 6 Complete one sentence in each pair with the present
2 We can't play tennis outside. It. simple and one with the present continuous. Use the verb
3 My cousins their homework at in brackets. 3.4
the moment. 1 (have)
4 I can't hear the TV. My parents to a you a good time?
their friends. b you a shower every day?
5 Can I phone you in five minutes? I dinner. 2 (not wear)
6 Smile! Grandma a photo of you. a Today I jeans.
7 What's that noise? My sister in b Wendy jeans to school.
the shower! 3 (stop)
8 I a coat - but I still feel cold. a This bus always in the town centre.
3 Correct the information in these sentences. Replace the b Look. I think the rain
underlined verbs with the verbs in brackets. Follow the 7 Complete the conversation with the verbs below. Use the
example. *♦ 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 present simple and the present continuous. 3.4, 3.5
1 Jack and Sarah are skateboarding, (skate) do not joke like look for think want wear
Jack anJ Sarah aren't skateboarding. They’re skating. Alison What1 you?
2 Those dogs are fighting, (play) Jake 12 a jacket and a tie. They’re here in
3 The bus is arriving, (leave) my wardrobe, but I can't see them.
4 My uncle is playing football, (watch) Alison But you never3 smart clothes. Why
5 My aunt is doing aerobics, (dance) 4 you
you to wear a
6 I'm playing a game on my phone, (write an email) jacket and tie?
4 Complete the phone conversation. Use the interrogative Jake It's my cousin’s wedding this afternoon.
form of the present continuous and short answers. Alison Really!?
>♦ 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 Jake Yes. 15! Ah, here they are.
6 you
you them?
Alice Hi, Edward. Where are you?
Edward I’m at home. What (you / do)1 Alison Yes, I do. 17 they're really nice!
?
Alice Not much. I'm at a cafe in town. 3G Present continuous for future arrangements
Edward (you / have)2 lunch?
8 Complete the conversation with the verbs in brackets. Use
Alice No,3 ,. Just a drink. I’m waiting
the present continuous. 3.6
for Freddie and Julia.
Edward Really? (they I plan) 4 to meet Tom What1 you (do)
you at the cafe? this weekend?
Alice Yes,5 Joanna Nothing much. What about you?
Tom 12(go) to Mark’s house on Friday.
Edward That's strange. Because they're here with me!
Alice At your house? What (they I do) Do you want to join us?
6 there? Joanna 13(visit) my grandparents on
Edward We’re playing computer games. Friday. What about Saturday morning?
Alice Which game (you / play)7 I 4(not do) anything then.
?
Edward Prophets of Doom 3. Tom 15(meet) Catherine and Emma.
Alice I love that game! (you / have)8 We 6(have) breakfast in a cafe.
fun? Why don’t you come along?
Edward Yes, we 9 . You should come and Joanna Thanks. I’d love to. What time?
play. Tom We 77_ (meet) at the station at nine.
Alice OK! Thanks! See you soon! Joanna OK. See you there.

128 Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Reference
I
Present continuous Contrast: present simple and present
3.1 continuous
Affirmative 3.4 We use the present simple and present continuous
differently. The main uses for each tense are:
I’m walking.
You're Present simple
He’s/She's/It's • We use the present simple to talk about regular actions or
We're events.
You’re I always go to bed at ten o’clock.
They’re • We use the present simple to talk about a general fact or
something that is always true.
Negative Doctors earn a lot of money.
Tigers live in India.
I’m not walking.
You aren't Present continuous
He/She/It isn’t • We use the present continuous to describe an action or event
We aren’t happening at this moment.
You aren't Sally is wearing a beautiful blue dress.
They aren't Oh no! It’s raining.
• We use the present continuous to describe an action or
event happening around this time.
ttljte. W- • ~ 1 I’m learning French at evening classes.
Am I walking?
Are you 3.5 There are some verbs we don't use in the present
Is he/she / it continuous - or any continuous tense. These include:
Are we believe, hate, know, like, love, mean, need, prefer, understand, want
Are you I’m not dancing because I don’t like (NOT I’m not liking) this music.
Are they
Present continuous for future arrangements
3.6 We can use the present continuous to talk about
arrangements in the future. We often include a future time
Yes, I am. / No, I'm not.
reference: this evening, tomorrow afternoon, next Sunday, etc.
Yes,you are. / No, you aren’t.
Harry is going ice skating on Friday evening.
Yes, he / she / it is. I No, he / she I it isn't.
Were meeting at six o’clock tomorrow evening.
Yes, we are. / No, we aren’t.
Yes, they are. / No, they aren’t. Sometimes there isn't a time expression when it's clear we are
talking about the future.
We form the present continuous with the correct form of ’What are you doing this evening?’ Tm doing my homework.’
be + the -ing form of the main verb: What time are you having dinner?
drink -► She is drinking.
work -> They aren’t working.
listen -> Are you listening?

3.2 Spelling: -ing forms

Most verbs
work + -ing -> working
Final -e
smile -e + -ing -> smiling
Short vowel + consonant
run double consonant + -ing > running

3.3 We use the present continuous:

• for something that is happening now.
My dad is upstairs. He's talking on the phone.
• for something that is happening around this time.
No crisps, thanks. I'm trying to eat healthy food.

Grammar Builder and Reference (j 129

 Grammar Builder
L_
4A Countable and uncountable nouns 4B some and any
1 Are the underlined nouns in these sentences countable or 6 Complete the dialogue with some, any, a and an. »* 4.5
uncountable? Write C or U. >♦ 4.1 Freya Have we got1 homework for tonight?
1 Do you like cakes? C Blake Yes, we have. We have to write 2 essay.
2 I usually have cereal for breakfast. Freya Oh, OK. Can I borrow 3 pen?
3 Do you want butter? Blake Yes, there are 4 pens in my bag.
4 My parents don’t drink coffee Freya Thanks. Yuk! What’s this?
5 Please don’t put mushrooms on my pizza. Blake It’s 5 sandwich. Are you hungry?
6 I always share my crisps with my friends. Freya Yes, I am. But I don’t want that sandwich
Blake OK, don’t worry. We can make 6 fresh
4B there is/there are
sandwiches.
\ Write sentences with there’s or there are (1-6) and there
■ Freya Great! Can I have 7 cheese and
isn’t or there aren’t (7-12). >*4.2,4.3 cucumber sandwich, please?
1 There’s a melon on the table Blake Sorry. There isn’t 8. cucumber But
2 five children in that family. there’s 9 cheese. And there are
io
3 some yoghurt in the fridge. olives too.
4 always an apple in my packed lunch Freya I don’t want11 olives in my sandwich.
5 some people in the playground. Blake Not in your sandwich - on the side!
6 a sandwich in my bag. 4D How much/How many; much /many/a lot
7 There isn’t any bread in this shop.
of, a few/a little
8 any girls in my football team.
9 an airport in my town. 7 Correct the mistakes in these sentences. >* 4.6, 4.7, 4.8
10 three good hotels in the town centre. 1 How much desks are there in the classroom? y
11 any crisps in this packet. How many desks are there in the classroom? /
12 any water in that river. 2 There is much cheese in the fridge, y
3 Write questions to ask your partner about his or her 3 We’ve got lot of dictionaries in our classroom, y
bedroom. Use Is there a... ? or Are there any... ? >*4.2, 4.4 4 Have you got a few butter? /
5 How many flour is there in the cupboard? y
1 Is there a TV? 5 plants or
6 There are a little pens on the desk, y
flowers?
7 How much cakes are there on the table? y
2 books? 6 computer?
8 We’ve got many milk, y
3 table? 7 guitar?
4 CDs? 8 photos? 8 Circle the correct words to complete the sentences. >♦ 4.8
1 We’ve got a little / a few prawns and a little / a few rice.
4 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in 2 Can I have a little / a few salt on my pasta, please?
exercise 3. >*4.2, 4.3, 4.4 3 There are only a little / a few books in my schoolbag.
Is there a TV in your bedroom? 4 There are only a little / a few minutes until the end
Yes. there is. I No, there isn't. of the lesson.
5 Put a little / a few honey and a little / a few fruit
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Your partner thinks of a favourite
on your pancake.
dish. Ask about the ingredients and try to guess the dish.
6 Oh dear! We’ve only got a little / a few biscuits left.
Use the words below and your own ideas. >*4.2, 4.3, 4.4
9 Write questions with how much and how many and the
beef butter carrots cheese chicken eggs fish
words below. >* 4.6
mushrooms olives onion rice tomatoes
Is there any beef in it? 1 teachers/there in your school?
Yes. there is. I No. there isn’t. How many teachers are there in your school?
Are there any carrots in it? 2 homework /you usually get at the weekend?
Yes. there are. I No, there aren’t. 3 English lessons / you have every week?
4 money / you spend on clothes every month?
5 CDs/you got at home?
6 food/you eat at lunch time?

10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in

exercise 9. Answer with a lot, a little or a few. >* 4.6,4.7,4.8
How many CDs have you got at home? About fifty.

130 Grammar Builder and Reference

 4
Grammar Reference
I
Countable and uncountable nouns some and any
4.1 Countable nouns are things that you can count. They have 4.5 We usually use some in affirmative sentences. We use it
a singular and a plural form. with plural countable nouns and uncountable nouns.
an egg two eggs There are some crisps in the bowl.
Uncountable nouns are things that you can't count, you can There’s some butter on the table.
only weigh or measure. They only have a singular form and take We usually use any in negative sentences and questions. We use
a singular verb. it with plural countable nouns and uncountable nouns.
I like tea. This cheese is delicious. He doesn’t want any milk. We haven’t got any sandwiches.
Some nouns can be countable or uncountable, depending on Are there any apples? Is there any coffee?
how we're using them. We don't use some or any with singular countable nouns. We
(countable) We need four large lettuces. use a or an.
(uncountable) Do you want more lettuce? Do you want a snack?
(countable) Can I have a coffee, please? (= cup of coffee)
How much / How many
(uncountable) I don’t drink coffee.
4.6 We use How many... ? with plural countable nouns. The
4.2 there is/there are answer is often a number.
How many tomatoes do you need? Three.
Singular Plural
We use How much... ? with uncountable nouns. The answer is
Affirmative There’s a pizza. There are some prawns.
often a quantity.
There’s some milk. How much sugar have we got? Two kilos. / A lot. / Not much. /
Negative There isn’t a pizza. There aren’t any prawns. A little.
Interrogative Is there a pizza? Are there any prawns? much /many /a lot of
Short Yes, there is. / Yes, there are. / 4.7 We use a lot of in affirmative sentences.
answers No, there isn’t. No, there aren’t. There’s a lot of rice. There are a lot of bananas.
We use a lot of much and many in negative sentences. We
4.3 We usually use the short form of there is. there’s. However,
use much with uncountable nouns, and many with countable
we use the full form in affirmative short answers.
Is there a TV? Yes. there is. (N OT Yes, there’s.) nouns.
There’s isn’t much rice.
There are does not have a short form.
There’s isn’t a lot of rice.
4.4 We use Is there a... ? to ask about singular countable There aren't many bananas.
nouns. There aren’t a lot of bananas.
Is there a TV in the class room?
a little and a few
We use Is there any... ?to ask about uncountable nouns.
4.8 We use a little with uncountable nouns.
Is there any water in the fridge?
We’ve only got a little butter.
We use Are there any... ?to ask about plural nouns.
We use a few with countable nouns.
Are there any pens on the desk?
There are only a few students in the classroom.
We use There isn’t a ... with singular countable nouns.
There isn’t a notice board in our classroom.
We use There isn't any... with uncountable nouns.
There isn’t any tea in my cup.
We use There aren't any... with plural nouns.
There aren’t any books in my schoolbag.

Grammar Builder and Reference Bl

 Grammar Builder
1
SB Comparatives 5D Superlatives
1 Write the comparative forms of these adjectives. 5 Complete the sentences with the superlative form of the
5.1, 5.2, 5.3 adjective in brackets. >♦ 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8

1 early 5 wet 9 large 1 The library is(quiet) room in the school.

2 quick 6 popular 10 exciting 2 June is often(sunny) month of the year.
3 excited 7 kind 11 polluted 3 Tod ay i s(h ot) d ay of t h e y ea r.
4 sunny 8 expensive 12 warm 4 Delhi is the(polluted) city in the world.
5 The Walking Dead is(scary) show
2 Complete the facts with the comparative form of the
on TV.
correct adjective from each pair. >♦ 5.1, 5.2, 5.3
6 These a re (expensive) trainers in
1 Vegetables are for your health than cakes. the shop.
(good / bad) 7 New Zealand is (far) country from
2 The Pacific Ocean is than the Indian Ocean. the UK.
(big/small) 8 Walking is(slow) form of transport.
3 Dolphins are usually than sharks.
6 Write your opinions. Use superlative adjectives.
(friendly / unfriendly)
4 The Pyramids in Egypt are than the Eiffel
** 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8
Tower in Paris, (old / modern) 1 talented actor in the world
5 Daniel Radcliffe is than Tom Hanks. I think is the most talented actor in the
(old / young) world.
6 Travelling by plane is than travelling by car. 2 beautiful actress in the world
(safe/dangerous) 3 bad singer in my country
7 From the UK, Singapore is than Berlin. 4 good day of the week
(far / near) 5 easy subject at school
8 In Australia, rugby is than football.
7 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Take turns to read your sentences
(popular/unpopular)
from exercise 6. Say if you agree or disagree.
3 Look at the information about these two celebrities 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8
and write sentences using the comparative form of the I think Matt Damon is the most talented actor in the world.
adjectives. Remember to include than. >*5.1, 5.3, 5.4 I agree. /1 disagree. I think Robert Fattinson is the most

En
Joey B Carly J
talented.
8 Use the table to make true sentences. *-> 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8
Age_______________ 19 24
Height 1.86 m 1.72 m 1 Mercury is the big city in Germany,
Money $2.8 million $6 million 2 Everest are the dangerous mountain in the world,
Number of fans 6 million 5 million 3 Platinum high metal in the world,
4 Berlin expensive river in the world,
Work (days per year) 320 days 210 days
5 The Amazon near planet to the Sun.
1 young 5 hard-working 6 Mosquitoes wide animals in the world.
2 tall 6 old
1 Mercury is the nearest planet to the Sun.
3 rich 7 short
4 popular 9 Write the words in the correct order to make questions.
1 Joey is younger than Carly. >♦ 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8
1 the / in the world? / football club / What's I best
4 Write sentences about famous people using the
2 comedian / the / most / Who’s / in the world? / famous
comparative form of these adjectives. Give your own
opinions. >*5.1, 5.3, 5.4 3 the I What’s / programme / on TV? I funniest
4 the / Who’s / in America? / actor / best-looking
1 creative 5 njce
5 the / pop group / worst / in the world? / What’s
2 famous 6 attractive 6 sport / in the world? / the / What’s / exciting / most
3 r,ch 7 unusual
4 funny 8 intelligent 10 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
exercise 9. >♦ 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8
1 I think Adele is more creative than Tay|or
What’s the best football club in the world?

^23 Grammar Builder and Reference

1
5
Grammar Reference
I
Comparatives Superlatives
5.1 Short adjectives: spelling rules 5.5 Short adjectives: spelling rules
We add -er to short adjectives to make the comparative form. We use the and add -est to short adjectives to make the
small - > smaller superlative form.
If the adjective ends in -e, we add -r. new -► the newest
safe -► safer If the adjective ends in -e, we add -st.
If the adjective ends in a vowel and a consonant, we double the wide -> the widest
consonant and add -er. If the adjective ends in a vowel and a consonant, we double the
big -> bigger consonant and add -est.
If the adjective ends in -y, we change the -y into -ier. big -> the biggest
funny -> funnier If the adjective ends in -y, we change the -y into -iest.
easy -> the easiest
5.2 Irregular adjectives
Some adjectives have irregular comparative forms. 5.6 Irregular adjectives
good -► better Some adjectives have irregular superlative forms.
bad -► worse good -> the best
far -> further bad -> the worst
far -► thefurthest
53 Long adjectives
We use more for most long adjectives (adjectives with more 5.7 Long adjectives
than one syllable). We use the most for most long adjectives (adjectives with more
comfortable > more comfortable than one syllable).
Most two-syllable adjectives ending in -y behave like short comfortable -> the most comfortable
adjectives.
5.8 After a superlative, we often use o/with a noun.
friendly -► friendlier
The shortest day of the year ..
5.4 than My favourite day of the week ...
We use than when we compare two things. But we use in with the name of a place or a group.
Mexico City is more polluted than London. The longest river in the world ...
We are older than him. The shortest boy in the class ...
We usually use the object pronoun after than. The subject
pronoun sounds very formal.
She’s taller than me. /
NOT She’s taller than I. X
but She's taller than I am. /

Grammar Builder and Reference

 6 Grammar Builder

6B Past simple (affirmative): regular 6D Past simple: be and can

1 Write the past simple forms of these verbs. *♦ 6.1, 6.2 5 Complete the sentences. Use was, were, wasn't and
weren't. »■* 6.4
1 arrive 6 travel
2 plan 7 live 1 Kate and Liam at school yesterday because
3 work 8 watch they were ill.
4 stop 9 marry 2 We at a football match yesterday. It was
5 wait . 10 move really exciting.
3 You at home last night. Where were you?
2 Complete the sentences with the past simple forms from
4 On my last birthday, I sixteen.
exercise 1. Use each verb once. >♦ 6.1, 6.2
5 The weather really bad last week - cold,
1 We around Spain for three weeks last windy and rainy.
summer 6 My uncle a doctor. He was a vet.
2 My aunt and uncle in Canada before they 7 Today is Sunday. Yesterday Saturday.
to the UK. 8 Louis was at school, but he in the classroom.
3 The taxi because the light was red.
4 Thanksforthepresent.lt yesterday, 6 Complete the sentences about the people. Use was, were,
nearly an hour for my bus. wasn't, and weren't. »6.4
5 I
6 We a party for my dad's fiftieth birthday. 1 John wasn't in bed at ten o'clock, x
7 My grandfather for the BBC. 2 Harry at home last night. /
8 My cousin an American in Las Vegas, and we 3 Sue and Simon at school yesterday x
the wedding on the internet. 4 Martin in town at three o'clock yesterday
afternoon. /
3 Complete the text with the past simple form of the correct
5 Rachel at the supermarket at midday on
verb from each pair. >♦ 6.1, 6.2
Saturday. /
6 Tom and Emma in the school canteen at
breaktime, x
My great-grandfather1(live / move) to
7 Danny at the doctor’s yesterday morning, x
England in 1947. He 2(carry I marry)
8 Miranda at a pop concert on Saturday
my great-grandmother in 1950 and they evening. /
3(start / stop) a family the next year.
7 SPEAKING Ask and answer questions about the people in
They 4(arrive / live) in a small house exercise 6. ©-► 6.4
in London. My great-grandfather5
Was John in bed at ten o’clock?
(want / work) for London Transport for twenty No, he wasn’t.
years, but he 6(walk / want) to be a
8 Complete the sentences. Use could or couldn't. >♦ 6.5
photographer. So in 1958, he7(chat I
stop) working and 8(travel I wait) the 1 Mario read and
write when he was two! He
world with his young family. They 9
was a very clever boy!
(interrupt / visit) more than a hundred different 2 It was very noisy in the
countries. Years later, he10(describe / classroom, so I
like) his journey in a book. The photos are hear the teacher.
amazing! 3 Joe phone
you because his phone was
broken.
4 Complete the sentences with true information about 4 Kate eat her
yourself. Use the past simple affirmative of the verbs in dinner because she wasn’t hungry.
brackets and a past time expression. >♦ 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 5 My great-grandmother speak German. She
was from Berlin.
1 I (arrive) at school.
6 I was very tired, but I sleep.
I arrived at school three hours ago. 7 I find my pencil case. I looked everywhere!
2 We (visit) relatives.
8 I heard the lorry coming down the road, but I
3 I (work) very hard.
see it.
4 I (start) at this school.
5 I (watch) a great programme on TV
6 It (rain) a lot .

134 Grammar Builder and Reference

 6 Grammar Reference
I

Past simple (affirmative): regular Past simple: be and can

6.1 The affirmative form of the past simple is the same for all 6.4 The past simple of be is was or were,
persons. wasn't = was not
weren't = were not
Affirmative
I walked home. Affirmative Negative
You walked home. I was at home. I wasn’t at home.
He / She / It walked home. You were at home. You weren't at home.
We walked home. He / She / It was at home. He / She / It wasn’t at home.
You walked home. We were at home. We weren't at home.
They walked home. You were at home. You weren’t at home.
They were at home. They weren’t at home.
6.2 Spelling: past simple form (affirmative) of regular verbs
• Most verbs: Questions Short answers
work + -ed - > worked
Was I at home? Yes, I / he / she / it was.
• Verbs ending in -e:
Were you at home? No, I / he / she / it wasn't.
live + -d -> lived
Yes, we / you / they were.
• Verbs ending in a consonant and -y Was he / she / it at home?
No, we / you / they weren’t.
carry -y + -ied > carried Were we at home?
• Verbs ending in a short vowel and a consonant
Were you at home?
chat + t+-ed--> chatted
Were they at home?
6.3 We use the past simple for an action or event at a definite
point in the past. We often use it with past time expressions: 6.5 The past simple of can is could. The forms of could are the
afew minutes ago, last month, last night, last week, ten years ago, same for all persons.
three hours ago, two months ago, yesterday,yesterday morning, couldn't = could not
etc. We use the infinitive without to after could, not an infinitive
We usually put the time expressions at the beginning or end of with to.
the sentence. I could see everything.
We visited our cousins this morning. NOT I could t-o occ everything: X
Yesterday, I cycled to school.
Affirmative Negative
I could swim. I couldn’t swim.
You could swim. You couldn’t swim.
He/She/It couldn’t swim.
He / She / It could swim.
We could swim. We couldn’t swim.
You couldn’t swim.
You could swim.
They couldn't swim.
They could swim.

Short answers
Questions
she / it / we
Yes, I/you /
Could I swim?
Could you swim?
Noh|/Whe/she/it/We/
Could he / she / it swim? they couldn’t.

Could we swim?
Could you swim?
Could they swim?

mar Builder and Terence

Grammar
 7 Grammar Builder
I
7B Past simple (affirmative): irregular 7D Past simple (negative and interrogative)
1 Write the past simple forms of all the verbs. Then circle the 5 Choose the correct verb and write negative sentences.
eight irregular verbs. >* 7.1,7.2 7.4, 7.5
1 get 5 play-------- 9 like buy clean finish forget have study take win
2 make 6 draw. 10 have 1 I didn’tfinish my homework before dinner.
3 enjoy 7 teach 11 work 2 Mum the house last weekend.
4 buy 8 take 12 build 3 Last weekend Kate dinner at home,
2 Complete the sentences with the eight irregular past 4 We ________ the football match.
simple forms from exercise 1. »♦ 7.1,7.2 5 Liam and Sarah maths at university.
6 My brother ____ ______ my birthday.
1 You some great photos on holiday.
7 Zoe a new MP3 player.
2 She my present for £2 in a charity shop.
8 Fran _ any photos.
3 The ancient Greeks some amazing temples.
4 We lunch in a Chinese restaurant in London. 6 Make the sentences negative. 7.4,7.5
5 I 45% in my science exam. 1 I went to school yesterday.
6 He friends with a boy from Turkey. I didn’t to school yesterday.
7 My mum in Greece for a year. 2 I saw you at the party.
8 I a face on the window with my finger. 3 Joe and Ell i came to the cinema with us.
3 Rewrite the sentences with the past simple. Use the time 4 Cathy spent a year in France.
expression and new information in brackets. >♦ 7.1,7.2 5 The lesson began on time
6 Tom wrote his name on his Workbook.
1 Lessons begin at 9:00. (yesterday- 8:30)
Yesterday, lessons began at 830. 7 Write the words in the correct order to make questions
2 She goes to secondary school, (last year - primary) about yesterday. 7.4,7.6,7.7
3 I see Luke on the bus to school, (this morning - Luke’s 1 did/to bed?/What time/you/go
sister) 2 in the morning?/it/Did/rain
4 She catches the train to work at 6:45. (last Monday - 5.45) 3 do/did/Where/your homework?/you
5 He reads the newspaper at breakfast, (yesterday morning - 4 phone calls / make?/ How many / did /you
a magazine) 5 you I Who I did / sit / in class?/ next to
6 They bring sandwiches to school, (last week - salad) 6 What/after school?/you/did/do
7 She does her homework in her bedroom, (last night - 7 did/get up?/you/What time
kitchen) 8 get / did /you / When / home / school? I from
8 My mum comes home early from work, (yesterday - late)
8 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answerthe questions in
4 Complete the email with the past simple form of the verbs exercise 7 about yesterday. Answer in full sentences. 7.4,
in brackets. »♦ 7.1, 7.2,7.3 7.6,7.7
What time did you go to bed yesterday?
I went to bed at eleven o’clock.
Hi Damian,
9 Write questions to match the answers. Start with the word
How are you? I hope your weekend 1 (be) better in brackets. 7.4, 7.6,7.7
than mine!
1 I went to London last Saturday. (Where?)
12 (fight) with my brother on Saturday. He Where did you go last Saturday?
3 (find) his trainers in my bedroom and he
2 I went shopping in Oxford Street. (What?)
4 (get) really angry with me. 15
3 I went by train. (How?)
(think) that they 6 (be) my trainers. They look
4 I spent about six hours there. (How long?)
very similar. And then, on Sunday, my phone 7
5 I got back at about midnight. (What time?)
(fall) on the pavement and it 8 (break). What a
disaster! But I 9_ (speak) to my dad and he thinks 10 Correct the mistakes in these sentences. >♦ 7.4,7.5,7.6,7.7
he can repair it. 1 Joe taked some photos. X
See you soon! 2 What time they arrive at school?/
3 Did Andy had a good weekend?/
Freddie
4 Pam not tidied her room./
5 They didn’t travelled to France by plane. /
6 ‘Did you download the app?’ 'Yes, I downloaded.' /

136 Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Reference
I

Past simple (affirmative): irregular Past simple (negative and interrogative)

7.1 Some verbs have irregular past simple (affirmative) forms. 7.4
There are no spelling rules for these forms; you need to learn
Negative Questions
them as vocabulary. See the list of common irregular verbs
below. There is a fuller list on page 143. I didn’t go. Did I go?
go - went I went shopping yesterday. He / She / It didn't go. Did he / she / it go?
find -found I found £10 on the ground. We / You / They didn't go. Did we /you / they go?
Irregular verbs Full form Short answers
be was / were /wdz/ Zwa(r)/ didn't = did not Yes, I did./No, I didn’t.
become became /bi'keim/
The forms are the same for all persons, singular and plural
begin began /bi'gaen/ (I, you, he, she, it, we, they).
break broke /brook/
7.5 In negative sentences, for regular and irregular verbs, we
bring brought /bro:t/
use-.
build built /bilt/ I,you, he, she, it, we, they + didn't + infinitive without to
buy bought /bo:t/ We DO NOT use the past simple form of the main verb:
catch caught /ko:t/ I didn’t watch TV. /
NOT I didn't watched TV. X
come came /keim/
do did /did/ 7.6 In questions, for regular and irregular verbs, we use:
/dru:/ did +1, you, he, she, it, we, they + infinitive without to
draw drew
We DO NOT use the past simple form of the main verb.
eat ate /eit/
Did he go to school? /
fall fell /fel/ NOT Did-he-went to school? X
fight fought /fozt/ Time expressions usually go at the end of the question.
find found /faund/ Did you go to the cinema last weekend?
Did she have breakfast this morning?
get got /got/
give gave /geiv/ 7.7 We can put a question word before did to ask for
went /went/ information.
go
i What did you do last weekend?
have had /hod/
When did you buy that jacket?
make made /meid/
meet met /met/
read read /red/
see saw /so:/
send sent /sent/
speak spoke /spook/
take took /tok/
teach taught /tort/
think thought /Oort/
throw threw /Oru:/

7.2 The affirmative form of the past simple is the same for all
persons, singular and plural (I,you, he, we, etc.).
I took her phone to school.
We took some great photos.
The Olympics took place last year.
Irregular verbs behave in the same way as regular verbs in
negative sentences and questions. (See Grammar Builder 7D.)

73 Remember that the past simple of be is was I were. It

behaves differently from other verbs. (See Grammar
Builder 6D.)
Grammar Builder and Reference B7
 8 Grammar Builder
T
8B going to 8D will
1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of be: am, is 6 Write the words in the correct order to make sentences.
or are (or short forms’m, ’s, ’re). >+ 8.1 » 8.3, 8.4, 8.5
1 I’m going to do karate next weekend. 1 at home / be / Josh / this weekend. / won't
2 My pa rents going to visit Canada. 2 you/'II/thisevening./I/phone
3 We going to have dinner at home. 3 next / Our / won’t / easy. / be / maths exam
4 My sister and I going to do our homework 4 will / 47 / be / My dad /14 October. / on
together. 5 and /1 hope that / famous. /1 / be / 'll / rich
5 Lucas going to buy a new bike. 6 today. / need / You / an umbrella I won't
6 I going to play video games all evening.
7 Complete the predictions about the year 2040 with your
7 She going to make lunch for us.
opinions. Use will or won’t and the verbs below. >♦ 8.3, 8.4,
8 They going to start school tomorrow.
8.6
2 Rewrite the sentences in exercise 1 in the negative. »-> 8.1
be disappear discover live speak travel
1 I’m not going to do karate next weekend. 1 Scientists a cure for cancer.
3 Look at the prompts. Write two sentences with going to, 2 People to the Moon again.
one affirmative and one negative, x 8.1, 8.2 3 Everyone in the world English.
4 Climate change a very serious problem.
1 I / get a new bike / tomorrow XI next weekend /
5 Most people past the age of 100.
I’m not going to get a new bike tomorrow. I’m going to get a
6 Books.
new bike next weekend.
2 we / take an exam / in a few days//this afternoon / 8 Write questions about your partner’s future. Use Do you
3 11 write a letter XI tonight / send an email / think... ? 8.3, 8.4, 8.5
4 they / move house I tomorrow XI next week / 1 you / watch/TV this evening?
5 she I go running XI this evening I do aerobics / Do you think you'll watch TV this evening?
6 I / start university I next month XI next year / 2 you and your friends / go out on Friday evening?
4 Look at the prompts. Write questions with going to. 3 you / pass all your exams?
» 8.1, 8.2 4 your country’s team / win the next World Cup?
5 you/study English at university?
1 you I use a computer next weekend?
6 you/wear jeans to school tomorrow?
Are you going to ue>e a computer next weekend?
2 your best friend visit you / tonight? 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions in
3 you / travel abroad next summer? exercise 8. >♦ 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6
4 your friends / start university next year? Do you think you’ll watch TV this evening?
5 you/take any exams next year? Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
6 you and your classmates / have maths tomorrow?
8G too + adjective
5 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer the questions
from exercise 4. >♦ 8.1, 8.2 10 Complete the sentences with too and the adjectives below.
>♦8.7
Are you going to use a computer next weekend?
Yes, I am. I No, I'm not. difficult early heavy hot scary short
1 Liam can’t reach the shelf. He’s.
2 I’m not going to bed now. It’s
3 I can’t carry these bags. They’re
4 I hate horror films. They're
5 I can’t do this exercise. It’s
6 Don’t drink the coffee yet if it’s

138 Grammar Builder and Reference

 Grammar Reference

going to will
8.1 We form the going to future with the present simple of 83 We form the will future with will + the infinitive without
be + going to + the infinitive without to. to. The form is the same for all persons.

Affirmative Affirmative
I’m/You’re/He's/She’s/It’s I'll/You’ll/He’ll/She’ll/It’ll
going to work. go to the party.
We're / You're / They’re We’ll / You’ll / They'll
Negative Full form I / He / She / It / will go to the party.
I’m not/You aren't We / You / They

He/She/It isn't going to work. Negative

We / You / They aren’t I/You/He/She/It

won’t go to the party.
Interrogative We / You / They

Am I Full form I / He / She / It / will not go to the party.

We/You / They
Are you
going to work? Interrogative
Is he/she/it
Will I/he/she/it
Are we/you / they go to the party?
Will we/you / they
Short answers
Short answers
Yes, I am. No, I'm not.
Yes, I / he / she / it / we / you / they will.
Yes, he / she / it is. No, he/she / it isn't.
No, I / he / she / it / we / you / they won't.
Yes, we / you / they are. No, we /you / they aren’t.
8.4 We usually use the short form of will after pronouns (/,
We use affirmative short forms of be after most pronouns: /,
you, he, she, it, we, they, that and there. you, he, etc.) and there.
I’ll buy you an ice cream.
We use the short form of is (s) after question words: what, who,
where, etc. We do not use the short form in short answers.
In informal English, we often use the short form s after names Yes, I will. /
and other nouns too. NOTYesA X
Jack's in his bedroom. His dinner’s ready. We usually use the full form of will after names and nouns.
However, we don't use the short form 're after plural nouns. My dad will cook dinner this evening.
My books are heavy. (NOT My books’re heavy. X) The concert will finish at eleven o’clock.
In the negative, we only use full forms in formal language.
8.5 We use will to talk about the future.
8.2 We use going to to talk about plans for the future. Dad will get home at six o’clock.
I’m going to have a holiday abroad next year. Kate is ill. She won’t be at school tomorrow.
He isn’t going to play basketball at the weekend. Will there be a full moon tonight? Yes. there will. / No. there won’t.
Are you going to visit friends on Saturday?
8.6 We use will to make predictions.
Yes, I am. / No, I’m not.
Jake works very hard. He’ll pass all his exams.
Will you live in this town all your life?
We often use I think and / don't think with will to make and ask
about predictions.
I think it’ll snow tomorrow.
I don’t think it’ll snow tomorrow.
We do not use won't with / think and / don’t think.
NOT f-think-tt-Avon't snow tomortv^v: X
When we use Do you think... ?to ask for predictions, we reply
with Yes, I do. I No, I don’t.
Do you think it’ll rain tomorrow? Yes. I do. / No. I don’t.

too + adjective
8.7 We use too + adjective to describe a problem with
something. We put too before the adjective.
These jeans are too short. (They need to be longer.)

Grammar Builder and Reference

 9 Grammar Builder
I
9B Present perfect (affirmative) 9D Present perfect (negative and interrogative)
1 Complete the sentences with the present perfect of the 5 Make the sentences negative. >♦ 9.6
verbs below. »♦ 9.1, 9.2, 9.3
1 I’ve seen that film.
chat live marry start stop travel visit work 2 Jo has forgotten Molly's phone number.
1 We a long way to get here. 3 James and Emily have learnt Spanish.
2 Sit down! The film 4 We have had breakfast.
3 I don’t know Rita, but I to her online. 5 You have finished your project.
4 Let’s go outside now. The rain 6 It has stopped raining.
5 This project is excellent. You very hard 7 The cat has caught a mouse.
on it. 6 Write questions and short answers. Use the present perfect
6 My next-door neighbour his Italian interrogative. >♦ 9.6
girlfriend.
in five different countries, 1 Fran / meet anyone famous? X
7 My cousins
Has Fran met anyone famous? No, she hasn’t.
8 We all the museums and art galleries in
2 you I hear the weather forecast for tomorrow? X
New York!
3 Evie/write any emails today? X
2 Rewrite the sentences with the present perfect affirmative. 4 Ruby and Zack / answer any questions in class today? /
Choose the correct verb. >♦ 9.1, 9.2, 9.4 5 we / buy our tickets for the concert on Saturday? X
1 I take / write 500 words of my history essay. 6 Chloe / post a photo of me on her Facebook page? /
2 We eat I give two pizzas each. I feel so full! 7 Aisha and Muhammad / reply to your email? X
3 My friend speak I tell Henry about the surprise party. 8 you/find your keys? /
4 I give / forget my old bike to my younger sister. 7 Write responses with already. Use the present perfect
5 Lucy be/come ill and needs to rest affirmative. »-♦ 9.7
6 Thanks! You make / meet a sandwich for me'
1 Please phone Mandy.
3 Look at the prompts. Write sentences in the present I’ve already phoned her.
perfect affirmative. Some of the verbs are regular and 2 Are you going to do your homework?
some are irregular. *+ 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4 3 Do you want to watch this DVD?
1 we / meet/all of our teachers for next year 4 You should apologise to Ben.
We’ve met all of our teachers for next year. 5 Why don’t you buy a new phone?
2 Ed Sheeran / reply/to my tweet! 6 Please do the washing up
3 you/forget/your coat 8 Emma and Oscar are visiting London. Look at the things
4 our train / stop / between two stations that they have and have not done. Write sentences with
5 my teacher/email / my parents the present perfect affirmative and negative. Useyet with
6 my friends/plan/a great trip the negative sentences. »* 9.6, 9.7, 9.8
7 we/see/the latest Bond film
Things to do in London
8 you/take/a lot of photos
1 visit the Madame Tussauds museum X
4 Rewrite the sentences with the present perfect affirmative. They haven't visited the Madame Tussauds museum yet.
Use just instead of the underlined time expression. »♦ 9.1, 2 take a boat trip on the Thames /
9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5 They’ve taken a boat trip on the Thames.
1 They moved house yesterday. 3 see the paintings in the National Gallery X
They've just moved house. 4 walk along Oxford Street X
2 My friends arrived a few minutes ago. 5 have a meal in Chinatown /
3 We saw that film very recently. 6 buy tickets for a musical /
4 They did their homework a short while ago. 7 take a ride on the London Eye /
5 I told Tara about the party this morning. 8 visit Buckingham Palace X
6 My mum bought a new computer last weekend. 9 SPEAKING Work in pairs. Ask and answer questions about
7 I tidied my bedroom earlier today. the things Emma and Oscar have done. Use the present
perfect interrogative with yet >♦ 9.6, 9.8
Have they visited the Madame Tussauds museum yet?
No, they haven’t.

140 Grammar Builder and Reference

9
■X
2^. vM
Grammar Reference
I
Present perfect (affirmative) Present perfect (negative a• x
9.1 We form the present perfect with the auxiliary verb have - «... the
and the past participle.

Affirmative
Negative
I've arrived.
You've arrived. I haven’t finished.
He/She / It's arrived. He / She / It hasn’t finished.
We've arrived. We haven’t finished.
You've arrived. You haven’t finished.
They’ve arrived. They haven't finished.
Full forms Full forms
I’ve = I have haven’t = have not
she’s = she has hasn’t = has not
Interrogative
9.2 We use the present perfect to talk about past events that
Have I finished ... ?
have a result in the present, for example, recent events and
Has he / she / it finished ... ?
news.
Oh no! I’ve forgotten my keys! They aren’t in my bag. Have we finished ... ?
Have you finished ... ?
9.3 The past participle of regular verbs is the same as the past Have they finished ... ?
simple.
Short answers
worked stopped lived carried
Yes, I have. / No, I haven’t.
9.4 There aren’t any rules for the past participles of irregular Yes, she has. / No, she hasn’t.
verbs. Sometimes they are the same as the past simple form,
sometimes they are different. 9.7 already
make - made - made We use already with the present perfect affirmative to say that
break - broke - broken something has happened earlier than expected.
For a list of irregular verbs see on page 143. ‘Please tidy your room.’ Tve already tidied it.
We’ve already booked our summer holiday for next year
9.5 just
We use just with the present perfect affirmative to talk about 9.8 yet
very recent events. We useyet with the present perfect interrogative to ask if
I’m not hungry. I’ve just had breakfast. something expected has happened.
It’s late. Have you done your homework yet?
We useyet with the present perfect negative to say that
something expected hasn't happened.
Tom’s exam is next week, but he hasn’t started his revision yet.

Grammar Ruj|ripr,nrin r
 Extra Speaking Tasks
I
Unit 2 Unit 4
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student B: Look at the timetable SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student B: Look at the picture
below. Student A: Look at the timetable on page 19. Imagine below. Student A: Look at the picture on page 42. Find three
this is your timetable for Monday and Tuesday. Ask and differences between the pictures. Ask and answer using Is
answer questions about the missing lessons. there... ? / Are there... ?

| Monday | Tuesday
Is there any cereal? No, there isn’t.
8.20 Geography

9-05 French Are there... ?

09.50-1030 BREAK
1030 English
11.15 Biology
12.05-1.00 LUNCH
1.00 I.C T.
1.50 Physics

What do we have at five French.

past nine on Monday?

Unit 6
Work in pairs. Choose one photo each. Decide what vocabulary from exercises 2,4 and 7 on page 70 you need to describe it.
SPEAKING Describe one of the photos to your partner. Use words and phrases from lesson 6G and follow the
advice in the Strategy box.

Unit 9
SPEAKING Work in pairs. Student B: Look at the two photos below. Student A: Look at the photos on page 104. Compare and
contrast the photos. Say which living room you prefer and why.

142 Extra Speaking Tasks

 Irregular verbs
I

Base form Past simple Past participle Base form Past simple Past participle
be was/were been lend | lent lent
become became become lose | lost lost
begin began begun
bend bent bent make T made made
bite bit bitten mean ! meant ! meant
blow blew blown meet | met met
break broke broken
bring brought brought | overcome I overcame overcome
build built built
burn burned I burnt burned / burnt 'pay paid paid
buy bought bought 1 put put put

can could been able to read read read

catch caught caught ride rode ridden
choose chose chosen ring rang rung
come came come run ran run
cost cost cost
cut cut cut say said said
see saw seen
do did done sell sold sold
draw drew drawn send sent sent
drink drank drunk set set set
drive drove driven shake shook shaken
shine shone shone
j eat | ate Teaten shoot shot shot
show showed shown/-ed
fall fell fallen shut shut shut
feel felt felt sing sang_________ sung_________
fight fought fought sink sank sunk
find found found "sit sat sat
flew flown sleep slept slept
forget forgot forgotten smell smelled / smelt smelled / smelt
speak |spoke | spoken
get got got spell spelled / spelt spelled / spelt
give gave given spend spent spent
go went gone spill spilled / spilt spilled / spilt
grow grew grown stand stood stood
steal stole stolen
hang hung hung I swim swam swum
have had had
hear heard heard take took taken
hide hid hidden teach taught taught
hit hit hit tell told told
think thought thought
keep kept kept throw threw thrown
know knew known
I understand {understood | understood
lay laid laid
lead led led wake woke woken
learn learned / learnt learned / learnt wear wore worn
leave left left win won won
write wrote written

Irregular verbs 143

 OXFORD 25 (rope bridge to school/Sijori Images/Barcroft India), 37 (fitness drink/Sava
UNIVERSITY PRESS Alexandru), 37 (boy with weights/Caiaimage/Tom Merton). 37 (applying lip
gloss/Ed Bock), 43 (food waste/Pcter Dazeley), 46 (underwater restaurant/
Great Clarendon Street. Oxford, 0x2 6dp, United Kingdom George Steinmetz), 49 (teen slumber party/Sharie Kennedy), 55 (Brecon
Oxford Uniwversity Press is a department of the University of Oxford. Beacons/FLPA/Allcn Lloyd), 59 (Oil Rocks/Reza). 64 (Sahara Dcsert/Peter
It furthers the University's objective of excellence in research, scholarship, Adams). 70 (camping/Hero Images). 71 (kayaker/Thomas Barwick),
and education by publishing worldwide. Oxford is a registered trade 74 (computer/Ryan McVay). 76 (Jin Hai 1 homemade airplane/ChinaFotoPress),
mark of Oxford University Press in the UK and in certain other countries 81 (Sean O'Brien/Victor Decolongon), 84 (Tommy Sugiarton/Adek Bcrry/AFP).
84 (karate/JGIfTom Grill/Blend Images), 85 (LeBron James/Jonathan Daniel),
© Oxford University Press 2017 85 (Jordan Spicth/Sam Greenwood), 88 (Ellie SimmondsfTom Dulat), 89 (Mount
The moral rights of the author have been asserted Fuji/Whitworth Images). 90 (Alana Nichols/Jamie McDonald). 94 (jump/Giulio
Bisio), 99 (dorm room/Blend Images/Hill Street Studios), 104 (boys/Ronnic
First published in 2017 Kaufman), 104 (girl in bedroom/Hero Images). 104 (gaming/Hero Images),
2021 2020 2019
108 (Royal Family/Mario Testino/Art Part ner), 108 (Duchess of Cambridge/
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 Chris Jackson). 110 (woman with purse/JGI/Jamie Grill/Blend Images).
114 (illustration of Sir Isaac Newton/Dorling Kindersley), 115 (Cristiano
No unauthorized photocopying
Ronaklo/Helios de la Rubia), 142 (playing guitar/Nick Dolding). 142 (family/
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored ONOKY-Eric Audras); Haute Route pp.91 (Christian Haettich); Mark Bassett
in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, without pp.42 (What the World Eats): Oxford University Press pp.6 (swimmer/1 i g h t p
the prior permission in writing of Oxford University Press, or as expressly o e t). 6 (break-dancer/Comstock). 6 (basketball/Monkey Business Images),
permitted by law. by licence or under terms agreed with the appropriate 8 (senior man/Johner Images), 8 (senior woman/OIliver Eltinger). 8 (young
reprographics rights organization. Enquiries concerning reproduction outside womanflbdd Fong Photography), 8 (teen girl/KidStock), 8 (teen boy/Mark
the scope of the above should be sent to the ELT Rights Department, Oxford Bassett), 8 (happy girl/Goodluz), 8 (smiling girl/Glowimages), 16 (young girl/
University Press, at the address above Tetra Images), 16 (boy/Max Topchii), 26 (teens/Mark Bassett), 27 (judo/Score by
You must not circulate this work in any other form and you must impose Aflo), 36 (taking selfie/Black Rock Digital), 39 (wallet/photovs). 39 (sunglasses/
this same condition on any acquirer Mark Mason). 39 (headphones/Alexander Demyanenko), 41 (bread/Joe Gough).
41 (lemons/Valentyn Volkov), 41 (potatoes/Deep OV). 41 (meat/Brian Kinney),
Links to third party websites are provided by Oxford in good faith and for
41 (salmon steak/Nataliia Pyzhova), 41 (pineapple/Mark Mason), 44 (cooking/
information only. Oxford disclaims any responsibility for the materials
Mark Bassett), 45 (chips/D. Hurst). 45 (burger/rvlsoft), 45 (food/Elena
contained in any third party website referenced in this work
Schweitzer), 48 (waitress/Dex Image), 52 (gym/Lucky Business), 56 (tram/
isbn: 978 0 19456183 9 Steppenwolf). 56 (students/Comstock), 62 (Humpback whale/Ocean), 62 (tiger/
Corbis/Digital Stock), 62 (brown bear/Imagebroker), 62 (eagle/Photodisc),
Printed in China 63 (wolf in snow/Corbis/Digital Stock), 63 (crocodile/Photodisc), 63 (tarantula/
This book is pnnted on paper from certified and well-managed sources Eleonora Ghioldi), 63 (squirrel monkey/1 i g h t p o e t), 68 (komodo dragon/
Anna Kucherova). 71 (abseiling/Jakub Cejpek), 74 (headset/graficart.net),
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 74 (USB stik/Christophe Testi), 85 (EU flag/EyeWire), 111 (fish and chips/
numb), 111 (roast dinner/Joe Gough), 111 (strawberies/EMWestwood
Back cover photograph : Oxford University Press building/David Fisher
Photography), 111 (chef/wavebreakmedia), 112(Central Park/Corbis),
The authors and publisher are gratejul to those who have given pennission to reproduce 112 (Statue of Liberty/Matej Hudovemik), 112 (gallery/UpperCut), 122 (family/
the following extracts and adaptations ofcopyright material: pp.l 3, 33, 45 and 79 Chris King); Press Association Images pp.21 (school voting/Bebeto Matthews/
Definitions from the Oxford Essential Dictionary, new edition. © Oxford University AP Photo), 35 (clothes factory/Mario Lopez/AP), 81 (Meghan Trainor & Sean
Press 2012. Reproduced by permission. O’Brien/John Angelillo/Landov), 87 (free climbing. El Capitan/Bay Area News
Sources: p.37 “Teen and Tween Beauty and Personal Care Consumer Group/ABACA), 90 (Alana Nichols/Jonathan Hayward/The Canadian Press): Rex
- US". August 2013. p.45 “A framework for implementing the set of Shutterstock pp.20 (rehearsing/Paul Grover). 24 (mountain footpath/HAP/
recommendations on the marketing of foods and non-alcoholic beverages to Quirky China News). 46 (Zauo Izakaya restaurant/Sutton-Hibbert), 47 (dinner
children". © World Health Organization 2012. p.56 “Worldwide Cost of Living in the sky/dmnerinthesky.com/Solent/Rex Features), 50 (Heston Blumenthal/
Report 2015" by Economist Intelligence Unit, p.56 NOAA National Centers for Eddie Mulholland), 90 (Mike Newman/Magic Car Pics), 101 (bedsit/
Environmental Information, p.110 "Taking Stock With Teens - Spring 2015" Photofusion). 115 (Jade Boho-Sayo/Paul Knight/JMP); Science Photo Library
by Piper J affray. p.69 (giant squid/Chnstian Darkin); Shutterstock pp.6 (horse riding/Ahtumer),
The publishers would like to thank thefollowingfor the pennission to reproduce 7 (studying/Andresr), 8 (man/Nadino), 8 (smiling man/Liquonce Legs). 8 (young
photographs: 123RF pp.5 (couple with phone/Edyta Pawlowska), 8 (woman/ woman/arek_malang). 8 (woman/BestPhotoStudio). 8 (paper trec/Deyan
Cathy Yeulet), 8 (man/goodluz), 17 (school girl/Hongqi Zhang). 17 (school boy/ Georgiev). 9 (family/wavebreakmedia), 9 (Jay-Z/FeatureFlash), 12 (arguing/
Hongqi Zhang), 22 (students/Edyta Pawlowska). 23 (student/Cathy Yeulet), Monkey Business Images), 18 (alarm clock/Mindscape studio), 18 (family meal/
36 (straightening hair/citalliance), 39 (bracelet/tcmpusfugit), 40 (sausage and Monkey Business Images). 18 (blue abstract background/flowerstock), 27 (cat
mash/Robyn Mackenzie), 40 (sausages and mash/Robyn Mackenzie). faces/LindsayC). 28 (father & son/VGstockstudio). 30 (teenagers/William
41 (mushrooms/Alexandar lotzov), 45 (pizza/serezniy), 53 (Sultan Ahmed Perugini), 31 (friends/Soloviova Liudmyla), 32 (concert/Nikola Spasenoski),
mosque/jackmalipan). 53 (Marina Bay Sands Hotel. Singapore/ximagination), 33 (fashion model/crystalfoto). 33 (young man/new vave). 33 (catwalk model/
56 (airplane/pzaxe), 56 (trainfTomas Anderson). 58 (Botanic Garden, Brazil/ FashionStock.com), 33 (model/crystalfoto), 34 (shopping/antoniodiaz),
Christophe Schmid). 63 (butterfly wing/colerte2). 63 (tree frog/Sascha 37 (abstract orange background/Ozerina Anna). 38 (smiling teen/dgmata),
Burkard), 63 (snake/patl 38241), 63 (chimpanzee/Sergei Uriadnikov). 63 (hippo/ 40 (Greek starter/KArl Allgaeuer), 40 (sandwich/Envyligh), 40 (salmon/Jocrg
Navin Moungsiri), 67 (rainforest/Carlos Edgar Soares Neto). 71 (hikers/Galyna Beuge), 40 (fruit salad/Hannamariah). 40 (spaghetti/Olha K), 41 (spaghetti/
Andrushko), 75 (USB stick/Gunnar Pippel), 83 (smartphone/neyro2008), Ninell), 45 (cola/M. Unal Ozmen). 46 (abstract cutlery/Ramona Kaulitzki),
83 (payment machine/natulrich), 84 (yoga pose/Dmitriy Shironosov), 51 (soup/GoBOb), 51 (salad/Pinkyone), 51 (chicken curry/India Picture),
85 (Olympic torch/Michael Spring). 85 (FIFA World Cup trophy/bagwold), 51 (Japanese pizza/napat uthaichai), 51 (baklava/gorkem demir). 51 (sorbet/
86 (judo/tykhyi), 92 (sport icons/pradono kusumo), 93 (Cristian Cofine/ iprachenko), 51 (honey cake/Vlaislav Nosik), 52 (shopping centre/Ozgur
sportgraphic), 112 (Chrysler building/Ricahrd Semik), 134 (boy reading/ Guvenc), 52 (Natural Histoiy Museum/Bikeworldtravel), 54 (Venice Beach/
joingate); Air Rarotonga Ltd pp.102 (Palmerston Island); Alamy Stock Photo telesniuk), 56 (cruise ship/Ruth Peterkin), 58 (compass/James Weston). 59 (bus/
pp.6 (busking/Keith Morris), 9 (Prince William/newsphoto). 10 (The Big Bang Marcio Jose Bastos Silva), 63 (various textures/Ursa Major), 63 (reef shark/
Theory cast/AF Archive). 18 (cereal/Itani). 18 (sleeping/Charles Bowman). Shane Gross), 63 (lion paws/Claudia Otte). 64 (brown paper/Elena Kazanskaya),
18 (lunch/Image Source). 18 (teen boy/Hero Images Inc.), 18 (school drop off/ 65 (bear at campsite/Mat Hayward), 66 (safari/Matej Kastelic), 68 (okapi/
MBJ/Stockbroker), 18 (leaving school/redsnapper), 24 (kids swimming/ MarcISchauer), 68 (zebra skin/Kilroy79), 69 (gorilla/erwinf), 73 (metro train/
Megapress), 27 (school performance/Bob Daemmrich), 30 (girls/Splish Splosh), Koraysa), 73 (Ibirapuera Park/Filipe Frazao), 74 (laptop/You can more).
52 (fire station/Leslie Othen), 52 (buses/Travel Pictures), 53 (fountain/Paul 74 (routcr/Thailand Travel and Stock), 74 (tablet/tatajantra), 74 (charger/
Carstairs), 54 (snowy New York/Tim Cordell). 55 (Oxford Street/ Thailand Travel and Stock). 74 (printer/Bohbch), 75 (laptop/ifong). 77 (stressed
incamerastock). 58 (garbage city/Haytham Pictures), 61 (market cross. woman/Syda Productions). 78 (filming with phone/antb). 79 (computer class/
Beverley/geogphotos). 64 (Kalahari/Dennis Cox). 70 (meditating/Steffen binke), wavebreakmedia), 81 (blue backgroundfToria), 82 (phone selling/Adam
87 (climbers/National Geographic Image Collection), 92 (teen boy/OJO Images Gregor). 83 (door security/lovemclovemypic), 85 (handball/Dziurek),
Ltd), 96 (Jiving room/Andreas von Einsiedel), 100 (mother & son/MBI), 85 (Olympic flag/lazyllama), 93 (swimmers/Pavell964), 93 (runner/Maridav),
102 (Palmerston Jsland/Cindy Hopkins), 103 (snorkelling/Cindy Hopkins), 96 (bedroom/m6photo), 96 (loungc/Iriana Shiyan), 96 (dining room/
104 (watching TV/Anthony Hatley). 105 (apanment/Andrcas von Einsiedel). ShortPhotos), 98 (Brandenburg gate/photo.ua), 107 (office space/
109(student/robjudgesstudying), 109(Keble College/Jochen Tack). 109 (dining bikeriderlondon), 107 (family living room/Monkey Business Images),
hall/Alistair Berg). 109 (degree ceremony/robjudges degree ceremony). 109 (Merton College/Andrei Nekrassov), 110 (shoppcr/www.BillionPhotos.
114 (William Hcrschel/World History Archive), 142 (Lake Brunncr/Harriet com). 111 (sausages & mash/Joe Gough). 112 (Times Square/Marco Rubino).
Cummings); Big Up Productions pp.87 (El Capitan climber/Aurora Photos); 113 (Grand Prismatic Spring/Lorcel), 113 (brown bear/Eduard Kyslynskyy),
Christoph Otto pp.25 (girl on zipwire); Corbis pp.l4 (couple with tablet/Bruno 113 (geyser. Yellowstone/Delpixel), 115 (man on laptop/g-stockstudio), 115 (girl
Gori), 81 (Sean O’Brien/Joe Stevens/Retna Ltd.); Epic Challenges pp.57 (Race selfie/Yulia Mayorova), 116 (), 142 (camping/Gergely Zsolnai); The Hammock
the Tube); Getty Images pp.4 (greeting/zerocreatives/Westend61), 9(Malia 8/ Cafe pp.47 (restaurant interior): Warren Smith pp.l 1 (Radford family).
Sasha Obama/Saul Loeb/AFP), 9 (Jon Voight & Angelina Jolie/Jeff Vespa/ Commissioned Illustrations: Andy Parker pp.7, 25, 42, 44. 69. 97, 118 (emoticons
Wireimage), 13 (Beckham family/Stuart C. Wilson). 15 (siblings fighting/JGI/ and jewellery), pp.121 (sports equipment); Kale Rochester/Pickled Ink pp.60:
Jamie Grill). 16 (man/Mike Harrington), 16 (teens with pizza/Jmage Source). Martin Sandcrs/Beehive Illustration pp.19, 63, 70; Ben Scruton/Meiklejohn
14: pp.20; Paul Williams/Sylvie Poggio Artists pp.77, 79.
 Oxford University
the world’s authd
the English lanigSt

As part of the University of

Oxford, we are committed
to furthering English
learning worldwide.

We continuously bring
together our experience,
i
expertise and research to
create resources such as
this one, helping millions of
learners of English achieve
their potential.